WO2005036948A1 - Combine harvester - Google Patents

Combine harvester Download PDF

Info

Publication number
WO2005036948A1
WO2005036948A1 PCT/JP2004/012077 JP2004012077W WO2005036948A1 WO 2005036948 A1 WO2005036948 A1 WO 2005036948A1 JP 2004012077 W JP2004012077 W JP 2004012077W WO 2005036948 A1 WO2005036948 A1 WO 2005036948A1
Authority
WO
WIPO (PCT)
Prior art keywords
guide
straw
plate
sorting
threshing
Prior art date
Application number
PCT/JP2004/012077
Other languages
French (fr)
Japanese (ja)
Inventor
Akira Miyamoto
Hitoshi Samuraki
Masaaki Oda
Toshinori Kirihata
Yasufumi Ueta
Junya Sakata
Original Assignee
Yanmar Co., Ltd.
Seirei Industry Co., Ltd.
Priority date (The priority date is an assumption and is not a legal conclusion. Google has not performed a legal analysis and makes no representation as to the accuracy of the date listed.)
Filing date
Publication date
Application filed by Yanmar Co., Ltd., Seirei Industry Co., Ltd. filed Critical Yanmar Co., Ltd.
Priority to KR1020067006105A priority Critical patent/KR101110976B1/en
Priority to CN2004800281442A priority patent/CN1859839B/en
Priority to JP2005514712A priority patent/JP4528724B2/en
Publication of WO2005036948A1 publication Critical patent/WO2005036948A1/en

Links

Classifications

    • AHUMAN NECESSITIES
    • A01AGRICULTURE; FORESTRY; ANIMAL HUSBANDRY; HUNTING; TRAPPING; FISHING
    • A01FPROCESSING OF HARVESTED PRODUCE; HAY OR STRAW PRESSES; DEVICES FOR STORING AGRICULTURAL OR HORTICULTURAL PRODUCE
    • A01F12/00Parts or details of threshing apparatus
    • A01F12/30Straw separators, i.e. straw walkers, for separating residual grain from the straw
    • A01F12/32Straw separators, i.e. straw walkers, for separating residual grain from the straw with shaker screens or sieves
    • A01F12/34Sieve elements; Linings for shakers
    • AHUMAN NECESSITIES
    • A01AGRICULTURE; FORESTRY; ANIMAL HUSBANDRY; HUNTING; TRAPPING; FISHING
    • A01FPROCESSING OF HARVESTED PRODUCE; HAY OR STRAW PRESSES; DEVICES FOR STORING AGRICULTURAL OR HORTICULTURAL PRODUCE
    • A01F12/00Parts or details of threshing apparatus
    • A01F12/30Straw separators, i.e. straw walkers, for separating residual grain from the straw

Definitions

  • the present invention relates to a combine that transports a harvested grain culm to a threshing unit, threshed and sorted kernels are stored in a dren tank, and waste is discharged outside the machine.
  • a chop sieve comprising a plurality of chaff fins
  • the chaff sheave sorts processed products such as grains and straw chips flowing down from the threshing unit.
  • a technique is known in which grains are leaked downward and straw waste is sent to the rear of the chaff sieve. (For example, see Patent Document 1.)
  • the swinging body of the selecting section is pivotally supported by a pivot shaft so that the entire swinging body can swing, and the rear portion of the swinging body is connected to a swing drive shaft such as a crankshaft or an eccentric shaft.
  • a swing drive shaft such as a crankshaft or an eccentric shaft.
  • the discharge guide In the lower fan casing, if the discharge guide is configured to be long downward, it will be obstructive when pulling it out rearward, such as when maintaining the swing sorting device, and it will be necessary to remove it. Was troublesome.
  • Patent Document 1 JP 2001-45853 A
  • Patent Document 2 JP 2003-180150 A
  • a suction net disposed below the drum of the threshing unit and above the swinging sorting device of the sorting unit, and behind the receiving net and an extension thereof.
  • a sieving device was provided, and a guide member was provided between the receiving net and the sieving device.
  • the sieving apparatus comprises an oscillating body and an oscillating driving member, and is provided with a curved guide member projecting downward from a side portion of the oscillating body.
  • a rear flow tray plate is provided integrally with the swing sorting device below a rear portion of the swing sorting device and above a second conveyor. is there.
  • a rear flow plate is provided diagonally above and behind the second fan above the second conveyor and between the left and right side plates of the oscillating sorting device.
  • a suction fan is provided at the rear of the threshing equipment to discharge waste chips, dust, etc. generated in the threshing section and sorting section from the machine, and the suction is provided below the suction fan and above the second conveyor.
  • a rear flow grain plate was provided at a position where the suction air from the fan did not act.
  • the suction hole is provided on an upper surface of the fan casing.
  • a guide body opened upward was provided around the suction hole.
  • the lower guide plate of the fan casing is connected to the front guide plate and the rear guide plate.
  • the front guide plate and the rear guide plate are connected to each other with a hinge connecting the front guide plate and the rear guide plate.
  • the rear guide plate extends obliquely rearward and downward, and the rear guide plate is rotatable forward and upward with the hinge as a fulcrum. is there.
  • a sieving device is provided below the handling cylinder of the threshing unit and above the swinging sorting device of the sorting unit, between the receiving net and the suction fan arranged rearward on the extension of the receiving net. Between By providing a guide member to the sifter, it can be sent to a sieving device that does not clog the grains and straw chips flowing down from the threshing unit. As a result, the grains and straw waste are sorted by the sieving device, and the straw waste does not fall on the chaff sieve of the rocking sorting device. Even if is a wet material, the sorting process can be sufficiently performed.
  • the sieving device is composed of an oscillating body and an oscillating drive member, and is provided with a curved guide member protruding downward from a side portion of the oscillating body.
  • the guide member comes into contact and slides on the chaff sheave. As a result, the sieving device is not rotated out of the way and maintenance is improved.
  • the rear flow grain plate is provided integrally with the swing sorting device above the second conveyor, the rear flow grain plate can be assembled to the main body together with the swing sorting device. Since both are rocked, the wind direction of the sorting wind can be deflected to widen the wind selection range.
  • a rear flow plate is provided diagonally above and behind the second fan above the second conveyor and between the left and right side plates of the swinging sorter, so that the sorting wind blown from the second fan is provided.
  • the air is blown toward the processing object that falls from the sifter, grain sieve, straw rack, etc., and air can be selected, and the space below the rear flow board generates wind heading toward the second conveyor.
  • it is possible to smoothly introduce relatively light specific grains and grains such as spike sticking grains and ear cutting grains to the second conveyor, thereby reducing loss.
  • a rear flow plate is provided below the suction fan and above the second conveyor at a position where the suction air of the suction fan does not act, a second wind separates from the Karin 32 to the suction fan.
  • the rear flow plate guides only the sorting wind from the fan, so that the sorting wind of the second fan can be guided in the desired direction without being affected by the sorting wind of the suction fan. Performance can be improved.
  • the suction hole is provided on the upper surface of the fan casing and the guide body having an open top is provided around the suction hole, dust accumulated near the outside of the fan casing of the suction fan can be removed.
  • the suction fan can also discharge fine dust and the like generated in the processing chamber where only the large straw chips conveyed to the rear of the chaff sheave are mixed. As a result, new dynamics The frequency of maintenance on the upper surface of the fan casing can be reduced without requiring any force.
  • the lower guide plate of the fan casing is composed of a front guide plate, a rear guide plate, and a hinge connecting the front guide plate and the rear guide plate, and the rear guide plate extends obliquely rearward and downward. Since the guide plate is rotatable forward and upward with the hinge as a fulcrum, the lower guide plate does not become an obstacle when removing the swing sorting device, making it easy to attach and detach the swing sorting device from the body of the machine. As a result, the maintainability of the swing sorting device can be improved. Also, even if you forget to lower the rear guide plate, it will automatically return to the original position by the wind pressure of the suction fan, so it will not hinder the discharge of straw and dust.
  • FIG. 1 is an overall left side view of a combine according to an embodiment of the present invention.
  • FIG. 2 is an overall plan view of the combine.
  • FIG. 3 is an overall right side view of the combine.
  • FIG. 4 is a schematic left side view of a threshing unit and a sorting unit.
  • FIG. 5 is a schematic diagram showing a power transmission path from an engine to a discharge auger.
  • FIG. 6 is a front view of the bottom of the Glen tank.
  • FIG. 7 is a plan view of the bottom of a dren tank.
  • FIG. 8 is a partial perspective view of a Spotify tank.
  • FIG. 9 is a front view of another form of a drain tank.
  • FIG. 10 is a partially enlarged view of FIG. 9;
  • FIG. 11 is a right side sectional view of a drain tank.
  • FIG. 12 is a rear side view of a threshing apparatus showing an example of arrangement of a sieving apparatus.
  • FIG. 13 is a rear side view of a threshing apparatus showing an example of arrangement of a sieving apparatus.
  • FIG. 14 is a plan view of a threshing apparatus showing an example of arrangement of a sieving apparatus.
  • FIG. 15 is a side view showing the structure of the sieving apparatus.
  • FIG. 16 is a perspective view showing the structure of a sieving apparatus.
  • FIG. 17 is a schematic right side view of a swing sorting device.
  • FIG. 18 is a perspective view of a swing sorting device.
  • FIG. 19 is a left side view showing the state of the sieving apparatus when the swing sorting apparatus is detached.
  • FIG. 20 is a rear left side view of a sorting unit.
  • FIG. 21 is a development view of a seal member.
  • FIG. 22 is a perspective view of a seal member.
  • FIG. 23 is a left side sectional view of a suction fan.
  • FIG. 25 is a perspective view of a suction guide body.
  • FIG. 26 is a perspective view of a lower guide plate.
  • FIG. 28 is a side view showing a pinching rod.
  • FIG. 30 is a side view showing the configuration of the feed chain frame.
  • FIG. 31 is a plan view showing a lock mechanism of the feed chain frame.
  • FIG. 32 is a side view showing the configuration of the rear part of the feed chain frame.
  • FIG. 33 is a partial cross-sectional plan view showing the locking device at the time of opening.
  • FIG. 36 is a front view showing a pre-guide.
  • FIG. 38 is a view showing the inheriting guide as viewed from the direction of arrow B in FIG. 37.
  • FIG. 39 is a view showing the inheriting guide as viewed from the direction of arrow C in FIG. 37.
  • FIG. 40 is a perspective view showing a configuration of a handling cylinder supply start end.
  • FIG. 43 is a front view showing a handling room.
  • FIG. 44 is a developed view showing a receiving network.
  • FIG. 45 is a front view showing the lower part of the handling cylinder.
  • FIG. 47 is a partial front cross-sectional view showing the front net retainer.
  • Garden 48 Plan view showing the left rear part of the combine.
  • FIG. 49 is a side view showing a straw conveying device.
  • FIG. 50 is a perspective view showing a pre-process side of the straw transport device.
  • FIG. 51 is a plan view showing a pre-process side of the straw conveying device.
  • FIG. 49 is a plan view showing the link mechanism seen from the direction of arrow E in FIG. 49.
  • Garden 53] is a side view showing the link mechanism as seen from the direction of arrow D in FIG. 49.
  • Garden 54 Side view showing the rear end of the straw transport chain.
  • FIG. 55 is a plan view showing the rear end portion of the straw transport chain.
  • FIG. 59 is a schematic view showing the flow of a sorting wind in a sorting unit.
  • a body frame 2 is mounted on the crawler type traveling device 1, and a mowing part 3 is provided at a front end of the body frame 2 so as to be able to move up and down.
  • the raising section 3 protrudes the weeding board 4 at the front end to sown the culm, raises a case 5 at the rear, and raises the case 5 by rotating the tine 6 protruding from the raising case 5.
  • the culm is raised, and the cutting blades 7 arranged at the rear of the weeding plate 4 are used to cut the root of the plant.
  • the grain culm removed is conveyed to the rear by an upper conveying device, a lower conveying device, and a vertical conveying device 8, and the root side of the culm conveying device 170 from the upper end of the vertical conveying device 8
  • the culm is transferred to the feed chain 9 and is conveyed to the threshing device including the threshing unit 20 and the sorting unit 30 through the handling cylinder supply start end 280.
  • a straw transport device 320 having a straw transport chain 10 is provided, and below the straw transport chain 10, a straw cutter device 321 and a diffusion conveyor are provided.
  • a straw processing section 11 is formed, which cuts the straw into straw pieces, and then uniformly discharges them to the field while spreading, or discharges them without cutting.
  • a drain tank 13 for storing sorted granules is provided on the side of the threshing unit 20, and an operator's cab 14 that covers the control unit is provided in front of the Glen tank 13. .
  • the driver's cab 14 is disposed on the right front side in the traveling direction.
  • a vertical auger 15a of the discharge auger 15 is erected at the rear of the drain tank 13, and the discharge auger 15 and the drain tank 13 can be turned sideways around the vertical auger 15a. By turning to the side, maintenance of the drive system and hydraulic system arranged inside the machine is facilitated.
  • a discharge conveyor 16 is disposed at the bottom of the Glen tank 13 in the front-rear direction.
  • the rear of the discharge conveyor 16 communicates with the lower part of the vertical auger 15a, and the discharge auger 15 extends from the rear of the discharge conveyor 16. Power is transmitted to the drain auger 15 so that the grains in the drain tank 13 can be discharged from the tip of the discharge auger 15 to a track or the like.
  • a sorting unit 30 is provided below the threshing unit 20, which sorts kernels from grains and straw wastes (hereinafter, referred to as "processed material") flowing down from the threshing unit 20, and removes the fines from the drain. It is transported to the tank 13, and the waste such as straw is discharged outside the machine or transported to the Spotify tank 13.
  • a driving force transmission path to the 60-power engine drain tank 13 and the discharge auger 15 will be described with reference to FIG.
  • a front output shaft 60a of the engine 60 is connected to an input shaft of a traveling mission case 61 for driving the crawler traveling device 1, and transmits a driving force to the crawler traveling device 1.
  • the rear output shaft 60b is fitted with a bully 62 for transmitting the driving force to the threshing unit 20 and the sorting unit 30, and a pulley 63 for transmitting the driving force to the drain tank 13 and the discharge auger 15.
  • the pulley 62 is connected via a V-belt 110 to an input pulley 109 fixed to an input shaft 108a protruding from the counter case 108, and a part of the driving force of the engine 60 is connected to the input shaft 108a of the counter case 108. Is transmitted.
  • the counter case 108 is capable of distributing an appropriate speed to each processing system, and is disposed on the left side of the engine 60 and in front of the threshing unit 20, as shown in FIG.
  • the front surface of the bottom of the drain tank 13 is located substantially behind the engine 60, and a drive case 64 serving as a drive unit is provided on the front front wall 13a of the bottom of the Glen tank 13. Then, the drive case input shaft 65 protrudes forward from the drive case 64 to the fuselage, and a pulley 66 is fitted to the front end of the drive case input shaft 65.
  • a V-belt 67 is wound around a pulley 63 fitted to the rear end of the rear output shaft 60b and a pulley 66 fitted to the front end of the drive case input shaft 65, and a part of the driving force of the engine 60 is provided. Is transmitted to the input shaft 65 of the drive case 64.
  • An auger clutch 68 also serving as a tension pulley for the V-belt 67 is provided between the pulley 63 and the pulley 66, and is configured to be able to transmit the drive force to the downstream side of the drive case 64 and shut off.
  • the drive case 64 houses spur gears 69a and 69b that engage with each other.
  • the spur gear 69a is externally fitted and fixed to the rear end of the input shaft 65 that is supported by the drive case 64.
  • the gear 69 b is externally fixed to a conveyor drive shaft 70, which is a rotary shaft fitted to the front end of the discharge conveyor 16.
  • a bevel gear 71 is fitted to the rear end of the discharge conveyer 16, and mates with a bevel gear 73 fitted to the lower end of a set of screw longitudinal feed conveyers 72 in the vertical auger 15a.
  • a bevel gear 74 is fitted at the upper end of the vertical feed conveyor 72, and a bevel gear 75 that mates with the bevel gear 74, an intermediate case 76 with a chain sprocket inside, and then a bevel gear 77, 78
  • the screw type lateral feed conveyor 79 in the discharge auger 15 is driven to rotate.
  • the grains stored in the drain tank 13 are conveyed rearward by the discharge conveyor 16, pass through the vertical auger 15a located behind the drain tank 13, and from the tip of the grain discharge auger 15 Emitted forcibly.
  • a drive case 64 is disposed in the lower front part of the Glen tank 13. Inside the drive case 64, in addition to the aforementioned spur gears 69a and 69b, a driven plate 81 and a rotation center axis of the driven plate 81 are provided. A drive shaft 82 and the like are provided. The driven plate 81 has one end fixed to the driving support shaft 82 and an elliptical cam hole 81a formed at the other end. On the other hand, a spur gear 69b and a disk-shaped eccentric cam 83 are externally fitted and fixed to the front end of a conveyor drive shaft (eccentric shaft) 70, which is the rotation shaft of the discharge conveyor 16, so that the respective disk surfaces are substantially parallel to each other.
  • a conveyor drive shaft (eccentric shaft) 70 which is the rotation shaft of the discharge conveyor 16, so that the respective disk surfaces are substantially parallel to each other.
  • the central axis of the board surface of the eccentric cam 83 does not coincide with the rotation axis of the conveyor drive shaft 70 (that is, the eccentric cam 83 is mounted eccentrically with respect to the rotation axis of the conveyor drive shaft 70).
  • the eccentric cam 83 is inserted into a cam hole 81a formed in the driven plate 81.
  • the drive pipe 84 is suspended in the front-rear direction of the drain tank 13, and its front end is fixed to the driving support shaft 82 and its rear end is fixed to the bottom rear wall surface 13 b of the drain tank 13. It is fitted to a pivot 85a rotatably supported by a support box 85 provided.
  • One ends of swing arms 86a and 86b are fixed to the front end and the rear end of the drive pipe 84, respectively.
  • the swing arms 86a and 86b are formed in an "L" shape in side view, and a penetrating shaft 87 is provided between the other ends.
  • the drive pipe 84, drive shaft 82 and pivot shaft 85a are integrated It can be configured in a typical manner.
  • a movable plate 88 is pivotally supported on the through shaft 87.
  • the movable plate 88 is composed of a plurality of, in this embodiment, four pieces of fluffing plates 89, 89, 89, 89 divided into four in the front-rear direction, and each flouring plate 89 is an elastic synthetic resin member. It prevents damage to the grain due to the impact of falling and friction when sliding down.
  • a boss 89a is formed at the lower end portion of each of the flocking plates 89, and a through shaft 87 is penetrated through the boss portion 89a, so that the flocking plate 89 is rotatable about the through shaft 87 as a rotation center. Supported.
  • the running-grain plates 89, 89, 89, 89 are arranged side by side without any gap between the swinging arms 86a and 86b. Is configured.
  • the through shaft 87 that penetrates the swing arms 86a and 86b is prevented from coming off by inserting pins 90 into holes provided at both front and rear ends.
  • the movable plate 88 connected to the swing arms 86a and 86b in this manner has a small inclination angle among the bottom surfaces 13c'13d'13e forming a substantially valley-shaped bottom portion of the Glen tank 13 when viewed from the front. It is placed on the bottom surface 13e with the largest area to be swung.
  • the lower portion of the bottom surface 13e is formed in a stepped shape, and the boss portion 89a of the drifting plate 89 is arranged in the upper space on the side of the discharge conveyor 16 in the downwardly concave step portion 13f at the lower portion thereof.
  • the boss 89a does not become an obstacle when the particles flow down from the movable plate 88 toward the discharge conveyor 16, and does not become a hindrance when swinging the flowing plate 89. You.
  • a holding plate 91 is attached to the left wall surface 13g of the drain tank 13 so as to abut on an upper surface end of each of the upper flow trays 89 opposite to the end where the boss portion 89a is formed. It has been.
  • the holding plate 91 is formed by bending a rear-viewing plate body into an “H” shape, fixing one to the wall surface 13g, and placing the other on the end in conformity with the surface of the running plate 89, and It is configured to be longer than the swing width of the plate 89.
  • the holding plate 91 presses the movable plate 88 downward so that the movable plate 88 does not float up when the movable plate 88 swings, and also holds the upper edge of the movable plate 88 and the left wall surface of the drain tank 13.
  • the gap between 13g is surely closed.
  • the grains flowing down in the drain tank 13 are allowed to flow from the holding plate 91 onto the moving plates 88 and 89 of the movable plate 88 toward the discharge conveyor 16 so that the falling particles 89 and the bottom surface 13e are separated. There are no grains between them. As shown in FIG.
  • an umbrella-shaped conveyor force bar 92 is disposed substantially above the discharge conveyor 16, and has both longitudinal ends at the bottom front wall surface 13 a and the bottom front wall 13 a of the drain tank 13. And is fixed to the bottom rear wall 13b.
  • the drain tank 13 operates the discharge conveyor 16 to discharge the grains
  • the flow of the grains flowing down in the Glen tank 13 is divided into right and left by a conveyor cover 92 in a front view, and the grains are transferred to the discharge conveyor 16. Since the load of the grains is not applied directly from above, it is possible to reduce the load on the discharge conveyor 16 and damage to the grains.
  • the conveyor drive shaft 70 rotates, the discharge conveyor 16 is driven to rotate, and the eccentric cam 83 also rotates.
  • the end face of the eccentric cam 83 and the end face of the elliptical cam hole 81a formed in the driven plate 81 abut, and the driven plate 81 is centered on the driving support shaft 82 supported by the driving case 64. Swing right and left.
  • the swing arms 86a and 86b projecting substantially below the front and rear ends of the drive pipe 84 fitted to the drive support shaft 82 also swing left and right about the drive support shaft 82.
  • the movable plate 88 connected to the moving arms 86a and 86b via the penetrating shaft 87 also swings in the direction of inclination along the bottom surface 13e having a gentle inclination toward the discharge conveyor 16.
  • the boss 89a is formed at the end of the movable plate 88 (running board 89), and the boss 89a is installed between the swing arms 86a and 86b. Since the movable plate 88 and the swing arm 86a'86b are connected through the penetrating shaft 87, a connecting member such as a hinge is required to connect the movable plate and the swing arm as in the conventional case. Thus, the number of parts and the weight can be reduced. In addition, since there is no longer any fastening part using bolts or the like, it is possible to improve reliability without having to worry about the movable plate coming off the swing arm.
  • the upper movable plate 93 is disposed on the inclined surface 13h at the bottom of the upper bulging portion (increase tank) and is oscillated, so that the inclination of the inclined surface 13h is relaxed.
  • the volume of the drain tank 13 can be further increased.
  • the upper swing arm 94a (94b) and the lower The swing arm 86a (86b) is interlocked and connected via a link mechanism. That is, one end of the link 95 is pivotally supported in the middle of the swing arm 86a (86b), and the other end of the link 95 extends to the upper left, and is arranged on both sides below the upper bulging portion.
  • the upper swing arm 94a (94b) and the lower swing arm 86a (86b) are interlockingly connected to the swing arm 94a (94b) at the middle part thereof.
  • a support shaft 96 is suspended below the inclined surface 13h in the front-rear direction of the drain tank 13, and one end of a swing arm 94a'94b is fixed to a front end and a rear end of the support shaft 96. I have.
  • the swing arms 94a * 94b are supported so as to be rotatable about a support shaft 96 as a center of rotation.
  • a lower portion of the movable plate 93 is pivotally connected to the other end of the swing arm 94a′94b via a through shaft 97.
  • the upper movable plate 93 is composed of a plurality of fluffing plates 98 made of an elastic synthetic resin member, and a boss 98 a formed on each fluffing plate 98 is pivotally supported by the through shaft 97. Then, it is formed into a substantially rectangular shape which is long before and after.
  • the upper movable plate 93 is placed on the inclined surface 13h at the bottom of the increasing tank, and the upper surface end of the flocking plate 98 on the opposite side to the end on which the boss 98a is formed. It is brought into contact with the holding plate 9 9.
  • the falling plate 98 is held down by the holding plate 99 so that the grains enter the gap between the movable plate 93 and the inclined surface 13h so that the floating plate 98 does not rise. It does not hinder the rocking of the plate 93 or damage the grains.
  • the grains are easily flown by the swing of the upper movable plate 93, so that even if the grains are wet material, The adhesion of grains can be prevented, and the remaining grains can be reduced. Therefore, the slope 13h can be made gentle without having to make a steep slope, and the volume of the drain tank 13 can be further increased by that much.
  • the total height of the drainage tank and the frying conveyor for feeding the grains into the Glen tank is suppressed without changing the volume of the drainage tank without increasing the volume, and the grain is fully filled.
  • the grains should be charged from the side wall of the drain tank, and the grains should be placed farther from the grain inlet in the drain tank first. It is desirable that when the grains stored in the dren tank are full, the space above the dren tank (grained portion, part) is only near the grain input port. This means that the Spotify tank then drills a grain inlet in the upper left corner of the inner wall so that the grains fed from the conveyor can be deposited first from the front and right side of the Spotify tank. Is configured.
  • the filling rate indicates the ratio of the bulk volume occupied by the crops in the drain tank when the empty volume in the empty tank is 100%.
  • the grain accumulation surface (the surface that forms the boundary between the upper space of the Spotify tank and the uppermost part of the kernel) of the kernel that has been injected from the kernel inlet and dispersed and flowed to various parts in the Spotify tank is defined as a standard. It will not be parallel to the horizontal plane (the plane perpendicular to the direction in which gravity acts), and will be formed with a predetermined deposition angle (the angle between the deposition plane and the reference horizontal plane).
  • the harvest detecting means for example, a plurality of Spotify sensors consisting of electrostatic volume sensors for detecting the presence or absence of grains in the vicinity are arranged in the Spotify tank. As shown in the drawing, a predetermined interval is In this case, an error occurs between the amount of stored kernels and the actual amount of stored kernels detected by the Spotify sensor.
  • a grain inlet 100 is formed in the upper left corner of the rear inner wall 1 mm of the drain tank 13 to communicate the drain tank 13 and the lifting conveyor 44.
  • the first drain sensor 101, the fourth drain sensor 104, and the fifth drain sensor 105 are provided at predetermined intervals in the vertical direction on the rear inner wall surface below the grain inlet 100 on the grain inlet side of the drain tank 13 at the grain inlet side.
  • a full-grain sensor 106 is provided below the grain inlet 100.
  • a second Nigren sensor 102 and a third Spotify sensor 103 are provided at predetermined intervals in the vertical and front-rear directions on the inner side surface of a hatch 107 that closes a maintenance opening provided on the left side surface (inside the fuselage) of the Glen tank 13. ing.
  • the first Nigren sensor 102 is arranged on the front side of the hatch 107
  • the third Spotify sensor 103 is arranged on the rear side.
  • a total of five electrostatic volume sensors are used as the crop detecting means.
  • the type, number, mounting position, etc. of the sensors used as the crop detecting means are not limited thereto. Not something.
  • the position force of the Glen sensors 101, 102, 103, 104, and 105 is accurate, and the position is determined according to the corresponding deposition surface.
  • the amount of stored grains in the drain tank 13 substantially matches the actual amount of storage, making it possible to detect the filling rate of grains more accurately, and increasing the filling rate to reduce the capacity of the drain tank 13. Can be fully utilized. Further, since the Nigren sensor 102 and the third durometer 103 are arranged on the inner side surface of the hatch 107, maintenance is easy.
  • the handling room 21 formed in the threshing unit 20 has a substantially cylindrical shape suspended in the longitudinal direction of the fuselage.
  • a handling cylinder 22 is provided, and handling teeth 22a'22a '''' are implanted on an outer peripheral surface of the handling cylinder 22.
  • a semicircular receiving net 23 is provided around the lower part of the handling cylinder 22 so as to be detachable.
  • the root side of the cereal rod is restrained by the feed chain 9
  • the leading end side of the cereal rod is inserted below the handling cylinder 22, and the cereal culm is transported to the rear of the machine.
  • the shedding of the grains is performed by the rotation of the handling cylinder 22, so that grains, straw chips, and the like leak from the receiving net 23.
  • a dust valve 24 is provided on the inner peripheral surface of the handling chamber cover 21 a covering the handling chamber 21 at appropriate intervals in the left-right width direction, and is rotatable around a vertical fulcrum. It is pivoted to. By rotating the dust feed valve 24, the time required for the grain stalk to move in the handling room 21 can be adjusted according to the variety of the grain stalk and the state of the grain stalk.
  • a processing chamber 25 is formed from the side of the rear part of the handling cylinder 22 (on the side of the drain tank 13, in the present embodiment, on the right side in the machine traveling direction) to the rear, and a processing chamber 25 is formed substantially inside the processing chamber 25.
  • the dust discharge port processing cylinder 26 formed in a cylindrical shape is horizontally and axially supported on the rear side of the handling cylinder 22 so as to be parallel to the handling cylinder 22.
  • the front (left side) of the processing cylinder case that covers the dust outlet processing cylinder 26 to form the processing chamber 25 is formed from the side of the rear part of the handling cylinder 22 (on the side of the drain tank 13, in the present embodiment, on the right side in the machine traveling direction) to the rear, and a processing chamber 25 is formed substantially inside the processing chamber 25.
  • the dust discharge port processing cylinder 26 formed in a cylindrical shape is horizontally and axially supported on the rear side of the handling
  • a dust outlet 27 is opened on the side, and the handling room 21 and the processing room 25 are communicated.
  • a semicircular treated lug net 28 is provided so as to cover the periphery of the lower part of the dust outlet processing lumber 26. In this way, unprocessed materials such as spike sticking particles that could not be processed by the handling cylinder 22 are conveyed into the processing chamber 25 through the dust outlet 27 and processed, and the holes (mesh) provided in the processing drum network 28 are formed. , So that only the processed material leaks.
  • a blade body 26a formed of a long plate body in the front and rear direction is fixed on the outer peripheral surface of the rear end portion of the dust port processing cylinder 26, a blade body 26a formed of a long plate body in the front and rear direction is fixed.
  • the blade 26a rotates integrally with the dust port processing cylinder 26, and the straw waste conveyed to the rear of the processing chamber 25 by the dust port processing cylinder 26 is rebounded by the rotation of the blade 26a. Then, the air is discharged below the dust outlet processing cylinder 26 and guided to the outside of the machine body by a guide plate (not shown).
  • a dust transport conveyor 29 is suspended in the front-rear direction.
  • the dust transport conveyor 29 is a screw-type conveyor, and the processed material that has fallen downward through the holes (mesh) provided in the processing drum network 28 by the dust transport conveyor 29 is transferred to the front of the machine body. (I.e., in the direction opposite to the direction of conveyance of the dust port processing cylinder 26). Then, it is re-introduced into the sorting unit 30 from a dust discharging roller 29a provided at the front end of the dust transporting conveyor 29.
  • An outlet partition plate 52 is provided behind the handling cylinder 22, and a sieving device 120 is provided below the outlet partition plate 52 and on the extension of the handling cylinder receiving net 23 behind.
  • a sieving device 120 is provided below the outlet partition plate 52 and on the extension of the handling cylinder receiving net 23 behind.
  • an outlet partition plate 52 is formed with a culm 52a, and the outlet partition 52 is formed in a shape surrounding the culm opening 52a.
  • An exit partition plate 52 also exists below.
  • the sieving apparatus 120 is attached to a portion of the outlet partition plate 52 located below the culm 52a.
  • the sieving device 120 is disposed between the handling cylinder 22 and the suction fan 40 in a side view, on the side of the dust outlet processing cylinder 26, and above the rocking sorting device 31 provided with the chaff sheave 38. It is set up. And, the sieving device 120 is disposed immediately behind the lower rear end of the handling cylinder 22, and is located where the sorted wind that has passed through the air path below the handling cylinder 22 exits to a wider air path.
  • the receiving net 23 is fixed and fixed.
  • the sieving device 120 is mounted on the frame 23a. However, in this case, since the sieving device 120 is located immediately below the rear end of the handling cylinder 22, clogging may occur between the handling cylinder 22 and the sieving device 120. . Therefore, a guide member 121 is provided on a frame 23a that rotatably supports the sieving apparatus 120, and the guide member 121 enables the processed material to be guided to the sieving apparatus 120 without clogging.
  • the guide member 121 has substantially the same lateral width as the sieve plate 122, is fixed to the upper part of the support member 123 in a state inclined backward and downward, and immediately behind the rear end of the handling drum 22.
  • the guide member 121 and the sieve plate 122 are extended to the vicinity, and are configured to be positioned substantially on a straight line.
  • the sieving device 120 is mounted on the body and rocked by the rocking body, and is mounted on the rocking sorting device 31 and is mounted on the rocking sorting device 31.
  • the rocking body is composed of a rocking drive member, and the rocking body is provided on a support member 123 having a U-shape in plan view fixed to a frame 23a (in the case shown in FIG. 4, an outlet partition plate 52). It comprises a base 124 pivotally supported (rotated) by 3a, a comb-shaped sieve plate 122 attached to the upper surface of the base 124, and an arm 125 extending rearward from the base 124. It has been done.
  • the arm 125 is fixed to the left end of the base 124 and is arranged in parallel with the sieve plate 122 at a predetermined interval.
  • the upper end 125a of the arm 125 is configured to also serve as a sieve wire.
  • guide members 125b and 125c On the left side surface of the arm 125, guide members 125b and 125c that are arranged vertically apart from each other and separated by a diameter of a roller 126a, which will be described later, protrude laterally.
  • the guide members 125b and 125c are formed by bending in a "H" shape when viewed from the side, and are configured so that the rear side is opened in a vertical direction.
  • a guide member 125d is fixed below the guide members 125b 'and 125c.
  • the guide member 125d is curved so as to protrude downward and is formed in a sled shape, and is arranged such that the lowermost position is located below the arm 125.
  • the swing driving member is supported by a stay 126 having a substantially triangular shape in a side view and having a lower portion fixed to the left side plate 31 L of the swing sorting device 31, and is pivotally supported inside the upper side surface of the stay 126.
  • the roller 126a has a force
  • the roller 126a has a force S which is slidably fitted between the guide of the arm 125 and the genius 125b.125c.
  • the roller 126a attached to the rocking and sorting device 31 rocks substantially up and down due to the rocking of the rocking and sorting device 31, and receives the rocking of the roller 126a.
  • the base 124 of the sieving device 120 swings through the arm 125, that is, the sieving device 120 swings.
  • the guide member 121 can guide the processed material to the sieving device 120 without clogging. That is, even if the attachment position of the sieving device 120 is changed according to the shape of the outlet partition plate 52, the guide member 121 is provided between the receiving net 23 and the sieving device 120, so that the With minute device 120 It is possible to effectively use the sieving device 120 that does not hinder the swinging of the sieving plate 122 that prevents culm and straw debris from being clogged in between. Therefore, even when a large amount of grains are conveyed to the sieve 38 at one time, or when the grains are wet material, the sorting process can be sufficiently performed.
  • the swing sorting device 31 is housed in a machine frame 33.
  • the front end of the swinging sorter 31 extends below the front end of the handling cylinder 22, and the rear end of the swinging sorter 31 extends below the rear end of the dust outlet treatment cylinder 26.
  • the front-to-back length of the dynamic sorting device 31 is determined.
  • a swing shaft (not shown) is provided at a lower portion in front of the swing sorting device 31, and a swing drive mechanism 34 is provided at a rear portion, and the swing sorter 31 is mounted on the machine frame 33 by the swing drive mechanism 34. It is configured to swing with respect to.
  • a fuel tank 59 (see FIG. 20) is disposed below and below the swing drive mechanism 34.
  • a upstream grain board 35 is provided, and a downstream grain board 36 is provided below and below the upstream grain board 35.
  • the front and rear drifting plates 35 and 36 are formed by corrugating plate-like members, and the processed material (mixture with grains and straw wastes) that has passed through the receiving net 23 is the front and rear drifting plates 35 and 36.
  • a mesh-shaped grain sieve 37 which is a second sorting unit, is continuously provided, and above the grain sieve 37 and the downstream grain plate 36 and behind the upstream grain plate 35.
  • the chaff sieve 38 is equipped with the first sorting unit, the chaff sieve 38. Behind the chaff sheave 38, a straw rack 39 is provided, and below the straw rack 39, a rear tray 50 is provided.
  • the chaff sheave 38 is composed of a plurality of chaff fins 38 a ′ 38 a ′.
  • the chaff fins 38 a ′ 38 a ′ are capable of adjusting the opening degree of the chaff fins 38 a ′ 38 a ′.
  • the upper and lower ends of the chaff fins 38a '38a'" are pivotally supported by the swinging and sorting device 31, and are pivotally connected to the swinging plates 131 provided on the left and right sides of the chaff sheave 38, The other end is connected to the sliding plates 132 provided
  • the oscillating plate 131 is oscillated integrally with the oscillating sorting device 31, and an adjusting lever 133 is pivotally connected to the sliding plate 132, and a wire 134 connected to the adjusting lever 133 is relaxed or pulled. As a result, the sliding plate 132 is slid back and forth.
  • the adjustment lever 133 is urged by a spring 135 provided on the opposite side of the wire 134 in such a direction as to make the inclination angle of each chaff fin 38a '38a'"smaller (to lie down).
  • the sliding of the sliding plate 132 changes the angle of the chaff fins 38a, 38a, ..., so that when the inclination angle of the chaff fins 38a, 38a, When the inclination of each chaff fin 38a '38a' ⁇ ⁇ is made small (to lie down), the opening of the chaff sieve 38 is made small to reduce the amount of grain leakage. Make up.
  • the adjusting lever 133, the wire 134, and the spring 135 are provided inside the swing sorting device 31.
  • the spring 135, an adjuster 136 capable of adjusting its length, and an auta receiver 137 are arranged at the left rear inside the rocking sorter 31, and the upper side and the side are separated from the dust collector S. It is covered with a force bar 138 made of an elastic member such as a rubber plate. This makes it possible to adjust the length of the spring 135 from the rear of the fuselage, thereby improving maintainability.
  • a panel for biasing the adjustment lever of the sheave is arranged between the swing sorting device and the machine frame.Therefore, a certain interval must be secured between the swing sorting device and the machine frame.
  • the panel 135 is disposed inside the swing sorting device 31, the left and right widths of the swing sorting device 31 are set to the machine frame 33. On the other hand, it can be made as large as possible. Therefore, the sorting width can be effectively used to improve the sorting performance.
  • the rocking and sorting device 31 configured as above rotates the rear cover upward, and rotates the rear side around the left and right sides of the straw processing unit 11 to thresh.
  • a guide frame 141 is provided on the left and right sides of the machine frame 33 that supports the swing sorting device 31, and the swing sorting device 31 is moved in the front-rear direction by the swing drive mechanism 34.
  • the front and rear swing rollers 142 ⁇ 1 and 43 provided at the lower portion of the swing sorting device 31 slide on the guide rail 141, so that the swing sorting device 31 smoothly moves back and forth. It swings.
  • detachable rollers 144 and 145 are provided between the front end portion of the swing sort device 31 and the front and rear swing rollers 142 and 143.
  • the swing rollers 142 and 143 and the detachable rollers 144 and 145 can be used.
  • the swinging and sorting device 31 is inserted into the machine frame 33 by sliding the detachable rollers 144 and 145 on the guide rail 141, the swinging and sorting device 31 swings forward as the swinging and sorting device 31 is moved forward.
  • the moving rollers 142 and 143 slide on the guide rail 141, and the work of attaching and detaching the swing sorting device 31 is simplified.
  • seal members 151 and 152 are disposed between the swing sorting device 31 inserted into the machine casing 33 and the machine casing 33.
  • the seal member 151 is formed of an elastic member such as a rubber plate having a width substantially the same as the front and rear width of the side plate 31L (31R) of the swing sorting device 31, and a lower end portion thereof is formed at an upper edge of the side plate 31L (31R). It is fastened, and the upper end is in contact with the machine frame 33 to seal the gap between the swing sorting device 31 and the machine frame 33.
  • the seal member 152 is attached to the side plate 31L (31R) of the swing sorting device 31 in the vicinity of the second recovery portion 47 so as to incline rearward.
  • the seal member 152 is formed in an inverted T-shape from an elastic member made of a rubber plate or the like, and is provided with a plurality of holes on both left and right sides in the longitudinal direction for passing a fastening member.
  • the parts 152a and 152b are configured.
  • the seal member 152 is bent at the center in the short direction and overlapped twice, and in this state, the mounting portions 152aL ′ 152aR and the mounting portions 152bL ′ 152b R further swing.
  • the mounting portion 76aL'76aR is fastened to the side plate 31L (31R) of the swinging sorting device 31, and the mounting portion 152bL (152bR) of the mounting portion 152bL '152bR is machined.
  • the mounting portion 152bR (152bL) is fastened to the seal member 153 mounted on the rear surface of the swing sorting device 31.
  • the seal member 152 is arranged between the swing sorting device 31 and the machine casing 33, an empty space can be effectively used, and the swing sorting device 31 can be used. Interference with the machine frame 33 can be prevented. Further, since the sealing member 152 is used in a stacked state, it is possible to improve sealing performance and durability. Even if the apex 152c of the seal member 152 is worn by sliding on the machine frame 33, the sealed state can be maintained, and leakage can be prevented until replacement.
  • a karamino 32 is arranged below the rear part of the upstream grain plate 35 and below the front part of the downstream grain plate 36 of the rocking sorting device 31, so that the sorting wind is blown to the chaff sheave 38 and the grain sieve 37.
  • a duct is arranged at the intake port located on the side of the Karino 32, and the duct extends to the vicinity of the engine so that during sorting operation, warm air can be sucked in and blown to the sorting unit. Like that. In this way, when a moist crop due to morning dew, lodging, etc.
  • a second fan 43 is also provided between the first conveyor 41 and the second conveyor 42 as a sub-pumping fan to send the sorting wind, and the sorting unit where the wind of the sorting wind by Karino 32 is weakened. Even at the rear of 30, the sorting performance by wind sorting is not reduced.
  • a rear flow tray 50 is fixed diagonally forward and downward at the lower rear part between the left and right plates 31L 'and 31R of the swing sorting device 31.
  • the rear flow grain plate 50 is provided integrally with the swinging sorter 31, and the rear flow grain plate 50 is located below the fan case (lower guide plate 166) of the suction fan 40, In the area where the suction wind does not act, the rear flow board 50 is arranged. In other words, the rear flow board 50 is arranged in the wind path of the sorting wind from the second fan 43.
  • the sorting wind from the second fan 43 is guided by the rear flow grain plate 50 and can be discharged to the rear through the straw rack 39 without being affected by the sorting wind flowing from the Karino 32 to the suction fan 40. ing.
  • the second drops falling from the rear end of the chaff sieve 38 and the rear end of the Glen Sheave 37 are air-selected by the second fan 43, and heavy grains, spike-attached grains, immature grains, etc. are sorted by the rear flow grain plate 50, The immature grains and the like are discharged out of the machine by the wind, and the others flow down from the rear plate of the sorting device and are collected on the second conveyor 42.
  • the sorting air outlets of Karino 32 are provided at the upper two places and at the rear, and the first air path also forms the third air path.
  • the grains are discharged from the upper part of Karino 32 to the rear end of the upstream grain board 35, fall from the rear part of the upstream grain board 35 to the chaff sheave 38, and pass through the receiving net 23.
  • the grain and the culm received by the sieving device 120 are subjected to wind to roughly sort.
  • the second air duct discharges from the upper part of Karino 32 almost horizontally along the lower part of the chaff sheave 38, and selects the processed material falling from the chaff sheave 38 onto the wake grain plate 36 or the grain sieve 37 by wind-selection. It also serves to send the treated material that has fallen upwards by wind power.
  • the wind is discharged backward from the rear of Karino 32 so that the wind power becomes the largest, and the processing of the processed material that falls from the grain sieve 37 onto the conveyor 41 is selected.
  • the warm air from the engine is discharged to dry the wet material to prevent clogging and stagnation, and to process the material falling from the sieving device 120 at the end. After being selected by wind, the air is sucked into the suction fan 40, and the waste such as straw and dust is discharged outside the machine.
  • the discharge air from the second fan 43 is discharged toward the upper surface of the rear flow grain plate 50, and
  • the processing material that falls from the rear of the sheave 38 and the straw rack 39 to the second conveyor 42 can be selected by wind.
  • the lower part of the rear flow tray 50 is filled with negative pressure, and the wind flowing downward on the second conveyor 42 side is generated, so that a slightly light second product can be smoothly guided to the second conveyor 42 side.
  • the straw rack 39 is formed in an inverted "H" shape when viewed from the side, so that the straw can be easily loosened by swinging, and the second reduced product is formed by the sorting wind from the second fan 43 guided by the rear flow plate 50.
  • the suction fan 40 is provided in the vicinity of the rear end of the swinging sorting device 31 in the full width, and the dust and threshing are carried on the flow of the sorting wind supplied from the Karin 32 and the second fan 43.
  • the generated dust and the like are sucked by the suction fan 40 and discharged out of the apparatus.
  • the suction fan 40 is constituted by a cross flow fan, and a chin-shaped impeller 40a is covered by an upper fan casing 161 and a lower lower guide plate 166, and is sucked by the suction fan 40. It is configured to guide and discharge dust and the like to the outside of the machine.
  • the suction fan 40 rotates clockwise in a side view so as to discharge dust from the front side to the rear side.
  • a suction hole 163 is opened over substantially the entire width, and a guide body 164 is fixed so as to cover the suction hole 163.
  • the guide body 164 is formed by bending a plate body into a triangular shape in a side view so that the front and lower sides are opened, the lower open part is substantially coincident with the suction hole 163, and the front open part is connected to the suction port 164a.
  • the area of the suction port 164a is smaller than the lower open area.
  • the guide body 164 has an edge formed around the periphery other than the suction port 164a, and has a bolt hole 164b'164b ' A bolt or the like is passed through the bolt hole 164b and attached to and fixed to the fan casing 161.
  • the suction fan 40 is rotationally driven in this manner, an airflow flows from the front side to the rear side, and the pressure in the fan casing 161 near the suction hole 163 decreases, that is, the inside of the guide body 164 becomes negative pressure.
  • air outside the fan casing 161 is sucked into the fan casing 161 from the suction port 164a through the suction hole 163.
  • dust accumulated near the upper surface of the fan casing 161 or floating dust is also guided by the guide body 164 from the suction port 164a, sucked into the fan casing 161 and discharged outside the machine.
  • the suction hole 163 is provided on the upper surface of the fan casing 161 and the guide body 164 having an open top is provided around the suction hole 163, so that the suction fan 40 accumulates near the outside of the fan casing 161. Dust and the like can be removed by suction.
  • the suction fan 40 can also discharge fine dust and the like generated in the processing chamber 25, which is made up of only the large straw waste conveyed to the rear of the chaff sheave 38. As a result, the number of maintenance operations on the upper surface of the fan casing 51 can be reduced without requiring new power.
  • the waste straw sent from the threshing unit 20, the sorting unit 30, or the like may accumulate, clog, or stick. It is necessary to perform maintenance, such as removing and adjusting.
  • the swinging sorting device is usually taken out of the machine frame, and maintenance is performed outside the machine.
  • the straw processing section at the rear of the machine is rotated backward. Then, the rear surface was opened, and the swinging sorting device was pulled backward. Therefore, as shown in FIG. 23, the lower guide plate 166 can be rotated upward so that the lower guide plate 166 does not become an obstacle at this time.
  • the lower guide plate 166 is composed of a front guide plate 167 and a rear guide plate 168, and the front guide plate 167 covers the lower part of the impeller 40a and
  • the rear part of the front guide plate 167 is bent in the shape of a letter "K" in a side view to extend the rear end downward, and at least one or more hinges are attached to the rear end of the inner plate 167.
  • the rear guide plate 168 is attached via 169. Then, the hinge 169 is fixed on the front part of the rear guide plate 168, the front end of the rear guide plate 168 is brought into contact with the lower surface of the rear part of the front guide plate 167, and the rear guide plate 168 is moved forward with the hinge 169 as the center.
  • the rear guide plate 168 extends obliquely downward on the rear extension of the front guide plate 167.
  • the area of the guide plate 168 is configured to be larger than the area of the portion behind the bent portion at the rear of the front guide plate 167, and when the rear guide plate 168 is rotated upward, the front end is formed from the bent portion of the front guide plate 167. Are also protruding.
  • the lower guide plate 166 of the fan casing 161 is constituted by the front guide plate 167, the rear guide plate 168, and the hinge 169 connecting the front guide plate 167 and the rear guide plate 168.
  • the plate 168 extends obliquely rearward and downward, and the rear guide plate 168 is rotatable forward and upward with the hinge 169 as a fulcrum, so that the lower guide plate 166 obstructs when the swing sorting device 31 is removed. Therefore, the detachment of the body force of the swing sorting device 31 can be easily performed, and the maintainability of the swing sorting device 31 can be improved. Also, even if the rear guide plate 168 is forgotten to be lowered, it automatically returns to the original position by the wind pressure of the suction fan 40, so that it does not hinder the discharge of straw and dust.
  • a first conveyor 41 and a second conveyor 42 are provided horizontally in the front-rear direction at a position under the rocking sorting device 31 in the front-rear direction.
  • the positional relationship between the first conveyor 41 and the second conveyor 42 is as follows: the first conveyor 41 is on the side near Karino 32 (the front of the machine frame 33), and the second conveyor 42 is farther from Karino 32 on the side (machine frame). 33 rear).
  • a fry conveyor 44 provided so that its longitudinal direction (transport direction) is substantially up and down is connected, and the upper end of the fry conveyor 44 is in the drain tank 13 Is in communication with
  • the grains, immature grains, spike sticks, and fine straw chips fall below the opening of the chaff sieve 38, and the large straw chips are transported to the rear of the chaff sieve 38, and travel outside the machine via the straw rack 39. Is discharged.
  • the grains, immature grains, spike sticking grains, and fine straw chips, etc. which have leaked onto Glen Sheave 37
  • the grains, immature grains, fine straw chips, etc. pass through Glen Sheave 37 and fall downward. Fall.
  • the heaviest grain (the first) is located in the first collecting section 46 (the depression on the bottom of the sorting section 30 provided behind the drifting grain plate 45, where the first conveyor 41 is accommodated). It is collected and transported to the drain tank 13 from the first conveyor 41 through the fry conveyor 44.
  • unprocessed grains which are small in weight, immature grains, a portion of fine straw chips, and unprocessed grains mixed with ear-cutting grains and grains, are blown backward by the sorting wind from Karamino 32, and the second collection unit 47 (a dent on the bottom of the sorting unit 30 provided behind the # collection unit 46, which is a recess in the bottom surface and accommodates the second conveyor 42), passes through the second conveyor 42, passes through the second reduction conveyor 48, and branches. After being conveyed to the stem processing cylinder 49, the branch stem is removed by the branch processing cylinder 49, it is re-introduced on the upstream grain plate 35 (or on the chaff sheave 38).
  • the grain stalk transport device 170 is for transporting one end (stock side) of the grain stalks taken in the above-mentioned threshing unit 20 while pinching it.
  • this grain culm transport device 170 the stem side of the grain culm that has been cut and raised in the cutting section 3 is pinched by the clamping rod 171 and the feed chain 9 that are arranged to face each other, and the handling room 21 The threshing is performed by the inner handling cylinder 22, and a portion where the pinching rod 171 and the feed chain 9 face each other is set as a transport path. And the straw after threshing in the threshing unit 20 is At the rear end (downstream end) of the eid chain 9, it is transferred to the straw transport chain 10 of the straw transport device 320, and is transported to the straw processing unit 11 by the straw transport chain 10. You.
  • the banding rod 171 has a support rod 174 fixed by stays 173, 173 and the like at the left end of the handling room cover 21a in the body traveling direction, and a plurality of elastic supports 172, 172 provided on the support rod 174.
  • ⁇ ⁇ ⁇ ⁇ Elastically supported via This pinching rod 171 has a shape in which a pair of plate-like members are arranged in parallel to the left and right along the feed chain 9, and is formed in an inverted U-shape in a cross section in the conveying direction by the feed chain 9. Have been.
  • the support rod 174 is a hollow columnar member, and is formed on the left side of the inside of the handling room cover 21a so as to be arranged in parallel with the pinching rod 171 that is long in the front-rear direction.
  • elastic supports 172, 172,... are supported at regular intervals and arranged at the upper part, and are sandwiched between lower portions of the elastic supports 172, 172,.
  • the rail 171 is elastically supported.
  • the lower portion of the elastic support 172 is pivotally supported by the pin 171 by a pin 175, and the upper portion of the elastic support 172 extends above the support rod 174.
  • the elastic support member 172 includes a cylindrical portion 176, a cylindrical bearing pipe 177 inserted into the cylindrical portion 176, and a vertical slide in the bearing pipe 177.
  • a movable sliding bar 178 and the like are provided, and a portal support 179 of a portal type as viewed from the front is fixed to the lower end of the sliding bar 178.
  • a connecting pin 175 for connecting a sandwiching rod 171 having a shape in which plate members are arranged in parallel to the left and right is pivotally supported.
  • a spring receiver 180 is externally fitted to the cylindrical portion 176.
  • the spring receiver 180 is located below the support rod 174, and an elastic body 181 such as a spring is wound around the outer peripheral surface of the slide rod 178 between the spring receiver 180 and the pivot 179.
  • the clamping rod 171 is urged downward (toward the feed chain 9).
  • the movement of the pinching rod 171 which is movable vertically in the bearing pipe 177 slidably disposed in the bearing pipe 177, is externally fitted to the sliding rod 178.
  • the elastic body 181 makes the elastic member 181 elastic so that the clamping rod 171 is always urged toward the feed chain 9 so that the culm to be conveyed can be clamped.
  • the sandwiching rod 171 urged downward by the elastic support member 172 has a shape in which a pair of plate-like members are arranged in a left-right parallel manner as described above.
  • the plate-like member has a configuration in which a plurality of clamping rod units 182, 182,... Are connected in series by the connection pins 175, 175,.
  • the clamping rod units 182, 182, connected in series in the grain culm transport direction are clamping rod units 182, 182, with their front and rear ends located upstream and downstream, respectively.
  • the elastic supports 172 are arranged at the respective connecting portions of the clamping rod units 182, 182, and each connecting portion is arranged in the sliding direction of the sliding rod 178 of the elastic support 172.
  • the pinching rod 171 has a structure in which the culm is pinched while following the thickness of the culm to be conveyed.
  • the rear end of the clamping rod unit 182 constituting the clamping rod 171 extends downstream in the transport direction as compared to the other clamping rod units 182, 182, ... to clamp the grain culm at the transfer section. Have been.
  • the front end of the straddling rod unit 183 is supported at the rear end of the elastic support member 172, like the other strut- ing rod units 182, 182.
  • the other elastic supports 172 are elastically supported by an elastic support 172 having a different biasing direction from that of the other elastic supports 172. That is, the pin 184 is fitted into the elongated mounting hole 183a formed in the banding rod unit 183 even in the middle of the banding rod unit 183, and is fixed to the lower end of the elastic support 172 '. It supports the pivotal body 179 that is being used.
  • the elastic support 172 'arranged at the rear end of the grain stalk in the transport direction, that is, at the transfer section from the feed chain 9 to the straw transport chain 10 is another elastic support 172' Stands for Since it is inclined forward by an angle ⁇ 1 with respect to the vertical urging direction, the urging force of this elastic support 172 ′ is arranged so as to be substantially perpendicular to the grain culm transport direction, and is there.
  • the elastic support member 172 ' which is located at the rear end portion and supports the middle part of the clamping rod unit 183, is inclined forward, and the clamping rod on the side of the transfer part to the straw transport chain 10 is connected.
  • the sliding direction of the sliding rod 178 of the elastic support 172 ′ is in a direction according to the moving direction of the clamping rod unit 183, and the biasing force of the elastic body 181 is more effectively used. Act on.
  • the elastic movement of the clamping rod unit 183 at the transfer section from the feed chain 9 to the straw transport chain 10 becomes smooth, and the clamping by the clamping rod unit 183 causes the transported grain. Since the ability to follow the thickness of the culm, etc. is increased, turbulence of the grain culm at this transfer part can be prevented, and spilling of the culm can be prevented, and the transfer to the feed chain 9 power and the straw transport chain 10 can be performed more smoothly. It becomes. That is, the transportation of the straw from the threshing unit 20 to the straw processing unit 11 becomes smoother.
  • the elastic support 172 ' is configured to have a longer stretch stroke. That is, the length of the expansion / contraction stroke of elastic sliding by the elastic body 181 of the sliding rod 178 slidably disposed in the bearing pipe 177 is made longer than that of the other elastic support 172. I have. Thus, the range of movement of the pinching rod unit 183 is increased.
  • the elastic support 172 ′ has a long expansion and contraction stroke, the elastic support 172 ′ can be sufficiently received to smoothly transport the grain stalks to the straw transport chain 10.
  • the rearmost elastic support member 172 ′ is inclined forward with respect to the other elastic support members 172, and is disposed so as to be urged substantially perpendicularly to the transport direction.
  • the present invention is not limited to this, and a plurality of elastic supports may be targeted.
  • the clamping rod 171 arranged opposite to the feed chain 9 has been described.
  • the present invention can be applied to other transport devices in the combine such as Ein 10.
  • the feed chain 9 is wound around a plurality of sprockets 191a '191b' 191c provided in the feed chain frame 190.
  • the feed chain 9 has a vertical center of rotation P (see FIG. 33) at the rear end (rear of the fuselage), and has a front locking device at the front end (front of the fuselage) and the rear end.
  • a feed lock frame 192 and a rear lock device 192 are provided, which can be opened and closed together with the feed chain frame 190 to the left side of the fuselage with the rotation center P as a rotation axis.
  • the structure 193 fixes the feed chain frame 190 to the fuselage side. However, the front lock device 192 and the rear lock device 193 can be linked, and the rear lock device 193 can be omitted.
  • the feed chain frame 190 includes a horizontal frame 190a, which is horizontal in the longitudinal direction of the fuselage, and an inner upper guide of the feed chain 9 which intersects at the front end of the horizontal frame 190a and extends rearward to form an upward slope.
  • a pivot frame 190c formed by bending a pipe in a U-shape in a side view fixed to the rear end of the horizontal frame 190a, and a reinforcing frame 190d to form a substantially triangular shape in a side view. Have been.
  • a front reinforcing plate 194 is fixed to the front end side surfaces of the horizontal frame 190a and the inclined frame 190b by welding or the like. Further, the rear end of the inclined frame 190b and the front upper part of the reinforcing frame 190d are fixed to the rear reinforcing plate 195 by welding. That is, the front ends of the horizontal frame 190a and the inclined frame 190b are connected and fixed by welding via the front reinforcing plate 194, and the rear end of the inclined frame 190b and the front upper part of the reinforcing frame 190d are connected to the rear reinforcing plate 195. It is fixed by welding through.
  • the horizontal frame 190a and the inclined frame 190b, and the inclined frame 190b and the reinforcing frame 190d constituting the feed chain frame 190 are fixed and reinforced by welding via the front and rear reinforcing plates 194 and 195.
  • the strength of the feed chain frame 190 can be increased as compared with the case of bolting or the like. This eliminates the need to increase the size of each frame to eliminate insufficient strength as in the case of bolt fastening, etc.
  • the weight of the load chain frame 190 can be prevented from increasing.
  • reinforcing members 196a '196b' 196c composed of a plurality of (three in this embodiment) pipes and the like are vertically arranged in parallel in the front-rear direction. ing. These reinforcing members 196a, 196b, and 196c have their lower ends fixed to the upper surface of the horizontal frame 190a and the upper ends to the lower surface of the inclined frame 190b by welding or the like, and connect the horizontal frame 190a and the inclined frame 190b. To increase strength.
  • the strength of the entire feed chain frame 190 can be improved by connecting and fixing the frames by welding using the reinforcing plate or the reinforcing member. Therefore, the gap between the front net presser 310 that presses the front net 291 of the receiving net 23 described later and the toothing 22a of the handling cylinder 22 can be kept constant, and problems such as unhandled portions in the threshing unit 20 are eliminated. Is done.
  • the rotation fulcrum frame 190c is provided on a support frame 197 which is fixed to the fuselage side and is formed by bending a pipe in a substantially inverted U-shape when viewed from the rear.
  • the feed chain frame 190 is supported by the feed chain frame 200 and is rotatable laterally outward with respect to the machine body.
  • Reinforcing plates 199 are provided between the support frame 197 and the rear side wall 198 on the fuselage side to reinforce.
  • the support portion 200 * 200 includes a stay 190e '190e integrally formed on the rotation fulcrum frame 190c toward the left side, and a support frame.
  • the support stay 197a '197a which is integrally fixed to the front of the vehicle 97, is formed of a pivot pin 201.201 and a power.
  • the support stays 197a and 197a are arranged so that the front end of the stays 197a and the left end of the stays 190e and 190e overlap each other in plan view, and the pivot pins 201 and 201 are inserted into the overlapping positions.
  • the feed chain frame 190 is pivotally attached to the support frame 197, that is, to the body.
  • the front end and the upper rear end of the inclined frame 190b are provided with driven sprockets 191a and 191b so as to be freely rotatable.
  • the sides of the rocket 191bf are covered with a guard 202 fixed by bolts or the like to the inclined frame 190b or the like.
  • a stay 203 is suspended downward from a middle portion of the horizontal frame 190a near the front, and a support arm 204 is fixed to the stay 203 by bolts or the like and extends downward.
  • a pipe-shaped rotary shaft 205 is supported at the lower end of the support arm 204 via a bearing or the like, and a drive sprocket 191c is fixed on the rotary shaft 205.
  • a drive shaft protruding from the machine body side is inserted into the shaft center of the rotation shaft 205 when the feed chain frame 190 is rotated to the closing side, and the drive shaft and the rotation shaft 205 are relatively fitted by a claw boss fitting or a key. It is fitted so that it cannot rotate and can transmit power.
  • a rotation arm 206 is pivotally supported at the lower front part of the support arm 204, and a tension sprocket 191d is pivotally supported at the other end of the rotation arm 206 so that the tension sprocket 191d is rotatable. Is disposed between the driving sprocket 191c and the driven sprocket 191a.
  • One end of a spring 207 is locked to the rotating shaft of the tension sprocket 191d via a locking portion such as a stay, and the other end of the spring 207 is locked to one end of an adjuster 208.
  • the other end of the adjuster 208 is attached to a stay 209 erected in the middle of the horizontal frame 190a so as to be adjustable in length.
  • the feed chain 9 is wound around the driven sprocket 191a '191b and the driving sprocket 191c, the tension of the feed chain 9 can be adjusted by the tension sprocket 191d, and the rotation of the driving sprocket 191c causes the feed chain 9 to rotate. 9 is rotated so that it can be seen. And each swoof.
  • the rocket 191a '191b' 191c '191d and the feed chain 9 are configured to be supported by the feed chain frame 190, and the feed chain frame 190 is rotated with respect to the support frame 197 on the body side of the fuselage.
  • the feed chain frame 190 and the feed chain 9 are integrally rotated and opened and closed.
  • the feed chain frame 190 can be opened and closed laterally with respect to the body using the support portions 200 and 200 located at the rear end portions as pivot points.
  • a front lock device 192 is provided at the front end of the feed chain frame 190, and a rear lock device 193 is provided at the rear end, and the feed chain frame 190 is fixed to the machine body by these lock devices 192 and 193. To maintain the closed state.
  • the front lock device 192 and the rear lock device 193 are connected by a connecting rod 210, and the front lock device The rear lock device 193 is also locked and unlocked in conjunction with the locking and unlocking of the device 192.
  • the front lock device 192 is rotatable around a pivot shaft 211 provided on the front of the horizontal frame 190a of the feed chain frame 190 and the pivot shaft 211.
  • a lever 212 supported by the armature and an engaging portion 213 formed by erecting a pin or the like on the body frame 2 and a force.
  • the middle part of the lever 212 is rotatably supported by a rotation fulcrum shaft 211, and the left side (outside of the body) of the lever 212 is used as a gripping part 212a, and a recess is formed in the front side of the right side (inside of the body).
  • the hook portion 212b is configured to be locked by engaging the hook portion 212b with the engaging portion 213.
  • a hole 212c is formed in the middle of the lever 212 (outside the body of the fulcrum shaft 211), and one end of a spring 214 is engaged with the hole 212c. Is hooked to a hook 215 projecting leftward from the feed chain frame 190. That is, the lever 212 is urged by the spring 214 so as to be pulled backward from the hole 212c, and the hook 212b of the hole 212c, which is located on the opposite side to the rotation fulcrum shaft 211, is engaged with the front engaging portion.
  • the front lock device 192 is urged in a direction in which the front lock device 192 is locked, that is, the front lock device 192 is locked.
  • the rear lock device 193 includes a rotation fulcrum shaft 216, a hook 217 inserted and fixed to the rotation fulcrum shaft 216, and an engaging portion 218 fixed to one end of the body-side frame.
  • the hook 217 is configured to be locked by engaging with the engaging portion 218.
  • the rotation fulcrum shaft 216 is formed in a pipe shape, and its lower end is fixed to the rear side of the horizontal frame 190a of the feed chain frame 190, and its upper end is fixed to the reinforcing frame 190d on the frame side. It is rotatably fitted to a support shaft provided between the upper and lower support plates via a support plate or the like.
  • a hook 217 is fixedly provided at the upper end of the pivot shaft 216. The hook 217 extends inward of the fuselage, and an engaging recess is formed in front of the extending portion. It can engage with the joint 218.
  • the front locking device 192 and the rear locking device 193 are connected and linked by a connecting rod 210 provided in the longitudinal direction of the machine in a direction substantially parallel to the horizontal frame 190a of the feed chain frame 190.
  • a connecting rod 210 provided in the longitudinal direction of the machine in a direction substantially parallel to the horizontal frame 190a of the feed chain frame 190.
  • the front end of the connecting rod 210 is Similarly, the rear end of the connecting rod 210 is pivotally supported by a pin or the like on a rotation plate fixed to the lower end of the rotation fulcrum shaft 216 of the rear locking device 193. It is supported, and the lever 212 of the front lock device 192 is rotated in the direction of unlocking about the rotation fulcrum shaft 211, thereby unlocking the rear lock device 193 via the connecting rod 210. It is.
  • the feed chain frame 190 which can be opened and closed with respect to the machine body can be locked even in the open state, and the lock at the time of opening for maintaining the maximum open state.
  • An apparatus 220 is provided.
  • the opening lock device 220 will be described with reference to FIGS.
  • the opening lock device 220 is located at the rear end of the feed chain frame 190, and includes a pin 221 provided on the feed chain frame 190 side and a lock guide 222 having a rotation fulcrum on the machine body side.
  • the pin 221 moves along a slide hole 228 formed in the lock guide 222 when the feed chain frame 190 is opened and closed.
  • the pin 221 protrudes upward from a stay 223 fixed by welding or the like to the upper surface of the lower horizontal portion of the rotation fulcrum frame 190c of the feed chain frame 190.
  • the lock guide 222 is a plate-like member having a substantially rectangular shape in a plan view, and has a right end (body end) force on the left side of the machine frame 33 (see Fig. 33). At the joints of the two, the joints of edges 219a and 229a projecting toward the left side (outside the fuselage) are supported by pins 224, and the pins 224 are used as pivot points. That is, one end of the lock guide 222 is formed with a bifurcated support part 222a so as to have a U-shape in a front view, and the support part 222a sandwiches the joint between the edges 219a and 229a from above and below.
  • the pin 224 is vertically penetrated, and the pin 224 is fixed to one of the support portion 222a side and the joint portion side of the edge portions 219a and 229a by welding or bolting, and the pin 224 is turned.
  • the lock guide 222 is supported as the center of motion.
  • a handle 226 for operating the lock device 220 at the time of opening is provided at the left end of the lock guide 222.
  • a torsion bar for urging the lock guide 222 is provided at the center of rotation of the lock guide 222.
  • D 225 force S which is inserted into the pin 224 and provided between the upper horizontal portion of the support portion 222a of the lock guide 222 and the head 224a of the pin 224.
  • Both ends of the torsion panel 225 extend in the horizontal direction, and the respective tips are bent downward at substantially right angles to form support portions 225a and 225b.
  • the support 225a on the fuselage side is inserted into and fixed to the joint between the edges 219a and 229a, and the support 225b on the opposite side of the fuselage contacts the rear side (rear side of the fuselage) of the lock guide 222. It has become. That is, in the lock guide 222, the grip portion 226 is urged forward by the torsion spring 225 about the pin 224 in the direction of the force (the direction F in FIG. 33, counterclockwise in plan view). is there.
  • the method of urging the lock guide 222 is not limited to the present embodiment, but may be a structure using a spring other than the torsion spring 225 and other elastic members.
  • the slide hole 228 formed in the lock guide 222 is formed in a substantially L-shape in plan view and is a long hole having a width substantially equal to the diameter of the pin 221.
  • the pin 221 is located at the right end, and when the feed chain frame 190 is in the maximum open state, the pin 221 is drilled so as to be located at the left end, that is, the notch 228a formed in the slide hole 228.
  • a stopper 227 for preventing the pin 221 from coming off the slide hole 228 and smoothing the slide of the pin 221 with respect to the slide hole 228 is provided at a portion of the pin 221 projecting upward from the slide hole 228. It is inserted.
  • the pin 221 provided on the feed chain frame 190 side becomes a slide hole.
  • the pin 221 slides along with the pin 221 and the lock guide 222 also rotates in a direction in which the lock guide 222 is urged (the direction F in FIG. 33).
  • the pin 221 is pressed by the torsion spring 225 of the lock guide 222 so that the pin 221 is closed.
  • the structure is such that the feed chain frame 190 is automatically fitted into the notch portion 228a, and is kept open so that the feed chain frame 190 does not rotate to the closing side.
  • the gripper 226 is gripped and the lock guide 222 is urged toward the opposite direction (R direction in Fig. 33).
  • the lock by the opening lock device 220 can be released, and the feed chain frame 190 can be rotated to the closing side.
  • the opening lock device 220 to maintain the feed chain frame 190 in the maximum open state, the feed chain frame 190 is not rotated unless the lock guide 222 is rotated in the release direction.
  • the feed chain frame 190 does not close, so that the open state of the feed chain frame 190 can be more reliably maintained as compared with the case where a conventional backing plate or the like is used. Thereby, when the feed chain frame 190 is opened for maintenance or repair, the feed chain frame 190 can be closed without care and safety can be improved.
  • the biasing direction of the lock guide 222 may be opposite to that of the present embodiment.
  • the shape of the slide hole 228 formed in the lock guide 222 is not limited to the present embodiment, and may be a hook shape. However, it is also possible to provide a configuration in which the opening degree of the feed chain frame 190 is maintained stepwise by providing a plurality of notches 228a.
  • Pulleys 40a '41a' 42a '43a are arranged on the respective rotating shafts outside the upper side wall 219 and the lower side wall 229 of the machine frame 33, that is, on the left side of the machine frame 33, and these pulleys 40a' 41a ' 231 velvets are wound around 42a and 43a, and are arranged so as to come into contact with the pulley 43a with the outer J (rear) force of the velvet 231.
  • two tension pulleys 232 are provided above the pulley 42a on the left side of the machine body of the machine frame 33 to maintain the tension of the benoret 231 and regulate the trajectory of the benoret 231. It is arranged so that it comes into contact from outside.
  • a tension arm 233 having a "H" shape in side view can swing about the rotation axis so as not to be affected by the rotation of the pulley 43a.
  • a tension pulley 234 is rotatably supported at one end (front end) of the tension arm 233.
  • the tension pulley 234 is disposed so as to come into contact with the inside of the belt 231. I have.
  • one end of a spring 235 for urging the tension arm 233 in the direction in which the tension pulley 234 presses the belt 231 with the inner force is applied to the other end (rear end) of the tension arm 233.
  • the other end of the spring 235 is locked to one end of an adjuster 236 provided on a stay 232a provided between the tension pulleys 232 to adjust the degree of tension of the belt 231 by the tension pulley 234. It is possible.
  • a pulley 42b is fixed on the rotation shaft of the pulley 42a of the second conveyor 42, and a pulley 34a for driving the swing drive mechanism 34 is provided behind the pulley 42b.
  • Bole 34a '42b is wound with 237x S-roll.
  • a tension pulley 239 rotatably supported at one end of a tension arm 238 provided on the lower side wall 229 on the fuselage side is disposed so as to come into contact with the belt 237 from below and below.
  • One end of a panel 241 is locked in the middle of the tension arm 238, and the other end of the spring 241 is connected to one end of an adjuster 243 provided on a stay 242 protruding from the lower side wall 229.
  • the pulley 42a is arranged so as to contact the belt 231 from the inside, the contact portion between the pulley 42a and the belt 231 is compared to a case where the pulley 42a is arranged to contact from the outside (back side) of the belt 231. And the driving force can be improved and stable belt rotation can be obtained.
  • a pre-guide (grain stalk pushing machine) provided above the feed chain 9 on the upstream side of the conveyance.
  • the auxiliary guide 250 will be described with reference to FIGS. 35 and 36.
  • the pre-guide 250 includes a culm holding rod 251, a support frame 252, connecting rods 253 and 254, a screw 255, and the like.
  • the upstream side of the feed chain 9 and the grain stalk pressing rod 251 are arranged so as to overlap in a side view. That is, the grain culm holding rod 251 is arranged along the transport upstream side of the feed chain 9.
  • the grain culm holding rod 251 is configured in a sled shape in a side view, and has a bent portion formed by bending the front end thereof upward, and guiding the grain stalk by the bent portion, and holding the grain culm. Grains are supplied between the rod 251 and the feed chain 9.
  • the cereal stem holding bar 251 is supported via a support frame 252 disposed above and connecting bars 253 and 254.
  • the support frame 252 is rotatably supported by a bracket at the distal end of a support rod 174 that supports the pinching rod 171. That is, the support frame 252 is provided with a rotation support shaft 256 at a rear portion thereof and a front portion of the support rod 174, and is rotatable around the rotation support shaft 256.
  • the support frame 252 has a substantially U-shaped cross section, and is disposed with its open U-shaped portion facing downward.
  • a through hole of the connecting rod 254 is formed in the upper surface (a portion of the support frame 252 that is not open) of the support frame 252, and the upper end of the connecting rod 254 is inserted through the through hole.
  • the upper end of the connecting rod 254 projects from the upper surface of the support frame 252.
  • the connecting rod 254 is movable in the longitudinal direction with respect to the support frame 252.
  • a spring 255 is externally fitted on the upper part of the connecting rod 254, and the lower end of the spring 255 is fixed to a middle part of the connecting rod 254. Then, when the connecting rod 254 moves upward and the protruding portion from the upper surface of the support frame 252 becomes longer, the urging force of the panel 255 acts to shorten this protruding portion.
  • the portions of the spring 255 and the connecting rod 254 on which the spring 255 is fitted are covered with the support frame 252.
  • a connecting rod 253 is rotatably attached to a side surface of the support frame 252.
  • the culm holding rod 251 is the amount of cereal culm between the pre-guide 250 and the feed chain 9, that is, the cereal culm supplied to the upstream side of the feed chain 9 conveyance. Rocks according to the amount of
  • the pre-guide 250 configured as described above is rotatable around the rotation support shaft 256 on the upstream side of the feed chain 9 in the conveyance direction. It can be switched manually between the (operation position) (a) and the manual operation position (release position) (mouth) indicated by the two-dot chain line.
  • the pre-guide 250 is rotated counterclockwise (FIG. 35) about the rotation support shaft 256, the pre-guide 250 is switched to the traveling work position (A). Switch to working position (mouth).
  • a spring 257 is interposed between a pin 258 that passes through the support frame 252 and a pin 259 that is attached to a bracket at the front end of the support rod 174 that supports the clamping rod 171. That is, one end of the panel 257 is connected to the support frame 252 via the pin 258, and the other end is connected to the support rod 174 via the pin 259. Then, the spring 257 rotates around the pin 259 together with the rotation of the pre-guide 250.
  • the biasing direction of panel 257 is switched on the extension of a straight line (X-X line in Fig. 35) connecting pin 259 and rotation support shaft 256.
  • a biasing force acts on the pre-guide 250 so as to hold the pre-guide 250 in the traveling work position (a).
  • an urging force acts on the pre-guide 250 so as to hold the pre-guide 250 at the work position (mouth).
  • the urging direction of the spring 257 is switched in two stages with the rotation of the pre-guide 250. This is a so-called fulcrum crossing configuration.
  • the biasing force of the panel 257 allows the pre-guide 250 to be reliably held on the one hand in the traveling work position (a) and on the other hand in the hand-handling work position (mouth).
  • the pre-guide 250 is held at the traveling work position (a)
  • the upper portion of the upstream side of the feed chain 9 transport is covered by the pre-guide 250, and the grain culm holding rod 251 extends along the upstream side of the feed chain 9 transport.
  • the traveling work position (a) the husks harvested by the reaping unit are supplied to the feed chain 9 for threshing while traveling.
  • Switching between the traveling work position (a) of the pre-guide 250 and the handling position (mouth) is performed by an operator located on the feed chain 9 side (in the present embodiment, on the right side of the machine body) of the compine. Be done. Further, in this embodiment, the switching of the pre-guide 250 can be performed by a driver in the cab 14 (operating section). In this case, the driver switches the pre-guide 250 by operating the operating lever 261 (operating tool) provided near the cab 14 (operating section).
  • the operation lever 261 is disposed near the driver's cab 14, in this embodiment, behind the driver's cab 14 and within the reach of the driver. Specifically, it is arranged on the left rear side of the cab 14 and on the right front side of the cabin cover 21a, and more specifically, at the approximate right and left center of the fuselage. The upper end of the operation lever 261 protrudes from the handling room cover 21a (see FIG. 1).
  • the position of the operation lever 261 is not limited to the above-described position as long as the position can be set in the cab 14 or within the reach of the driver 14.
  • the lower end of the operating lever 261 is connected and fixed to one end of the connecting rod 262, the other end of the connecting rod 262 is rotatably connected to one end of the operating rod 263 by a pin, and further, the other end of the operating rod 263 Are rotatably connected to a support frame 252 of the pre-guide 250 and a pin 264.
  • the connecting rod 262 is rotatably supported by the handling chamber cover 21a, and both ends of the connecting rod 262 protrude from the upper side of the handling chamber cover 21a. That is, the connecting rod 262 penetrates the upper part of the handling room force bar 21a in the left-right direction.
  • the portion protruding toward the pre-guide 250 is formed by being bent downward.
  • the pre-guide 250 is connected to the operation lever 261 via the link mechanism, specifically, via the connection rod 262 and the operation rod 263.
  • the switching operation of the pre-guidance 250 can be performed by operating the operation lever 261 by the driver. Holds that position.
  • the operation lever 261 or the link mechanism may be connected to an actuator such as a motor / cylinder or the like, and the actuator may be connected to an operation member such as a switch or the like and switched by a button operation or the like.
  • the pre-guide 250 is switched to the traveling work position (A), while the pre-guide 250 is operated to the tilted position shown by the two-dot chain line in FIG. If the lever 261 is present, it has been switched to the manual operation position (mouth).
  • the operation lever 261 is provided in the vicinity of the cab 14, and the operation of the operation lever 261 causes the pre-guide 250 to rotate, so that the traveling work position (A) and the manual operation The work position (mouth) is switched.
  • This allows the driver in the cab 14 to easily perform the turning operation of the pre-guide 250. For example, even if the auxiliary worker located on the side of the feed chain 9 cannot move both hands freely due to holding the grain stalks that have been taken in both hands, etc. By switching to the manual operation position (mouth), manual operations can be performed. Further, even if the sub-operator forgets the operation of returning the pre-guide 250 after the handling operation, the driver can operate the operation lever 261 to return to the original position.
  • the pre-guide 250 can also be rotated by the sub-worker directly to switch between the traveling operation position (a) and the manual operation position (mouth). Further, in the present embodiment, the operation lever 261 and the pre-guide 250 can be operatively connected by a force wire and a spring which are operatively connected by a link mechanism.
  • the inheriting guide 271 is arranged so as to overlap with the grain stalk pressing rod 251 of the pre-guide 250 described above in a side view, and is located on the inside of the fuselage with respect to the grain stalk pressing rod 251. In addition, it overlaps with the feed chain 9 in side view and plan view. That is, the inheriting guide 271 is arranged along the conveyance upstream side of the feed chain 9 and is attached to the auxiliary conveyance device or the cutting frame of the cutting unit.
  • the front end of the transfer guide 271 is supported by the support frame 272, and the support frame 272 is attached to the rear end of the side frame 273 that supports the reaping section 3 at the front of the fuselage. ing.
  • the front end of the inheriting guide 271 is bent at a substantially right angle, and the bent portion is extended to the left to form an extended portion 271a.
  • the extending portion 271a extends through a through hole provided in the support frame 272, and the transfer guide 271 is rotatably supported by the support frame 272. At the same time, the transfer guide 271 is movable in the left-right direction with respect to the support frame 272.
  • a pin 274 for preventing the support frame 272 from slipping out of the through hole is inserted. The pin 274 restricts the lateral movement of the transfer guide 271 to a distance L1.
  • a projection 271b is provided at the front of the inheriting guide 271 so as to project in parallel with the extension 271a.
  • a washer (such as a washer ring) 275 is attached to the tip (left end) of the protrusion.
  • the inheriting guide 271 is urged downward by the leaf spring 276.
  • the leaf spring 276 is formed in a substantially “U” shape in a side sectional view, and one end 276 a of the “U” shape that extends short is fixed to the upper surface of the support frame 272 by a bolt.
  • the lower end 276b of the "C" -shaped long extension is in contact with the protrusion 271b of the transfer guide 271 so that the urging force of the plate panel 276 acts on the transfer guide 271 via the protrusion 271b. I have to.
  • the transfer guide 271 is pressed downward, so that the grain stalk is sandwiched and transported between the transfer guide 271 and the feed chain 9.
  • the washer 275 at the tip of the protruding portion 271b is in contact with the left end surface of the panel panel 276, so that the lateral movement of the transfer guide 271 is restricted.
  • a guide member 277 serving as a mechanism for restricting the rotation of the inheriting guide 271 in the up-down direction and the movement in the left-right direction and holding it within the plan is fixed to the support frame 272.
  • the guide member 277 has a substantially L-shaped guide groove when viewed from the front, and the width of the guide groove is formed to be slightly larger than the diameter of the receiving guide 271.
  • the L-shaped guide groove is composed of an up-down groove 277a and a left-right groove 277b, and the up-down groove 277a is opened downward.
  • the transfer guide 271 is pressed downward by the urging force of the panel panel 276, and is disposed so as to overlap the feed chain 9 in a side view.
  • the feed chain 9 may be rotated to release the left side of the machine.
  • the inheriting guide 271 is left in a normal state, it will interfere with the feed chain 9 and hinder the rotation of the feed chain 9. Therefore, it is necessary to raise the transfer guide 271 upward against the urging force of the panel panel 276 so as not to interfere with the feed chain 9.
  • one end 276b of the leaf spring 276 is lifted upward so that the urging force of the leaf spring 276 does not act on the receiving guide 271.
  • the inheriting guide 271 can rotate in the vertical direction.
  • the transfer guide 271 is lifted and turned upward.
  • the transfer guide 271 is guided by the vertical groove 277a of the guide member 277, and rotates until it contacts the upper end of the groove 277a.
  • the inheriting guide 271 does not overlap with the feed chain 9 in a side view, and the feed chain 9 can be rotated.
  • the inheritance guide 271 is moved rightward by the distance L1.
  • the plate panel 276 is lifted to a position where the washer 275 at the tip of the protrusion 271b of the receiving guide 271 does not interfere with one end 276b of the leaf spring 276.
  • the inheritance guide 271 The guide member 277 is guided and moved by the left and right grooves 277b of the guide member 277. As a result, the inheritance guide 271 does not overlap with the feed chain 9 in plan view.
  • a mechanism is provided for holding the inheriting guide 271 at a position above the feed upstream side of the feed chain 9 and not overlapping the feed chain 9 in a side view.
  • This holding mechanism has a simple configuration in which a support frame 272, a washer 275, a plate panel 276, a guide member 277, and the like are provided at the front end of the transfer guide 271. As a result, space is not restricted. Further, the feed chain 9 can be stably held at a position not overlapping with the feed chain 9 in a side view.
  • the handling cylinder supply start end 280 is formed on the inlet side of the handling chamber 21 and in front of and above the swing sorting device 31.
  • the feeding cylinder supply start end 280 includes a supply guide plate 281 extending forward from a front end of a receiving net 23 provided around the lower part of the handling cylinder 22 in a side view, and an upper part for guiding grain stalks on the lower surface and the front surface.
  • a guide plate 282 is provided, and a pulley for transmitting power to the rotating shaft of the handling cylinder 22 is housed.
  • the supply guide plate 281 is fixedly held by the machine frame 33.
  • the supply guide plate 281 is made of an iron plate, an elastic body, or the like, and is gently curved in the left-right direction in accordance with the outer peripheral shape of the handling cylinder 22, and is formed in a trough shape in a front view. Then, in a side cross-sectional view, the supply guide plate 281 has a front portion having a downwardly inclined portion where the grains and the like flow into the rear handling room 21 (threshing unit 20). The rear portion is formed so as to be substantially parallel (concentric) with the outer peripheral surface of the handle drum 22 to be connected to the front portion of the receiving net 23, and is horizontal at the lower end.
  • the upper guide plate 282 guides the grain stalk conveyed by the feed chain 9 to the lower part of the handling drum 22, thereby preventing the grain stalk from being entangled with the rotation shaft of the handling drum 22 or the like.
  • the upper guide plate 282 is fixed to the frame of the handling room 21 so as not to be unstable.
  • the grain culm guide structure of the handling drum supply start end 280 formed by the supply guide plate 281 and the upper guide plate 282 has a substantially "U" shape in a front view, and the side of the feed chain 9 side.
  • the cereal culm which is formed with an opening and is conveyed to the rear of the machine by the cereal culm conveying device 170 including the feed chain 9 and the like, is guided between the supply guide plate 281 and the upper guide plate 282 so that the threshing section can be smoothly carried out. So that it can be transported to 20.
  • a feed guide 283 as a scattering prevention guide is provided on the inner surface of the handling chamber 21 on the opposite side of the feed chain 9 (the right side in the traveling direction) at the handling drum supply start end 280.
  • a lead plate 284 is provided. More specifically, a feed lead plate 284 made of a plate-like member is provided at the front of the handling chamber 21 on the back side (closed side) of the “U” -shaped opening of the handling cylinder supply start end 280 when viewed from the front, A feed guide 283 is provided on the side of the lead plate 284 and is formed to be convex.
  • the feed guide 283 and the lead plate 284 are located above the rear portion of the supply guide plate 281 and are connected to the outer frame of the upper guide plate 282 and the receiving plate. It is provided on a gutter-like connecting portion 285 formed between the net 23 and the outer frame.
  • the feed guide 283 has a substantially triangular pyramid shape and is provided so as to straddle the upper guide plate 282 and the corner of the connecting portion 285 so as to protrude toward the handling cylinder 22 side, and guide the tip of the grain culm to the handling cylinder 22 side. It is guided so that it does not flow backward to the supply end 280 side of the cylinder.
  • a lead plate 284 is provided continuously above the inner surface of the handling chamber 21 of the feed guide 283, and is disposed above and forward of the receiving net 23.
  • the lead plate 284 is provided so as to substantially match the inclination of the dust valve 24 disposed on the inner peripheral surface of the upper part of the handling chamber 21, and the extension direction of the plate surface of the lead plate 284 is Face to face.
  • the spikes are aligned by the lead plate 284 in the handling room 21 so as to be in a direction substantially perpendicular to the feed chain 9 so as to be threshed by the handling cylinder 22, and at the same time, straw waste and the like that are generated during threshing and threshed paddy are removed. It is guided to flow parallel to the dust valve 24. Then, by returning straw waste and the like that had been scattered to the handling cylinder supply start end 280 side into the handling chamber 21, the loss can be reduced. I try to do it.
  • the lead plate 284 is made of a plate-like member such as an iron plate, and is configured in consideration of strength, abrasion resistance, and the like so as not to be deformed by the pressure in the handling chamber 21. . As shown in FIG. 42, the lead plate 284 is bent in an L-shape, and stands upright on the inner peripheral surface of the handling chamber 21 to be erected. A fixed sound B284af or bonoreto 286, 286 etc. on the bottom surface of the lead plate 284 is fastened to the inner surface of the handling room 21 so as to be detachable. Therefore, in the event that the lead plate 284 is damaged, replacement work can be easily performed, and maintenance performance can be improved.
  • the lead plate 284 on the inside surface of the handling chamber 21 on the opposite side of the feed chain 9 from the handling cylinder supply start end 280 of the threshing unit 20, the straw waste in the handling chamber 21 is provided. It is possible to prevent such as to be scattered to the handling cylinder supply start end 280, to be guided to the dust valve 24, and to be guided to the end of the handling chamber 21. Then, the grains and the like that have been scattered to the handling drum supply start end 280 can be recovered, and the loss can be reduced.
  • the scattering prevention guide composed of the feed guide 283 and the lead plate 284 is disposed on the back side of the upper guide plate 282 on the opposite side of the feed chain 9 of the handling drum supply start end 280 of the threshing unit 20. In this case, the same effect as above can be obtained.
  • the receiving net 23 is divided into two parts: a back net 290 on the side of the drain tank 13 (right side in the traveling direction) and a front side net 291 on the side of the feed chain 9 (right side in the traveling direction).
  • a back net 290 on the side of the drain tank 13 right side in the traveling direction
  • a front side net 291 on the side of the feed chain 9 right side in the traveling direction.
  • the back net 290 and the front net 291 are connected at a connecting portion 295.
  • the periphery of the back net 290 and the front net 291 is supported by an L-shaped frame in cross section, and in the connecting portion 295, a contact portion of the back net 290 and the front net 291 is
  • the nets 290a and 291a are formed by being bent at substantially right angles toward the outside in the radial direction of the frame 290a and 291a, respectively.
  • '292a' 292a is tangentially projected at a position substantially equidistant in the longitudinal direction of the fuselage, and a penetration hole is formed in the other mesh frame at a position corresponding to the position where the pin 292a is projected.
  • the pin 292a fits into the insertion hole and the back net 290 And the front net 291 are connected.
  • the position and number of the pins 292a are not limited, and the connection configuration is also limited.
  • a mesh frame 290b is also formed on the back net 290 on the side of the drain tank 13 in the same manner as the mesh frame 290a, and pins 292b'292b'292b extend from the mesh frame 290b in the longitudinal direction of the fuselage.
  • the positions are substantially the same as those of the pins 292a, and the pins 292b are tangentially protruded, and the pins 292b are fitted to stays 296 serving as fixing members provided on the machine side, whereby the back net 290 is fixed to the machine.
  • the receiving net 23 is fixed below the handling cylinder 22.
  • the receiving net 23 is formed in a substantially L-shape in plan view by the back net 290 and the front net 291, and the front net 291 is long and slightly protrudes in the front-rear direction. Further, the receiving net 23 is constructed by fixing a thin metal plate 294 on a net frame 293, and the plate 294 has a square hole 294a substantially uniformly formed on the entire surface thereof. Is formed. Then, through these holes 294a, the paddy, straw waste, and the like that have been handled on the receiving net 23 by the tooth handling 22a '22a' ⁇ ⁇ are leaked. In the present embodiment, the shape of the hole 294a is rectangular, but it may be round or polygonal.
  • the projection 291c in the substantially L-shaped receiving net 23 in plan view is the rear half of the grain stalk transport path 9a by the feed chain 9, and is located below the rear half of the handling cylinder 22. .
  • a partition 297 formed of a metal plate or the like having a predetermined height is provided between the handling teeth 22a in parallel to the moving direction of the handling teeth 22a due to the rotation of the handling cylinder 22.
  • the grain stalks conveyed by the feed chain 9 are lifted upward by the partition 297 and pressed down by the teeth 22a '22a'.
  • the teeth 22a '22a' ⁇ ⁇ can be brought into contact with the grain stem.
  • the receiving network 23 is configured to be detachable from the side of the aircraft. That is, as described above, the feed chain frame 190 configured to be openable and closable with respect to the fuselage side is opened, and is drawn out in an arc shape along the rail provided on the frame 298 provided on the fuselage side with respect to the fuselage side. They are removable and can be inserted and removed. Therefore, Okuami 290 Stoppers 299 are provided on the connection portion 295 side of the front and rear mesh frames 293, respectively.
  • a leaf spring 299a formed by bending a part of a plate-like member into a mountain shape on a net frame 293 is fastened and fixed with bolts or the like, and this leaf spring 299a is attached to the body side frame 298.
  • the catch 299b can be used for locking so that the back net 290 does not slip off when the front net 291 is pulled out for maintenance or the like.
  • a position adjuster 300 is provided for that. That is, a U-shaped bent portion 291d is formed at the left end (feed chain 9 side) of the front net 291 and an L-shaped net frame 291b is fixed inside the bent portion 291d. With the frame 291b and the bent portion 291d as fitting portions, the upper end side of the fixed plate 306 serving as a fixed member bent in a crank shape can be inserted therebetween.
  • the position adjusting unit 300 includes a bracket 305 fixedly provided on the body side of the machine body, a fixing plate 306 which is a plate-like member for position adjustment disposed at the upper end of the bracket 304, and It comprises a fixture 307 for fixing the plate 306 to the bracket 305 and a shim 309 for adjusting the interval.
  • the lower end of the bracket 305 is fastened and fixed to one end of the frame of the handling room 21 by a bolt 304 at the lower left of the front net 291 and the upper end is a net frame 291b at the left end of the front net 291. It is extended toward.
  • a fixing plate 306 protrudes from the upper end of the bracket 305 so that one end of the fixing plate 306 comes into contact with a mesh frame 291b of the front net 291.
  • the base is fixed by a fixing tool 307 including a pin 307a and a nut 307b. Have been. In other words, the fixing plate 306 and the shim 309 are inserted into the head B307c of the pin 307a, and then the bracket 305 is inserted into the bracket 305 and tightened and fixed by the nut 307b.
  • the front net 291 is pushed into the back net 290 side, and is inserted into the connecting portion 295 of the pin 292a and the back end 290, and at the same time, the yarn starting frame 291b and the bent ⁇ B291d are inserted.
  • the fixing plate 306 is inserted in between, and is pressed down and fixed by the near net presser 310 described later. At this time, in the gap between the tip of the toothing 22a and the rotation orbit T, When it is desired to reduce the gap, the number of the shims 309 is increased so that the fixing plate 306 presses the net frame 291b to approach the handling cylinder 22 side.
  • the number of the shims 309 can be reduced so that the net frame 291b can be set to the outside.
  • the front net 291 rotates around the connecting portion 295 with the back net 290, and the gap can be adjusted.
  • the gap can be similarly adjusted by preparing a plurality of shims having different thicknesses in advance and replacing these shims.
  • the receiving network is composed of the front network 291 and the rear network 290, but it can be composed of one network or divided into three or more networks.
  • the position adjusting portion 300 is formed at a portion where the fixing plate 306 interposed between the front net 291 and the bracket 305 is fixed, and the number of shims 309 arranged on the position adjusting portion 300 is increased or decreased.
  • the gap (interval) between the front net 291 and the rotation trajectory T of the distal end of the handling tooth 22a can be adjusted by adjusting the thickness of the front mesh 291 and the thickness of the front net 291. In this way, the distance between the front net 291 and the rotation trajectory T of the tip of the toothing 22a can be adjusted, so that a specified distance according to the type of crop to be harvested can be secured. This makes it possible to efficiently shed the ears only while preventing the grain stalks from being cut off when the gap is smaller than the desired interval, and conversely when the gap is wide. This makes it possible to prevent unhandled residue, thereby improving the threshing accuracy.
  • the position adjusting unit 300 includes a shim 309 interposed in a pin 307a for fixing the fixing plate 306 to be attached to the bracket 305, and the number of the shim 309 is increased or decreased, or the shim 309 having a different thickness is used.
  • the distance between the front net 291 and the rotation trajectory T of the tip of the toothing 22a can be easily adjusted.
  • a plurality of position adjustment units 300 having such a structure can be provided in the longitudinal direction of the machine body, that is, in the longitudinal direction of the handling cylinder 22.
  • a plurality of the brackets 305 are provided at arbitrary intervals within the range of the length of the front net 291 in the front-to-rear direction, and the position adjusting unit 300 is formed at each position.
  • Providing a plurality of position adjustment units 300 in the longitudinal direction of the fuselage makes it possible to separately adjust the position of the near net 291 at each position. It is possible to adjust the interval with the rotation orbit T of 22a, Since the interval can be finely adjusted in accordance with the type of crop to be harvested and the threshing state of the cereal stem, cutting of ears and unhandled leaves can be prevented, and threshing accuracy can be further improved.
  • a front net retainer 310 is provided on the side of the receiving net 23 and on the side of the feed chain 9.
  • the front net retainer 310 is formed to have substantially the same radius of curvature as the receiving net 23, and is disposed on an extension of the front net 291 forming the receiving net 23.
  • the front net retainer 310 is fixed to and integrally provided with a feed chain frame 190 that supports the feed chain 9 so that the feed chain 9 can be opened and closed, and has a structure that is opened and closed together with the feed chain frame 190.
  • the feed chain frame 190 around which the feed chain 9 is wound is locked to the machine body side, and the side end of the near net 291 on the feed chain 9 side is pressed so as not to bend.
  • a plurality of rods and the like are provided in the same direction (extension) as the partition 297 provided on the protruding portion 291c of the front net 291 described above.
  • the bar raises the cereal stem upward, and is pressed downward by the toothing 22a '22a'.
  • the teeth 22a-22a- ⁇ ⁇ can be brought into contact with each other.
  • Such a front net retainer 310 has a structure capable of adjusting the position with respect to the handling cylinder 22.
  • the gap (interval) S between the inner side surface 310a of the front net retainer 310, which is the surface on the handle cylinder 22 side, and the rotation orbit T of the distal end of the handling tooth 22a of the handle cylinder 22 can be adjusted. is there.
  • the structure of the gap adjustment will be described with reference to FIGS.
  • a plurality of locations are provided on the side of the front net retainer 130 provided integrally with the feed chain frame 190 and on the side surface of the feed chain 9 at substantially equal intervals in the longitudinal direction of the machine.
  • adjustment plates 311a ', 311b', and 311c for fixing the front net retainer 310 to the feed chain frame 190 so as to be adjustable are protruded.
  • These adjustment plates 31 la '31 lb '311c are fixed to upper and lower stays 312 and 313, respectively, which are arranged vertically in parallel, and the upper and lower stays 312 and 313 are connected to the feed chain frame 190.
  • the reinforcing members 196a, 196b, and 196c provided between the horizontal frame 190a and the inclined frame 190b are fixed to upper and lower portions, respectively. It is. That is, an upper stay 312 and a lower stay 313 each having a U-shape in a side view are fixed to the reinforcing members 196 by welding or the like, and the upper stay 312 and the lower stay 313 are provided with a front net retainer 310.
  • the respective adjusting plates 311 are fixedly provided so as to be position-adjustable by bolts 314 and 315, respectively.
  • each adjustment plate 311 a regular circular bolt hole is formed in the upper stay 312 interposed in the upper fixing portion, and the upper portion of the adjustment plate 311 is positioned by the bolt 314 through the upper stay 312.
  • the lower stay 313 interposed in the lower fixing portion of each adjustment plate 311 is provided with a long hole 316 extending in the direction of the handling cylinder 22 of the front net retainer 310, and this lower stay 313 is attached to the lower stay 313. It can be fixed so that the position can be adjusted by bolts 315.
  • the elongated hole 316 formed in the lower stay 313 has a shape that follows the track of the bolt 315 when the front net retainer 310 is rotated to the side of the fuselage around the bolt 314 of the upper fixing portion.
  • the bolt S 314 of the upper fixed portion is fastened to such an extent that the front net retainer 310 is rotatable, and by rotating the front net press 310 around the bolt 314, the above-described gap S is formed. It is a structure that can be adjusted.
  • the gap S that is, the inner side surface 310a of the front net retainer 310 and the handling teeth 22a of the handling cylinder 22 are provided at the respective adjustment plates 311a ', 311b', and 311c of the front net holder 310.
  • the distance between the tip and the rotation orbit T can be adjusted.
  • the number and shape of the adjustment plates provided on the front net retainer 310 are not limited to the present embodiment.
  • the bolt holes on the upper stay 312 side of the upper fixing portion of the front net retainer 310 are elongated holes, and the lower fixing portion side is the center of rotation, and long holes are formed in both the upper stay 312 and the lower stay 313.
  • the position of the front net retainer 310 can be adjusted at the upper and lower fixing portions.
  • the inner side surface 310a of the front net retainer 310 and the teeth 22a of the handling cylinder 22 are formed. It is possible to adjust the gap S between the tip of the rotating orbit T and the rotation path T, and to secure a specified interval according to the type of crop to be harvested. This makes it possible to efficiently shed the ears only while preventing the grain stalks from being cut off when the gap S is smaller than the desired interval, and conversely, to handle the grain that occurs when the gap is wide. It is possible to prevent leftover Therefore, the threshing accuracy can be improved.
  • the gap S in the culm conveying path can be finely adjusted according to the type of crop to be harvested and the threshing state of the culm, so that cutting of ears and unhandled leaves can be prevented, and threshing accuracy is further improved. be able to.
  • the straw conveying device 320 conveys the straw conveyed from the feed chain 9 of the grain culm conveying device 170 to the rear of the machine by the straw conveying chain 10, and at that time, the straw is separated from the straw conveying chain 10. Change the force to drop into the field by changing the dropping position by cutting with the straw cutter device 321 or changing the force to discharge to the field without cutting, or to release it to the field after binding with the tying device Is what you do.
  • the straw conveying device 320 mainly includes the straw conveying chain 10, the straw trapping guide 330, the front support rod 331, the nose 332, the renole body 333, the action rollers 334 and 335, and the rear ⁇ . It is composed of a support rod 336, a non-stick 337, a link mechanism 338, and the like.
  • the straw transport chain 10 extends from the rear end of the feed chain 9 toward the right rear.
  • An auxiliary straw transport chain 325 is provided in parallel with the straw chain 10, the base side of the straw is held by the straw transport chain 10, and the tip side of the straw is supported by the auxiliary straw transport chain 325. While holding the straw, the straw is transported backward.
  • a straw trapping guide 330 is arranged below the straw transport chain 10.
  • the straw trapping guide 330 is composed of a main guide 340 and a sliding guide 341.
  • the main guide 340 is horizontally laid diagonally left and right.
  • the main guide 340 is a round bar-shaped (cylindrical) member having a bent portion 340a having one end (inlet side, left side) bent downward in a substantially U-shape, and the bent portion 340a is fed. It is arranged toward the end side of the chain 9 to facilitate conveyance while holding the culm between the straw conveying chain 10 and the main guide 340.
  • one end (upper end) of a front support rod 331 is rotatably connected to the base of the bent portion 340a of the main guide 340, and the other end is fixed to the threshing machine frame 345 in a side view.
  • U-shaped mounting member The main guide 340 is inserted through holes formed on the upper and lower surfaces of the straw 343 and is externally fitted to the front support rod 331 in the mounting member 343 so that the main guide 340 approaches the straw conveying chain 10 (upward). ).
  • the rail body 333 is a substantially U-shaped member in cross section, and is fixed to the lower surface of the main body of the main guide 340 so that the longitudinal direction thereof is substantially parallel, and the sliding guide 341 can slide from below. To accommodate.
  • the sliding guide 341 is a substantially L-shaped round bar (cylindrical) member having one end (the inlet side, the left side) bent.
  • the bent portion 341a of the sliding guide 341 has a starting end extending downward and a horizontal portion accommodated in a rail body 333 and mounted on sliding rollers 334.335 provided at appropriate intervals below the rail body 333.
  • the sliding rollers 334 and 335 do not fall off the rail body 333 and are slidably supported in the longitudinal direction.
  • the rear support rod 336 has one end (upper end) rotatably pivotally attached to the rear part of the rail body 333 (far from the bent portion 340a of the main guide 340), and the other end fixed to the combine body.
  • the rail body 333 (main guide 340) is inserted through holes formed in the upper and lower surfaces of the U-shaped mounting member 344 and is externally fitted to a rear support rod 336 in the mounting member 344. It is urged in the direction (upward) to approach the straw transporting chain 10.
  • the main guide 340 is pushed downward against the urging force of the springs 332 and 337.
  • the front support rod 331 and the rear support rod 336 are pivotally attached to the main guide main guide 340 and the rail body 333, respectively.
  • the body of the guide 340 can be at an angle that is not parallel to the longitudinal direction of the straw transport chain 10, and the straw can be transported reliably to the rear.
  • the front support rod 331 which supports the front process side of the main guide 340 and serves as a fulcrum is disposed outside the threshing machine frame 345. Since the front support rod was located inside the threshing machine frame, the diameter of the suction fan installed in the threshing machine frame was increased or increased in order to improve the sorting performance in the sorting section. If the position is changed, the fan casing that covers the suction fan may interfere with the front support rod, and the diameter of the suction fan cannot be changed to a required size. Also, even if the front support rods are arranged so as to avoid interference with the suction fan casing, the required position of the slide guides cannot be secured because the position of the front support rods is limited. There was a problem.
  • the front support rod 331 is arranged outside the threshing machine frame 345 with respect to the suction fan 40 arranged inside the threshing machine frame 345. That is, the mounting member 343 is fastened to the outer side surface of the threshing machine frame 345 by the fastening member, and the front support rod 331 is inserted through the hole provided in the mounting member 343 as described above.
  • the sliding guide 341 can be slid by operating an operation lever provided on the control unit via a link mechanism 338 provided below the rail body 333.
  • the link mechanism 338 mainly includes the operating arm 350 and the mounting member 351.
  • a pin 352 a rotating arm 353, a rotating boss 354, a mounting member 355, and a rotating arm 356.
  • the operating arm 350 is formed of an elongated plate-shaped member, and a long hole is formed in a connecting portion on both sides thereof to form an allowable portion. That is, the locking hole 350a is formed at one end (rear side) of the operation arm 350, and the elongated hole 350b is formed at the other end (front side).
  • the locking hole 350a has a somewhat long opal shape, and the leading end of the bent portion 341a of the sliding guide 341 is inserted and connected (see FIG. 49). As described above, the sliding guide 341 is vertically slidably inserted into the locking hole 350a of the operating arm 350, so that the main guide 340 is vertically moved in conjunction with the sliding guide 341. .
  • the bent portion 341a moves up and down without receiving a large resistance.
  • Can slide and operate switching lever After that, it can be easily slid.
  • the straw can be smoothly transported backward without disturbing the posture of the straw.
  • a long hole 350b formed in the other end (front side) of the operation arm 350 is connected to the machine body via a pin. That is, the pin 352 is penetrated through the elongated hole 350b, and the pin 352 is fixed to the mounting member 351 fixed to the body of the compine. Thus, at the time of the switching operation, the operating arm 350 is prevented from falling off from the force mounting member 351 that can slide and rotate along the pin 352.
  • a distal end portion (front portion) of a rotating arm 353 is pivotally attached to a middle portion of the operating arm 350 so as to be rotatable.
  • the base (rear portion) of the turning arm 353 is fixed to a turning boss 354, and the turning boss 354 is turnably connected to a turning shaft 355a of a mounting member 355 fixed to the body of the combine.
  • a base of a rotation arm 356 is fixed to the rotation boss 354, and one end of an operation wire 357 is attached to a tip of the rotation arm 356. The other end of the operation wire 357 is connected to an operation lever (not shown) provided in the cab 14.
  • a spring 358 is interposed between the middle part of the rotating arm 353 and the combine body. The spring 358 biases the rotating arms 353 and 356 to rotate clockwise (to the discharge side of the straw) about the rotating shaft 355a in plan view (see FIG. 52). ing.
  • the trajectory of both ends of the operating arm 350 at the time is allowed to be a straight line in a substantially longitudinal direction in plan view.
  • the slide guide 341 in which the bent portion 341a is fitted into the locking hole 350a is positioned at a position protruding from the rear of the rail body 333 along the rail body 333 (dropping the grain stalk into the field after uniting or directly dropping it. From the position where the stalks are stored in the rail Position at the time of chopping with the turret device 321).
  • the rotating arms 353 and 356 rotate clockwise in plan view (see FIG. 52) by the urging force of the panel 358.
  • the operation arm 350 is rotated counterclockwise, and the sliding guide 341 is slid to the protruding position (right side) so that the straw is not guided to the straw cutter device 321.
  • the straw transport chain 10 is composed of a plurality of link plates 361, and each link plate 361 is formed in a convex shape protruding outward, and the base of the straw is held between the link plates 361. You.
  • a tine 325a is intermittently provided on the link plate constituting the auxiliary straw conveying chain 325, and the leading end side of the straw is held between the tines 325a '325a. In this way, the straw that is transported by the straw transport chain 10 is transported backward while being more securely held by the auxiliary straw transport chain 325.
  • the straw transport chain 10 is wound around a front drive sprocket 362 and a rear driven roller 363.
  • the axial direction of the driving sprocket 362 and the driven roller 363 is horizontal. Therefore, the straw transport chain 10 runs on an oval endless track in the vertical plane.
  • the vertical plane on which the straw transport chain 10 travels is defined as a travel surface of the straw transport chain 10, and a direction relating to the straw transport chain 10 will be defined below with reference to the travel surface.
  • the drive sprocket 362 of the straw transport chain 10 is connected to a handle cylinder drive shaft 322 that drives the handle cylinder 22 of the threshing unit 20 via a belt transmission mechanism 323 and a transmission case 324 in which a drive transmission mechanism is installed. Power is transmitted. The power from the drum drive shaft 322 is also transmitted to the auxiliary straw transport chain 325 via the transmission case 324, and the straw transport chain 10 and the auxiliary straw transport chain 325 are driven synchronously. You.
  • the driven roller 363 is rotatably supported by a roller guide 364.
  • the roller guide 364 includes a pair of guide plates 365 arranged on the left and right sides of the running surface of the straw transport chain 10. Between the guide plates 365, 365, a rotation support shaft 366 force S of the driven opening roller 363 is provided, and a bridge member 379-379 for connecting and fixing the guide plates 365, 365 is provided. Let's do it.
  • the driving sprocket 362 is rotatably supported by a chain guide 367 that guides the straw transport chain 10.
  • the chain guide 367 is formed in a U-shape in a cross-sectional view, and the overall shape is formed by connecting the upper and lower parallel portions 367a'367b and the parallel portions 367a'367b. And a connecting portion 367c.
  • the straw transport chain 10 is provided so that the inner surfaces of the link plates 361, 361, ... of the straw transport chain 10 approach the upper and lower ends of the chain guide 367, and the left and right link plates 361, 361 are provided. Are guided by the roller pins connecting the two. Then, the straw transport chain 10 is guided (guided) by the chain guide 367 and travels (drives) without meandering.
  • the roller guide 364 is supported by the chain guide 367 via a tension spring 368, and the driven roller 363 supported by the roller guide 364 functions as a tension roller of the straw transport chain 10.
  • a device that supports the roller guide 364 with respect to the chain guide 367 and applies tension to the roller guide 364 is a tension device 370.
  • the tension device 370 includes a guide means 371 for supporting the roller guide 364 so as to be able to advance and retreat in the chain tension direction, and a tension means 372 for urging the roller guide 364 toward the chain tension side. And The guide means 371 and the tension means 372 are provided on the left and right of the running surface of the straw transport chain 10, respectively.
  • the chain tension direction is a direction connecting the drive sprocket 362 and the driven roller 363, and means the side of the driven roller 363.
  • the straw conveying chain 10 is wound only around the driving sprocket 362 and the driven roller 363, and only when the driven roller 363 is moved in a direction away from the driving sprocket 362, the straw conveying chain 10 This is because the tension is increased.
  • the above-mentioned chain tension side means the outside of the straw transport chain 10 in the chain tension direction.
  • the guide plate 365 is fixedly provided with the tip of a guide rod 369 extending in the chain tension direction.
  • the chain guide 367 is provided with a pipe-shaped guide rod support member 373 that slidably supports the guide rod 369 through the guide rod 369, and is fixed to the support frame 374 in the horizontal direction in parallel with the chain tension direction. .
  • the guide rod support member 373 can support substantially the upper and lower centers of the straw transport chain 10 and can prevent twisting and the like.
  • the tip of a tension bar 375 extending in the chain tension direction is fixed to the guide plate 365.
  • the tension bar 375 is supported by a support frame 374 fixed to the chain guide 367 so as to be slidable in the horizontal direction in parallel with the chain tension direction.
  • the support frame 374 is a U-shaped member including a pair of front-rear parallel portions 374a ′ 374b and a connecting portion 374c connecting the parallel portions 374a ′ 374b.
  • the parallel portion 374a located on the drive sprocket 362 side has A through hole having substantially the same diameter as the outer diameter of the tension bar 375 is formed, and the tension bar 375 is freely supported by the parallel portion 374a.
  • a screw portion 375a is formed on the axis of the tension bar 375, and nuts 376 and 377 force S that are screwed to the screw portion 375a are provided.
  • the nuts 376 and 377 are double nuts, and the nut 377 is a fastening means for fixing the nut 376 on the tension bar 375.
  • the stomach is a lock nut.
  • the tension spring 368 is interposed between the nut 376 and the parallel plate B374a via a washer 378.
  • the tension means 372 includes the tension bar 375 described above, the parallel portion 374a that freely supports the tension bar 375, a nut 376, and a tension spring 368, and a pair of right and left is arranged. Then, the roller guide 364 integral with the nut 376 is urged toward the chain tension side by the tension spring 368, and tension is applied to the straw conveying chain 10. When the urging force is further increased, the nut 376 is rotated and the nut 377 is locked.
  • the tension device 370 of the straw transport chain 10 includes the roller guide 364 with respect to the chain guide 367 on the left and right sides of the running surface of the straw transport chain 10 in the chain tension direction.
  • Guide means 371 for supporting the retractable movement are provided respectively.
  • a roller guide 364 rotatably supporting the driven roller 363 is supported by a chain guide 367 rotatably supporting the driving sprocket 362 via a tension spring 368. .
  • the roller guide 364 is regulated in the chain tension direction by the moving direction force guide means 371, and the roller guide 364 and the driven roller 363 are driven by the tension force of the tension spring 368. You can't incline the direction. Particularly, in the configuration in which the tension springs 368 are provided on the left and right of the running surface as in the present embodiment, even if the biasing force applied to the roller guide 364 is different between the left and right, the roller guide 364 is a chain. There is no inclination to the direction of tension.
  • the driven roller 363 supported by the roller guide 364 is tilted in the left-right direction, and the link plate 361, 361, ... of the straw transport chain 10 is constantly in contact with the chain guide 367 and is worn.
  • the occurrence of defects is prevented.
  • the tension panels 368 are provided on the left and right sides of the running surface, even if the biasing forces of the left and right tension panel 368 are not equalized, the constant contact between the straw transport chain 10 and the chain guide 367 is prevented. Therefore, tension adjustment is easy.
  • the guide means 371 supports the guide rod 369 fixed to the roller guide 364 and the guide rod 369 slidably, and the guide rod support member 37 fixed to the chain guide 377. It consists of three.
  • the roller guide 364 is slidably supported by the chain guide 367 in the chain tension direction. Therefore, the driven roller 363 as the tension roller can be slid in the chain tension direction with the simple structure as described above, and the tension device 370 is excellent in durability and causes an increase in cost in the production thereof. Nor.
  • Tension means 372 are provided on the left and right sides of the running surface of the straw transport chain 10, respectively.
  • the tension means 372 is composed of the following.
  • the roller guide 364 is urged by the chain guide 367 toward the chain tension side on the left and right sides of the running surface of the straw transport chain 10. Further, by rotating the nuts 376 and 377 with a tool or the like, the biasing force of the left and right tension panels 368 can be adjusted. Therefore, the tension applied to the straw transport chain 10 by the driven roller 363 can be finely adjusted.
  • FIG. 1 the straw drainage shirt 390 will be described with reference to FIGS. 1, 2, 48, 57, and 58.
  • FIG. 1 is a diagrammatic representation of the straw drainage shirt 390.
  • a processing section cover 380 that covers the upper part of the straw processing section 11 so as to be able to open and close is provided in the upper rear part of the combine.
  • the processing unit cover 380 is attached to a support frame 381 erected on the body frame 2 of the combine, and The rotation support shafts 382 are provided so as to be able to rotate up and down around 382.
  • the processing unit cover 380 is provided with a straw safety that enables the opening on the start end side of the straw transport chain 10 to be opened and closed at a position lateral to the start end (front end) of the straw transport chain 10.
  • a shutter 390 is provided.
  • the straw safety shirt 390 is disposed above the rear end of the feed chain 9, and is pivotally mounted on the left side of the processing unit cover 380 via a left-right rotation support shaft 391. When the delivered straw is transferred to the straw transport chain 10, the stock side of the straw pushes up the straw safety shirt 390 upward to rotate, and is closed when not transported.
  • the drainage safety shirt 390 is pivotally supported at one point in the upper front part, and therefore the rear part is easily deformed when a large force is applied in the left and right directions.
  • the straw is conveyed backward by the feed chain 9 in the left-right posture, but when the straw is taken over by the straw conveyance chain 10, the straw is conveyed obliquely into the body.
  • the protruding strain is drawn into the processing unit cover 380 by the straw transport chain 10, and the straw safety shirt 390 is provided. Is pushed upward, and at the same time, the straw safety shirt 390 attempts to be drawn inward.
  • the combine of the present embodiment is provided with a means for restricting movement (twist) of straw safety shirter 390 to the outside.
  • the regulating means utilizes a lock lever 383 of the processing unit cover 380.
  • a lock lever 383 of the processing unit cover 380 protruding from the left side surface of the processing unit cover 380 is provided.
  • the lock lever 383 is a lever that is unlocked when the processing unit cover 380 is opened for maintenance or the like. When the lock lever 383 is lifted, the lock is released.
  • the lock lever 383 is formed by bending the distal end of the lever rod 383b forward to form a grip 383a, and the front end of the grip 383a is further bent inward to approach the drainage safety shirt 390.
  • the grip 383a overlaps with the rear part of the straw safety shirt 390 in the left side view and also overlaps with the entrance 380a opened on the left side of the processing unit cover 380.
  • the straw safety shirt 390 is pulled in when the straw is transported by the straw transport chain 10, but is turned upward along the outer surface of the processing unit cover 380. When moving, it abuts on the grip 383a to prevent deformation.
  • Equipped with a self-removing type threshing 'sorting device it can be used for an agricultural work vehicle that threshes and sorts while transporting the stalks collected to obtain grains and discharges the culms.

Landscapes

  • Life Sciences & Earth Sciences (AREA)
  • Environmental Sciences (AREA)
  • Threshing Machine Elements (AREA)

Abstract

A threshing device capable of solving a problem wherein sorting treatment cannot be sufficiently performed when grains and waste straw flowing down from a threshing part are carried to a chaff sieve in large quantities at a time or the grains are wet. In the threshing device having a threshing part (20) and a sorting part (30), a sieving device (120) is installed between a receiving net (23) and a suction fan (40) disposed at the rear of the receiving net on its extension on the lower side of the threshing cylinder (22) of the threshing part (20) and on the upper side of the swing sorting device (31) of the sorting part (30). A guide member (121) is installed between the receiving net (23) and the sieving device (120).

Description

明 細 書  Specification
コンノ イン 技術分野  Konnoin Technical Field
[0001] 本発明は刈り取った穀稈を脱穀部へ搬送し、脱穀して選別後の穀粒はダレンタンク に貯留し、排藁は機外に放出するコンバインに関する。  The present invention relates to a combine that transports a harvested grain culm to a threshing unit, threshed and sorted kernels are stored in a dren tank, and waste is discharged outside the machine.
背景技術  Background art
[0002] 従来から、コンバインにおいては、刈取部によって刈り取られた穀稈がフィードチヱ 一ンゃ排藁チェーン等の搬送装置によって搬送され、扱胴を有する脱穀部へと供給 される。脱穀部においては多数の扱歯が植設されている扱胴の回転によって脱穀が 行われ、脱穀後の排藁は機体後方に排出される構成となっている。一方、前記扱胴 の下方には、正面視半円状に構成した受網を扱胴の下方周囲を覆うように配設し、 この受網力 漏下した穀粒や藁屑やゴミ等は脱穀部下方に配設されている選別部に よって選別されて、これらのうち藁屑やゴミ等は機体後方から排出され、精粒は脱穀 部の側方に配置されるダレンタンクに貯溜されるように構成されている。  [0002] Conventionally, in a combine, grain stalks cut by a cutting unit are conveyed by a conveying device such as a feed chain and a straw chain, and supplied to a threshing unit having a handling drum. In the threshing section, threshing is performed by the rotation of the handling cylinder on which a large number of teeth are planted, and the waste after threshing is discharged to the rear of the aircraft. On the other hand, a receiving net formed in a semicircular shape when viewed from the front is disposed below the handling cylinder so as to cover the lower periphery of the handling cylinder. Sorted by the sorting unit located below the threshing unit, straw waste and garbage are discharged from the rear of the aircraft, and the fines are stored in a drain tank located on the side of the threshing unit. It is configured as follows.
[0003] 脱穀部下方に配設される選別部の揺動選別装置において、複数のチャフフィンか らなるチヤフシーブを設け、該チャフシーブにより脱穀部から流下する穀粒や藁屑な どの処理物を選別し、穀粒を下方に漏下させ、藁屑をチャフシーブ後方に送る技術 が公知となっている。 (例えば、特許文献 1参照。 )  [0003] In a swing sorting device of a sorting unit disposed below a threshing unit, a chop sieve comprising a plurality of chaff fins is provided, and the chaff sheave sorts processed products such as grains and straw chips flowing down from the threshing unit. A technique is known in which grains are leaked downward and straw waste is sent to the rear of the chaff sieve. (For example, see Patent Document 1.)
[0004] ところ力 脱穀部から流下する穀粒や藁屑が一度に多量にチヤフシーブへ搬送さ れる場合や、穀粒が湿材である場合には、選別処理が十分に行えなくなる。  [0004] However, if the grains and straw chips flowing down from the threshing unit are conveyed in large quantities to the sifting sieve at once, or if the grains are wet materials, the sorting process cannot be performed sufficiently.
また、選別部の揺動本体は、揺動本体の全部が揺動可能に枢支軸で枢支され、揺 動本体の後部がクランク軸や偏心軸等の揺動駆動軸に連結され、該揺動駆動軸を 駆動させることにより、揺動本体が前後方向に揺動され、籾や藁屑等を後方へ送りな がら「比重選別」を行う。それと同時に、揺動本体の下方に配設した唐箕からの選別 風を揺動本体下方に送風することにより「風選」が行われ、更に、チャフシーブ等の 粗選別部ゃグレンシーブ等の精選別部においては、一番物や二番物や藁屑等に選 別する「隙間選別」が行われていた。 [0005] そして、揺動本体下方の選別桶には、前から順に、前記唐箕と、揺動本体から漏下 する一番物を穀粒タンクに搬送する一番コンベアと、二番物を還元コンベアを介して 脱穀部前部に還元搬送する二番コンベアとを横設して、更に、該二番コンベアと前 記一番コンベアとの間にセカンドファンを設け、該セカンドファンで予備選別風を送 風することにより、前記唐箕による選別風の風力が弱まる選別部後部においても、選 別性能が低下しなレ、ようにする技術が知られてレ、る。 Further, the swinging body of the selecting section is pivotally supported by a pivot shaft so that the entire swinging body can swing, and the rear portion of the swinging body is connected to a swing drive shaft such as a crankshaft or an eccentric shaft. By driving the oscillating drive shaft, the oscillating body is oscillated in the front-rear direction, and “specific gravity sorting” is performed while sending paddy, straw waste, and the like backward. At the same time, the sifting wind from Karino, which is arranged below the rocking body, is sent to the lower part of the rocking body to perform "wind selection". Furthermore, a rough screening section such as a chaff sieve and a fine screening section such as a grain sieve , "Gap sorting" was performed to sort into the first thing, the second thing and straw waste. [0005] Then, in the sorting tub below the oscillating body, in order from the front, the Karino, the first conveyor that conveys the first thing leaking from the oscillating body to the grain tank, and the second thing are returned. A second conveyor for reducing and transporting to the front of the threshing unit via the conveyor is provided horizontally, and a second fan is further provided between the second conveyor and the first conveyor, and pre-sorting is performed by the second fan. In the rear part of the sorting section where the wind of the sorting wind by Karino is weakened by blowing air, the sorting performance is not reduced.
また、選別部から落下してきた藁屑等がセカンドファンに付着して、選別風に対する 障害物となり、選別風の流れが乱されることがあつたため、予備選別風を選別部後部 に噴出する吐出口を配設する技術等も公知となっている(例えば、特許文献 2参照。 In addition, since straw debris and the like that fell from the sorting unit adhered to the second fan and became an obstacle to the sorting wind, and the flow of the sorting wind was disturbed, the preliminary sorting wind was blown out to the rear of the sorting unit. A technique for providing an outlet is also known (for example, see Patent Document 2).
) o ) o
[0006] しかし、選別部の出口(選別部の後部)部分の選別風の乱れを防ぐことは可能であ るが、脱穀部にて生じたファンケーシングの上部周辺を漂う粉塵の排出は考慮されて いなかった。  [0006] However, while it is possible to prevent the turbulence of the sorting wind at the outlet of the sorting section (at the rear of the sorting section), the discharge of dust floating around the upper part of the fan casing generated in the threshing section is considered. Was not.
また、ストローラック等に粉塵等が詰まって、揺動選別装置を取り外してメンテナンス する場合には、吸引ファンや風ガイドが邪魔で、取り外し難かった。  In addition, when dust or the like was clogged in the straw rack, etc., it was difficult to remove the rocking sorting device because it was obstructed by the suction fan and wind guide.
また、ファンケーシング上部に粉塵が溜まると、塊となって選別部に落下して詰まり の原因となったり、選別性能を低下させたりすることがあった。  In addition, if dust accumulates on the upper part of the fan casing, it may fall into the sorting section as a lump, causing clogging, or reducing the sorting performance.
また、下側のファンケーシングにおいては、排出ガイドを下方に長く構成すると、揺 動選別装置をメンテナンスする場合等、後方へ引き出すときに邪魔になり、取り外す 必要が生じて、メンテナンスをするための操作が面倒となっていた。  In the lower fan casing, if the discharge guide is configured to be long downward, it will be obstructive when pulling it out rearward, such as when maintaining the swing sorting device, and it will be necessary to remove it. Was troublesome.
特許文献 1 :特開 2001 - 45853号公報  Patent Document 1: JP 2001-45853 A
特許文献 2 :特開 2003 - 180150号公報  Patent Document 2: JP 2003-180150 A
発明の開示  Disclosure of the invention
発明が解決しょうとする課題  Problems to be solved by the invention
[0007] そこで、本発明においては、吸引ファン下方における二番物の風選による選別効 率を向上するとともに、吸引ファンの吸引風を利用してファンケーシングの上面に溜 まる塵埃等を吸引して排出できるようにし、後案内板を折り畳めるように構成する。 課題を解決するための手段 [0008] 本発明の解決しょうとする課題は以上の如くであり、次にこの課題を解決するため の手段を説明する。 [0007] In view of the above, in the present invention, while improving the sorting efficiency by the wind selection of the second object below the suction fan, the dust and the like accumulated on the upper surface of the fan casing are suctioned using the suction wind of the suction fan. And the rear guide plate can be folded. Means for solving the problem [0008] The problems to be solved by the present invention are as described above. Next, means for solving the problems will be described.
即ち、脱穀部と選別部からなる脱穀装置において、脱穀部の扱胴下方、且つ選別 部の揺動選別装置上方であって、受網とその延長線上後方に配置される吸引ファン との間に篩分装置を設け、受網と篩分装置との間にガイド部材を設けた。  In other words, in a threshing device including a threshing unit and a sorting unit, a suction net disposed below the drum of the threshing unit and above the swinging sorting device of the sorting unit, and behind the receiving net and an extension thereof. A sieving device was provided, and a guide member was provided between the receiving net and the sieving device.
前記篩分装置を、揺動体と揺動駆動部材とから構成し、該揺動体の側部から下方 へ突出する湾曲したガイド部材を設けたものである。  The sieving apparatus comprises an oscillating body and an oscillating driving member, and is provided with a curved guide member projecting downward from a side portion of the oscillating body.
[0009] また、脱穀部と選別部からなる脱穀装置において、揺動選別装置の後部下方であ つて、二番コンベア上方に、揺動選別装置と一体的に後部流穀板を設けたものであ る。 [0009] Further, in a threshing device comprising a threshing unit and a sorting unit, a rear flow tray plate is provided integrally with the swing sorting device below a rear portion of the swing sorting device and above a second conveyor. is there.
脱穀部と選別部からなる脱穀装置において、二番コンベア上方のセカンドファンの 斜め上後方であって、揺動選別装置の左右の側板間の後下部に後部流穀板を設け たものである。  In a threshing device consisting of a threshing unit and a sorting unit, a rear flow plate is provided diagonally above and behind the second fan above the second conveyor and between the left and right side plates of the oscillating sorting device.
脱穀部や選別部で発生した排藁くずや塵埃等を機体から排出するために脱穀装 置後部に吸引ファンを配置し、該吸引ファンの下方であって、二番コンベア上方にお ける前記吸引ファンの吸引風の作用しない位置に後部流穀板を設けた。  A suction fan is provided at the rear of the threshing equipment to discharge waste chips, dust, etc. generated in the threshing section and sorting section from the machine, and the suction is provided below the suction fan and above the second conveyor. A rear flow grain plate was provided at a position where the suction air from the fan did not act.
[0010] 脱穀部や選別部で発生した排藁くずや塵埃等を機体力 排出するために脱穀装 置後部に配置した吸引ファンのファンケーシングにおいて、該ファンケーシングの上 面に吸入孔を設け、吸入孔の周囲に上方を開放したガイド体を設けた。 [0010] In a fan casing of a suction fan arranged at the rear of the threshing device to discharge waste dust, dust, and the like generated in the threshing unit and the sorting unit, the suction hole is provided on an upper surface of the fan casing. A guide body opened upward was provided around the suction hole.
脱穀部や選別部で発生した排藁くずや塵埃等を機体から排出するために脱穀装 置後部に配置した吸引ファンのファンケーシングにおいて、該ファンケーシングの下 案内板を、前案内板と後案内板と、該前案内板と後案内板を連結する蝶番より構成 し、後案内板を斜め後下方へ延設し、該後案内板を蝶番を支点として前上方に回動 可能にしたものである。  In the fan casing of the suction fan arranged at the rear of the threshing unit to discharge the waste chips and dust generated in the threshing unit and sorting unit from the fuselage, the lower guide plate of the fan casing is connected to the front guide plate and the rear guide plate. The front guide plate and the rear guide plate are connected to each other with a hinge connecting the front guide plate and the rear guide plate.The rear guide plate extends obliquely rearward and downward, and the rear guide plate is rotatable forward and upward with the hinge as a fulcrum. is there.
発明の効果  The invention's effect
[0011] 本発明の効果として、以下に示すような効果を奏する。  [0011] The effects of the present invention have the following effects.
脱穀部の扱胴下方、且つ選別部の揺動選別装置上方であって、受網とその延長 線上後方に配置される吸引ファンとの間に篩分装置を設け、受網と篩分装置との間 にガイド部材を設けることにより、脱穀部から流下する穀粒や藁屑を詰まらせることな ぐ篩分装置に送ることができる。そのため、穀粒や藁屑が篩分装置により選別され、 藁屑が揺動選別装置のチャフシーブ上に落下することがなくなるので、一度に多量 の穀粒がチヤフシーブへ搬送される場合や、穀粒が湿材である場合でも、十分に選 別処理を行うことができる。 A sieving device is provided below the handling cylinder of the threshing unit and above the swinging sorting device of the sorting unit, between the receiving net and the suction fan arranged rearward on the extension of the receiving net. Between By providing a guide member to the sifter, it can be sent to a sieving device that does not clog the grains and straw chips flowing down from the threshing unit. As a result, the grains and straw waste are sorted by the sieving device, and the straw waste does not fall on the chaff sieve of the rocking sorting device. Even if is a wet material, the sorting process can be sufficiently performed.
[0012] 前記篩分装置を、揺動体と揺動駆動部材とから構成し、該揺動体の側部から下方 へ突出する湾曲したガイド部材を設けたので、機枠内に収納される揺動選別装置を 機枠力、ら抜き出す際に、ガイド部材が当接してチャフシーブ上を摺動することになる 。これにより、篩分装置が上方に回動されて邪魔にならなくなり、メンテナンス性が改 善される。 [0012] The sieving device is composed of an oscillating body and an oscillating drive member, and is provided with a curved guide member protruding downward from a side portion of the oscillating body. When the sorting device is pulled out from the machine frame, the guide member comes into contact and slides on the chaff sheave. As a result, the sieving device is not rotated out of the way and maintenance is improved.
[0013] 二番コンベア上方に、揺動選別装置と一体的に後部流穀板を設けたので、後部流 穀板は揺動選別装置と共に本体に組み付けることができ、また、揺動選別装置ととも に揺動されるため、選別風の風向も偏向させて風選範囲を広げることができる。  [0013] Since the rear flow grain plate is provided integrally with the swing sorting device above the second conveyor, the rear flow grain plate can be assembled to the main body together with the swing sorting device. Since both are rocked, the wind direction of the sorting wind can be deflected to widen the wind selection range.
[0014] また、二番コンベア上方のセカンドファンの斜め上後方であって、揺動選別装置の 左右の側板間の後下部に後部流穀板を設けたので、セカンドファンから送風される 選別風をガイドしてチヤフシ一ブゃグレンシーブゃストローラック等から落下する処理 物に向かって送風して風選が可能となり、後部流穀板下方の空間は二番コンベアに 向力う風を発生させて、枝梗付着粒や穂切れ粒等比較的比重の軽レ、穀粒をスムー ズに二番コンベアへ導くことができ、ロスを低減できる。  [0014] Further, a rear flow plate is provided diagonally above and behind the second fan above the second conveyor and between the left and right side plates of the swinging sorter, so that the sorting wind blown from the second fan is provided. The air is blown toward the processing object that falls from the sifter, grain sieve, straw rack, etc., and air can be selected, and the space below the rear flow board generates wind heading toward the second conveyor. In addition, it is possible to smoothly introduce relatively light specific grains and grains such as spike sticking grains and ear cutting grains to the second conveyor, thereby reducing loss.
[0015] 吸引ファンの下方であって、二番コンベア上方における前記吸引ファンの吸引風の 作用しない位置に後部流穀板を設けたので、唐箕 32から吸引ファンに流れる選別風 とは別に、セカンドファンからの選別風のみを後部流穀板がガイドすることになり、吸 引ファンの選別風の影響を受けずセカンドファンの選別風を所望の方向にガイドする ことができ、二番物の選別性能を向上できる。  [0015] Since a rear flow plate is provided below the suction fan and above the second conveyor at a position where the suction air of the suction fan does not act, a second wind separates from the Karin 32 to the suction fan. The rear flow plate guides only the sorting wind from the fan, so that the sorting wind of the second fan can be guided in the desired direction without being affected by the sorting wind of the suction fan. Performance can be improved.
[0016] ファンケーシングの上面に吸入孔を設け、吸入孔の周囲に上方を開放したガイド体 を設けたので、吸引ファンのファンケーシングの外部近傍に堆積する塵を除去するこ とができる。吸引ファンによって、チャフシーブ後方まで搬送されてきた大きい藁屑の みでなぐ処理室で生じた細かい塵等も排出することができる。この結果、新たな動 力を要せずに、ファンケーシングの上面のメンテナンスの回数を減らすことが可能と なる。 [0016] Since the suction hole is provided on the upper surface of the fan casing and the guide body having an open top is provided around the suction hole, dust accumulated near the outside of the fan casing of the suction fan can be removed. The suction fan can also discharge fine dust and the like generated in the processing chamber where only the large straw chips conveyed to the rear of the chaff sheave are mixed. As a result, new dynamics The frequency of maintenance on the upper surface of the fan casing can be reduced without requiring any force.
[0017] ファンケーシングの下案内板を、前案内板と後案内板と、該前案内板と後案内板を 連結する蝶番より構成し、後案内板を斜め後下方へ延設し、該後案内板を蝶番を支 点として前上方に回動可能にしたので、揺動選別装置を取り外すときに、下案内板 が邪魔にならず、揺動選別装置の機体本体からの脱着を容易なものとし、揺動選別 装置のメンテナンス性を向上できる。また、後案内板を下げ忘れても、吸引ファンの 風圧で自動的に元の位置に戻るので、排藁ゃ塵の排出の妨げにならない。  [0017] The lower guide plate of the fan casing is composed of a front guide plate, a rear guide plate, and a hinge connecting the front guide plate and the rear guide plate, and the rear guide plate extends obliquely rearward and downward. Since the guide plate is rotatable forward and upward with the hinge as a fulcrum, the lower guide plate does not become an obstacle when removing the swing sorting device, making it easy to attach and detach the swing sorting device from the body of the machine. As a result, the maintainability of the swing sorting device can be improved. Also, even if you forget to lower the rear guide plate, it will automatically return to the original position by the wind pressure of the suction fan, so it will not hinder the discharge of straw and dust.
図面の簡単な説明  Brief Description of Drawings
[0018] [図 1]本発明の一実施例に係るコンバインの全体左側面図。  FIG. 1 is an overall left side view of a combine according to an embodiment of the present invention.
[図 2]同じくコンバインの全体平面図。  FIG. 2 is an overall plan view of the combine.
[図 3]同じくコンバインの全体右側面図。  FIG. 3 is an overall right side view of the combine.
[図 4]脱穀部および選別部の左側面模式図。  FIG. 4 is a schematic left side view of a threshing unit and a sorting unit.
[図 5]エンジンから排出オーガまでの動力伝達経路を示す模式図。  FIG. 5 is a schematic diagram showing a power transmission path from an engine to a discharge auger.
[図 6]グレンタンク底部の正面図。  FIG. 6 is a front view of the bottom of the Glen tank.
[図 7]ダレンタンク底部の平面図。  FIG. 7 is a plan view of the bottom of a dren tank.
[図 8]ダレンタンクの一部斜視図。  FIG. 8 is a partial perspective view of a Darren tank.
[図 9]別形態のダレンタンクの正面図。  FIG. 9 is a front view of another form of a drain tank.
[図 10]図 9における一部拡大図。  FIG. 10 is a partially enlarged view of FIG. 9;
[図 11]ダレンタンクの右側面断面図。  FIG. 11 is a right side sectional view of a drain tank.
[図 12]篩分装置の配置例を示した脱穀装置の後部側面図。  FIG. 12 is a rear side view of a threshing apparatus showing an example of arrangement of a sieving apparatus.
[図 13]篩分装置の配置例を示した脱穀装置の後部側面図。  FIG. 13 is a rear side view of a threshing apparatus showing an example of arrangement of a sieving apparatus.
[図 14]篩分装置の配置例を示した脱穀装置の平面図。  FIG. 14 is a plan view of a threshing apparatus showing an example of arrangement of a sieving apparatus.
[図 15]篩分装置の構造を示す側面図。  FIG. 15 is a side view showing the structure of the sieving apparatus.
[図 16]篩分装置の構造を示す斜視図。  FIG. 16 is a perspective view showing the structure of a sieving apparatus.
[図 17]揺動選別装置の右側面模式図。  FIG. 17 is a schematic right side view of a swing sorting device.
[図 18]揺動選別装置の斜視図。  FIG. 18 is a perspective view of a swing sorting device.
[図 19]揺動選別装置の脱着時における篩分装置の状態示す左側面図。 [図 20]選別部の後部左側面図。 FIG. 19 is a left side view showing the state of the sieving apparatus when the swing sorting apparatus is detached. FIG. 20 is a rear left side view of a sorting unit.
[図 21]シール部材の展開図。 FIG. 21 is a development view of a seal member.
[図 22]シール部材の斜視図。 FIG. 22 is a perspective view of a seal member.
[図 23]吸引ファンの左側面断面図。 FIG. 23 is a left side sectional view of a suction fan.
園 24]吸引ファンの後面図。 En 24] Rear view of the suction fan.
[図 25]吸入ガイド体の斜視図。 FIG. 25 is a perspective view of a suction guide body.
[図 26]下案内板の斜視図。 FIG. 26 is a perspective view of a lower guide plate.
園 27]穀稈搬送装置の側面図。 Garden 27] Side view of grain culm transport device.
[図 28]挟扼扞を示す側面図。 FIG. 28 is a side view showing a pinching rod.
[図 29]挟扼扞の後部拡大図。 [Figure 29] Enlarged view of the rear part of a banding rod.
[図 30]フィードチヱーンフレームの構成を示す側面図。  FIG. 30 is a side view showing the configuration of the feed chain frame.
[図 31]フィードチヱーンフレームのロック機構を示す平面図。  FIG. 31 is a plan view showing a lock mechanism of the feed chain frame.
[図 32]フィードチェーンフレーム後部の構成を示す側面図。  FIG. 32 is a side view showing the configuration of the rear part of the feed chain frame.
[図 33]開時ロック装置を示す平面一部断面図。  FIG. 33 is a partial cross-sectional plan view showing the locking device at the time of opening.
園 34]図 33における A-A矢視断面図。 Garden 34] A sectional view taken along the line AA in FIG.
園 35]プレガイドを示す側面図。 Garden 35] Side view showing pre-guide.
[図 36]プレガイドを示す正面図。  FIG. 36 is a front view showing a pre-guide.
園 37]受け継ぎガイドを示す側面図。 Garden 37] Side view showing inheritance guide.
[図 38]図 37における矢印 Bの方向から見た受け継ぎガイドを示す図。  FIG. 38 is a view showing the inheriting guide as viewed from the direction of arrow B in FIG. 37.
[図 39]図 37における矢印 Cの方向から見た受け継ぎガイドを示す図。  FIG. 39 is a view showing the inheriting guide as viewed from the direction of arrow C in FIG. 37.
[図 40]扱胴供給始端部の構成を示す斜視図。  FIG. 40 is a perspective view showing a configuration of a handling cylinder supply start end.
園 41]扱胴を取り外した状態の扱室内部の構成を示す斜視図。 園 42]リード板の構成を示す拡大斜視図。 Garden 41] A perspective view showing the configuration of the inside of the handling room with the handling cylinder removed. Garden 42] An enlarged perspective view showing the configuration of a lead plate.
[図 43]扱室を示す正面図。  FIG. 43 is a front view showing a handling room.
[図 44]受網を示す展開図。  FIG. 44 is a developed view showing a receiving network.
[図 45]扱胴下方を示す正面図。  FIG. 45 is a front view showing the lower part of the handling cylinder.
園 46]受網の位置調整部を示す正面図。 Garden 46] Front view showing the position adjustment unit of the receiving net.
[図 47]手前網押えを示す正面一部断面図。 園 48]コンバイン左後部を示す平面図。 FIG. 47 is a partial front cross-sectional view showing the front net retainer. Garden 48] Plan view showing the left rear part of the combine.
[図 49]排藁搬送装置を示す側面図。  FIG. 49 is a side view showing a straw conveying device.
[図 50]排藁搬送装置の前工程側を示す斜視図。  FIG. 50 is a perspective view showing a pre-process side of the straw transport device.
[図 51]排藁搬送装置の前工程側を示す平面図。  FIG. 51 is a plan view showing a pre-process side of the straw conveying device.
園 52]図 49における矢印 Eの方向から見たリンク機構を示す平面図。 園 53]図 49における矢印 Dの方向から見たリンク機構を示す側面図。 園 54]排藁搬送チェーン後端部を示す側面図。 Garden 52] FIG. 49 is a plan view showing the link mechanism seen from the direction of arrow E in FIG. 49. Garden 53] is a side view showing the link mechanism as seen from the direction of arrow D in FIG. 49. Garden 54] Side view showing the rear end of the straw transport chain.
[図 55]排藁搬送チェーン後端部を示す平面図。  FIG. 55 is a plan view showing the rear end portion of the straw transport chain.
園 56]チェーンガイドを示す横断面図。 Garden 56] Cross-sectional view showing a chain guide.
園 57]排藁安全シャツタを示すコンバイン後部の左側面図。 Garden 57] Left side view of the back of the combine showing the straw safety shirt.
園 58]排藁安全シャツタを示す平面図。 Garden 58] A plan view showing a straw safety shirt.
[図 59]選別部の選別風の流れを示す模式図。  FIG. 59 is a schematic view showing the flow of a sorting wind in a sorting unit.
符号の説明 Explanation of symbols
脱穀部  Threshing section
20 脱穀部  20 Threshing section
22 扱胴  22 Handling cylinder
23 受網  23 receiving net
30 選別部  30 Sorting Department
31 揺動選別装置  31 Swing sorting device
31L •31R 側板  31L 31R side plate
32 唐箕  32 Tang Min
34 揺動駆動機構  34 Swing drive mechanism
38 チャフシーブ  38 chaff sieve
40 吸引ファン  40 suction fan
52 出口仕切板  52 Exit divider
120 篩分装置  120 sieve
122 篩板  122 sieve plate
発明を実施するための最良の形態 [0020] まず、本発明に係るコンバインの全体構成について、図 1から図 5を用いて説明す る。なお、機体進行方向を前方とし、図 1左側を前方とする。 BEST MODE FOR CARRYING OUT THE INVENTION First, the overall configuration of the combine according to the present invention will be described with reference to FIGS. 1 to 5. In addition, the forward direction of the aircraft is assumed to be forward, and the left side of FIG. 1 is assumed to be forward.
クローラ式走行装置 1上には機体フレーム 2が載置され、該機体フレーム 2前端に 引起し'刈取部 3が昇降可能に配設されている。該引起し'刈取部 3は前端に分草板 4を突出して穀稈を分草し、その後部に引起しケース 5を立設して該引起しケース 5よ り突出したタイン 6の回転により穀稈を引き起こし、前記分草板 4後部に配設した刈刃 7にて株元を刈り取るようにしている。  A body frame 2 is mounted on the crawler type traveling device 1, and a mowing part 3 is provided at a front end of the body frame 2 so as to be able to move up and down. The raising section 3 protrudes the weeding board 4 at the front end to sown the culm, raises a case 5 at the rear, and raises the case 5 by rotating the tine 6 protruding from the raising case 5. The culm is raised, and the cutting blades 7 arranged at the rear of the weeding plate 4 are used to cut the root of the plant.
[0021] メ ljり取られた穀稈は、上部搬送装置、下部搬送装置、縦搬送装置 8にて後部へ搬 送され、該縦搬送装置 8の上端から株元側が穀稈搬送装置 170のフィードチェーン 9 に受け継がれ、扱胴供給始端部 280を介して脱穀部 20および選別部 30からなる脱 穀装置内に穀稈が搬送される。そして、該フィードチェーン 9後端には排藁搬送チェ ーン 10を備える排藁搬送装置 320が配設され、該排藁搬送チェーン 10後部下方に は排藁カッター装置 321、拡散コンベア等からなる排藁処理部 11が形成され、排藁 を切断して藁片にした後、拡散しながら圃場に均一放出し、或いは切断せずに放出 するようにしている。  [0021] The grain culm removed is conveyed to the rear by an upper conveying device, a lower conveying device, and a vertical conveying device 8, and the root side of the culm conveying device 170 from the upper end of the vertical conveying device 8 The culm is transferred to the feed chain 9 and is conveyed to the threshing device including the threshing unit 20 and the sorting unit 30 through the handling cylinder supply start end 280. At the rear end of the feed chain 9, a straw transport device 320 having a straw transport chain 10 is provided, and below the straw transport chain 10, a straw cutter device 321 and a diffusion conveyor are provided. A straw processing section 11 is formed, which cuts the straw into straw pieces, and then uniformly discharges them to the field while spreading, or discharges them without cutting.
[0022] また、前記脱穀部 20側部には選別後の精粒を貯留するダレンタンク 13が配設され 、該グレンタンク 13前部には操縦部を覆う運転室 14が配設されている。つまり、運転 室 14は進行方向機体右前方に配置されている。一方、ダレンタンク 13後部には排 出オーガ 15の縦オーガ 15aが立設され、該縦オーガ 15aを中心にして排出オーガ 1 5及びダレンタンク 13が側方へ回動可能とし、ダレンタンク 13を側方へ回動すること により本機内部側に配置した駆動系や油圧系のメンテナンスを容易にしている。 そして、該グレンタンク 13の底部には排出コンベア 16が前後方向に配設され、該 排出コンベア 16の後部が縦オーガ 15aの下部に連通されるとともに、該排出コンペ ァ 16後部から前記排出オーガ 15に動力が伝達されて、排出オーガ 15先端よりトラッ ク等へダレンタンク 13内の穀粒を排出できるようにしている。更に、脱穀部 20下方に は、選別部 30が配設され、脱穀部 20から流下する穀粒や藁屑等(以下「処理物」と する)から穀粒を選別し、精粒を前記ダレンタンク 13に搬送したり、藁屑等を機外に 排出したり前記ダレンタンク 13に搬送するようにしている。 [0023] ここで、エンジン 60力 ダレンタンク 13および排出オーガ 15への駆動力伝達経路 について、図 5を用いて説明する。 In addition, a drain tank 13 for storing sorted granules is provided on the side of the threshing unit 20, and an operator's cab 14 that covers the control unit is provided in front of the Glen tank 13. . In other words, the driver's cab 14 is disposed on the right front side in the traveling direction. On the other hand, a vertical auger 15a of the discharge auger 15 is erected at the rear of the drain tank 13, and the discharge auger 15 and the drain tank 13 can be turned sideways around the vertical auger 15a. By turning to the side, maintenance of the drive system and hydraulic system arranged inside the machine is facilitated. A discharge conveyor 16 is disposed at the bottom of the Glen tank 13 in the front-rear direction. The rear of the discharge conveyor 16 communicates with the lower part of the vertical auger 15a, and the discharge auger 15 extends from the rear of the discharge conveyor 16. Power is transmitted to the drain auger 15 so that the grains in the drain tank 13 can be discharged from the tip of the discharge auger 15 to a track or the like. Further, below the threshing unit 20, a sorting unit 30 is provided, which sorts kernels from grains and straw wastes (hereinafter, referred to as "processed material") flowing down from the threshing unit 20, and removes the fines from the drain. It is transported to the tank 13, and the waste such as straw is discharged outside the machine or transported to the Darren tank 13. Here, a driving force transmission path to the 60-power engine drain tank 13 and the discharge auger 15 will be described with reference to FIG.
エンジン 60の前方出力軸 60aは、クローラ式走行装置 1を駆動するための走行用ミ ッシヨンケース 61の入力軸と連結され、クローラ式走行装置 1へ駆動力を伝達する。 一方、後方出力軸 60bには、脱穀部 20や選別部 30へ駆動力を伝達するためのブー リ 62と、ダレンタンク 13および排出オーガ 15へ駆動力を伝達するためのプーリ 63と が嵌設されている。該プーリ 62は、カウンターケース 108から突出する入力軸 108a に固設された入力プーリ 109に Vベルト 110を介して連結され、該カウンターケース 1 08の入力軸 108aにエンジン 60の駆動力の一部が伝達されるようにしている。こうし て、エンジン 60からの動力をカウンターケース 108を介して各処理系に伝達し、扱胴 22ゃ唐箕 32、一番コンベア 41、フィードチェーン 9、引起し'刈取部 3の搬送装置や 刈刃 7等を駆動可能としている。カウンターケース 108は各処理系へ適正速度を分 配可能とするものであり、図 2に示すように、エンジン 60の左側方、且つ脱穀部 20の 前方に配設されている。  A front output shaft 60a of the engine 60 is connected to an input shaft of a traveling mission case 61 for driving the crawler traveling device 1, and transmits a driving force to the crawler traveling device 1. On the other hand, the rear output shaft 60b is fitted with a bully 62 for transmitting the driving force to the threshing unit 20 and the sorting unit 30, and a pulley 63 for transmitting the driving force to the drain tank 13 and the discharge auger 15. Have been. The pulley 62 is connected via a V-belt 110 to an input pulley 109 fixed to an input shaft 108a protruding from the counter case 108, and a part of the driving force of the engine 60 is connected to the input shaft 108a of the counter case 108. Is transmitted. In this way, the power from the engine 60 is transmitted to each processing system via the counter case 108, and the handling device 22 ゃ Karino 32, the first conveyor 41, the feed chain 9, and the transport device and the cutting device of the raising and cutting unit 3 are cut. The blade 7 etc. can be driven. The counter case 108 is capable of distributing an appropriate speed to each processing system, and is disposed on the left side of the engine 60 and in front of the threshing unit 20, as shown in FIG.
[0024] また、ダレンタンク 13の底部前面はエンジン 60の略後方に位置し、該グレンタンク 1 3の底部前壁面 13aには駆動部となる駆動ケース 64が配設されている。そして、駆動 ケース入力軸 65が駆動ケース 64から機体前方へ突出し、駆動ケース入力軸 65の前 端にはプーリ 66が嵌設される。  [0024] The front surface of the bottom of the drain tank 13 is located substantially behind the engine 60, and a drive case 64 serving as a drive unit is provided on the front front wall 13a of the bottom of the Glen tank 13. Then, the drive case input shaft 65 protrudes forward from the drive case 64 to the fuselage, and a pulley 66 is fitted to the front end of the drive case input shaft 65.
[0025] 前記後方出力軸 60b後端に嵌設されたプーリ 63と、駆動ケース入力軸 65前端に 嵌設されたプーリ 66とに Vベルト 67が卷回され、エンジン 60の駆動力の一部が駆動 ケース 64の入力軸 65に伝達される。  [0025] A V-belt 67 is wound around a pulley 63 fitted to the rear end of the rear output shaft 60b and a pulley 66 fitted to the front end of the drive case input shaft 65, and a part of the driving force of the engine 60 is provided. Is transmitted to the input shaft 65 of the drive case 64.
[0026] また、プーリ 63とプーリ 66の間には、 Vベルト 67のテンションプーリを兼ねるオーガ クラッチ 68が設けられ、駆動力を駆動ケース 64より下流側へ伝達'遮断可能に構成 される。  An auger clutch 68 also serving as a tension pulley for the V-belt 67 is provided between the pulley 63 and the pulley 66, and is configured to be able to transmit the drive force to the downstream side of the drive case 64 and shut off.
[0027] 駆動ケース 64内には互いに嚙合する平歯車 69a ' 69bが収納されており、平歯車 6 9aは駆動ケース 64に軸支された前記入力軸 65の後端に外嵌固定され、平歯車 69 bは排出コンベア 16の前端に嵌設された回転軸であるコンベア駆動軸 70に外嵌固 定される。 [0028] 排出コンベア 16の後端にはべベルギア 71が嵌設され、縦オーガ 15a内のスクリュ 一式の縦送りコンベア 72下端に嵌設されたベベルギア 73と嚙合している。一方、縦 送りコンベア 72上端にはべベルギア 74が嵌設され、該べベルギア 74と嚙合するベ ベノレギア 75、チェーンゃスプロケットを内設する中間ケース 76、続いてベベルギア 7 7 · 78を経て穀粒排出オーガ 15内のスクリュー式の横送りコンベア 79を回転駆動す る。 [0027] The drive case 64 houses spur gears 69a and 69b that engage with each other. The spur gear 69a is externally fitted and fixed to the rear end of the input shaft 65 that is supported by the drive case 64. The gear 69 b is externally fixed to a conveyor drive shaft 70, which is a rotary shaft fitted to the front end of the discharge conveyor 16. [0028] A bevel gear 71 is fitted to the rear end of the discharge conveyer 16, and mates with a bevel gear 73 fitted to the lower end of a set of screw longitudinal feed conveyers 72 in the vertical auger 15a. On the other hand, a bevel gear 74 is fitted at the upper end of the vertical feed conveyor 72, and a bevel gear 75 that mates with the bevel gear 74, an intermediate case 76 with a chain sprocket inside, and then a bevel gear 77, 78 The screw type lateral feed conveyor 79 in the discharge auger 15 is driven to rotate.
[0029] このように構成することにより、ダレンタンク 13に貯溜された穀物は排出コンベア 16 により後方に搬送され、ダレンタンク 13後方に位置する縦オーガ 15aを経て、穀粒排 出オーガ 15先端から強制的に排出される。  [0029] With this configuration, the grains stored in the drain tank 13 are conveyed rearward by the discharge conveyor 16, pass through the vertical auger 15a located behind the drain tank 13, and from the tip of the grain discharge auger 15 Emitted forcibly.
[0030] 続いて、ダレンタンク 13底部の振動機構について、図 6から図 8を用いて説明する。 Next, a vibration mechanism at the bottom of the drain tank 13 will be described with reference to FIGS.
なお、図 7は便宜上排出コンベア 16、および後述するコンベアカバー 92を省略して いる。  In FIG. 7, the discharge conveyor 16 and a conveyor cover 92 described later are omitted for convenience.
[0031] グレンタンク 13の前下部には駆動ケース 64が配置され、駆動ケース 64の内部には 、前述した平歯車 69a ' 69bの他に、従動板 81および該従動板 81の回動中心軸で ある駆動支軸 82等が設けられている。従動板 81は、その一端が前記駆動支軸 82に 固設され、他端側には楕円形状のカム孔 81aが穿設されている。一方、前記排出コ ンベア 16の回転軸であるコンベア駆動軸(偏心軸) 70の前端には平歯車 69bと円盤 形状の偏心カム 83とが互いの盤面が略平行に外嵌固定されている。このとき、該偏 心カム 83の盤面の中心軸とコンベア駆動軸 70の回転軸とは一致しない(すなわち、 コンベア駆動軸 70の回転軸に対して偏心カム 83が偏心して取り付けられている)よう に配置されるとともに、偏心カム 83が前記従動板 81に穿設されたカム孔 81aに内挿 されている。  [0031] A drive case 64 is disposed in the lower front part of the Glen tank 13. Inside the drive case 64, in addition to the aforementioned spur gears 69a and 69b, a driven plate 81 and a rotation center axis of the driven plate 81 are provided. A drive shaft 82 and the like are provided. The driven plate 81 has one end fixed to the driving support shaft 82 and an elliptical cam hole 81a formed at the other end. On the other hand, a spur gear 69b and a disk-shaped eccentric cam 83 are externally fitted and fixed to the front end of a conveyor drive shaft (eccentric shaft) 70, which is the rotation shaft of the discharge conveyor 16, so that the respective disk surfaces are substantially parallel to each other. At this time, the central axis of the board surface of the eccentric cam 83 does not coincide with the rotation axis of the conveyor drive shaft 70 (that is, the eccentric cam 83 is mounted eccentrically with respect to the rotation axis of the conveyor drive shaft 70). The eccentric cam 83 is inserted into a cam hole 81a formed in the driven plate 81.
[0032] 一方、駆動パイプ 84はダレンタンク 13の前後方向に横架され、その前端は前記駆 動支軸 82に嵌設固定されるとともに、後端はダレンタンク 13の底部後壁面 13bに固 設された支持ボックス 85に回転自在に軸支された枢支軸 85aに嵌設される。該駆動 パイプ 84の前端および後端にはそれぞれ揺動アーム 86a ' 86bの一端が固設される 。該揺動アーム 86a ' 86bは図 6に示す如く側面視「へ」字状に形成され、その他端間 に貫通軸 87が架設される。但し、駆動パイプ 84と駆動支軸 82と枢支軸 85aは一体 的に構成することができる。 On the other hand, the drive pipe 84 is suspended in the front-rear direction of the drain tank 13, and its front end is fixed to the driving support shaft 82 and its rear end is fixed to the bottom rear wall surface 13 b of the drain tank 13. It is fitted to a pivot 85a rotatably supported by a support box 85 provided. One ends of swing arms 86a and 86b are fixed to the front end and the rear end of the drive pipe 84, respectively. As shown in FIG. 6, the swing arms 86a and 86b are formed in an "L" shape in side view, and a penetrating shaft 87 is provided between the other ends. However, the drive pipe 84, drive shaft 82 and pivot shaft 85a are integrated It can be configured in a typical manner.
[0033] そして、前記貫通軸 87には可動板 88が枢支される。可動板 88は複数、本実施例 におレ、ては前後方向に 4分割された 4枚の流穀板 89 · 89 · 89 · 89からなり、各流穀板 89は弾性を有する合成樹脂部材により形成されて、落下時の衝撃や滑り落ちる時の 摩擦等による穀粒の損傷を防止している。各流穀板 89の下側端部にはボス部 89a が形成されており、該ボス部 89aに貫通軸 87が貫通されて、流穀板 89が貫通軸 87 を回動中心として回転自在に支持される。このように貫通軸 87に支承された状態で 流穀板 89 · 89 · 89 · 89が揺動アーム 86a ' 86b間に間隙のないように並設されて、前 後に長い略長方形の可動板 88が構成されている。なお、揺動アーム 86a ' 86bを貫 通する貫通軸 87は前後両端に設けられた孔にピン 90を揷入することにより抜け止め されている。  A movable plate 88 is pivotally supported on the through shaft 87. The movable plate 88 is composed of a plurality of, in this embodiment, four pieces of fluffing plates 89, 89, 89, 89 divided into four in the front-rear direction, and each flouring plate 89 is an elastic synthetic resin member. It prevents damage to the grain due to the impact of falling and friction when sliding down. A boss 89a is formed at the lower end portion of each of the flocking plates 89, and a through shaft 87 is penetrated through the boss portion 89a, so that the flocking plate 89 is rotatable about the through shaft 87 as a rotation center. Supported. In this way, with the bearing supported by the penetrating shaft 87, the running-grain plates 89, 89, 89, 89 are arranged side by side without any gap between the swinging arms 86a and 86b. Is configured. The through shaft 87 that penetrates the swing arms 86a and 86b is prevented from coming off by inserting pins 90 into holes provided at both front and rear ends.
[0034] このようにして揺動アーム 86a ' 86bに連結された可動板 88は、グレンタンク 13の正 面視略谷型の底部を形成する底面 13c ' 13d' 13eのうち、傾斜角度が小さぐ面積 が最も大きい底面 13e上に載置される。該底面 13eの下部は階段状に形成されてお り、その下部における下方に凹んだ段部 13fにおける排出コンベア 16側方の上部空 間に前記流穀板 89のボス部 89aを配置し、穀粒が可動板 88上から排出コンベア 16 に向かって流下する際にボス部 89aが邪魔にならないようにし、流穀板 89を揺動さ せるときの邪魔にもならなレ、ようにしてレ、る。  [0034] The movable plate 88 connected to the swing arms 86a and 86b in this manner has a small inclination angle among the bottom surfaces 13c'13d'13e forming a substantially valley-shaped bottom portion of the Glen tank 13 when viewed from the front. It is placed on the bottom surface 13e with the largest area to be swung. The lower portion of the bottom surface 13e is formed in a stepped shape, and the boss portion 89a of the drifting plate 89 is arranged in the upper space on the side of the discharge conveyor 16 in the downwardly concave step portion 13f at the lower portion thereof. The boss 89a does not become an obstacle when the particles flow down from the movable plate 88 toward the discharge conveyor 16, and does not become a hindrance when swinging the flowing plate 89. You.
[0035] また、前記ボス部 89aが形成されている端部の反対側となる上側の各流穀板 89の 上面端部と当接するように押さえ板 91がダレンタンク 13の左壁面 13gに取り付けられ ている。該押さえ板 91は後面視板体を「へ」字状に折り曲げて、一方を壁面 13gに固 定し、他方を流穀板 89の面に合わせて端部上に載置し、該流穀板 89の揺動幅より も長く構成している。こうして該押さえ板 91は、可動板 88が揺動する際に可動板 88 が浮き上がらないように、可動板 88を下方に押え付けると共に、可動板 88の上縁部 と、ダレンタンク 13の左壁面 13gとの間の隙間が確実に閉塞されるようにしている。こ れにより、ダレンタンク 13内を流下する穀粒を、押さえ板 91上から、可動板 88の流穀 板 89 · 89上を排出コンベア 16に向かって流下させ、流穀板 89と底面 13eの間に穀 粒が挟まらなレ、ようにしてレ、る。 [0036] また、図 6に示すように、排出コンベア 16の略上方には、正面視傘型のコンベア力 バー 92が配置され、その長手方向の両端をダレンタンク 13の底部前壁面 13aおよ び底部後壁面 13bに固定される。ダレンタンク 13が排出コンベア 16を作動させて穀 粒を排出するときは、該グレンタンク 13内を流下する穀粒の流れがコンベアカバー 9 2により正面視で左右に分けられ、排出コンベア 16に穀粒の荷重が真上からかから ないので、排出コンベア 16の負荷および穀粒の損傷を軽減することが可能である。 Further, a holding plate 91 is attached to the left wall surface 13g of the drain tank 13 so as to abut on an upper surface end of each of the upper flow trays 89 opposite to the end where the boss portion 89a is formed. It has been. The holding plate 91 is formed by bending a rear-viewing plate body into an “H” shape, fixing one to the wall surface 13g, and placing the other on the end in conformity with the surface of the running plate 89, and It is configured to be longer than the swing width of the plate 89. In this way, the holding plate 91 presses the movable plate 88 downward so that the movable plate 88 does not float up when the movable plate 88 swings, and also holds the upper edge of the movable plate 88 and the left wall surface of the drain tank 13. The gap between 13g is surely closed. As a result, the grains flowing down in the drain tank 13 are allowed to flow from the holding plate 91 onto the moving plates 88 and 89 of the movable plate 88 toward the discharge conveyor 16 so that the falling particles 89 and the bottom surface 13e are separated. There are no grains between them. As shown in FIG. 6, an umbrella-shaped conveyor force bar 92 is disposed substantially above the discharge conveyor 16, and has both longitudinal ends at the bottom front wall surface 13 a and the bottom front wall 13 a of the drain tank 13. And is fixed to the bottom rear wall 13b. When the drain tank 13 operates the discharge conveyor 16 to discharge the grains, the flow of the grains flowing down in the Glen tank 13 is divided into right and left by a conveyor cover 92 in a front view, and the grains are transferred to the discharge conveyor 16. Since the load of the grains is not applied directly from above, it is possible to reduce the load on the discharge conveyor 16 and damage to the grains.
[0037] 以上のように構成することにより、駆動ケース 64に駆動力が伝達されると、コンベア 駆動軸 70が回転して排出コンベア 16が回転駆動するとともに、偏心カム 83も回転す る。このとき、偏心カム 83の端面と、従動板 81に穿設された楕円形状のカム孔 81aの 端面とが当接し、従動板 81は駆動ケース 64に軸支された駆動支軸 82を中心として 左右に揺動する。そして、駆動支軸 82に嵌設された駆動パイプ 84の前後両端より略 下方に突設された揺動アーム 86a ' 86bも駆動支軸 82を中心として左右に揺動する ことになり、該揺動アーム 86a ' 86bに貫通軸 87を介して連結された可動板 88もまた 、排出コンベア 16に向かって緩い傾斜を持つ底面 13eに沿って、傾斜方向に揺動 する。  With the above-described configuration, when the driving force is transmitted to the drive case 64, the conveyor drive shaft 70 rotates, the discharge conveyor 16 is driven to rotate, and the eccentric cam 83 also rotates. At this time, the end face of the eccentric cam 83 and the end face of the elliptical cam hole 81a formed in the driven plate 81 abut, and the driven plate 81 is centered on the driving support shaft 82 supported by the driving case 64. Swing right and left. The swing arms 86a and 86b projecting substantially below the front and rear ends of the drive pipe 84 fitted to the drive support shaft 82 also swing left and right about the drive support shaft 82. The movable plate 88 connected to the moving arms 86a and 86b via the penetrating shaft 87 also swings in the direction of inclination along the bottom surface 13e having a gentle inclination toward the discharge conveyor 16.
[0038] したがって、穀粒が湿材の場合であっても、穀粒は可動板 88の揺動によってダレン タンク 13下方へ流下し、排出コンベア 16に流れ込むので、穀粒の高速搬出が可能と なり、且つダレンタンク 13の底面の傾斜を緩くして容積を確保しながら、ダレンタンク 13の全高を抑えることが可能となる。  [0038] Therefore, even when the grain is wet material, the grain flows down the dren tank 13 by the swing of the movable plate 88 and flows into the discharge conveyor 16, so that the grain can be discharged at high speed. In addition, it is possible to reduce the overall height of the drain tank 13 while reducing the inclination of the bottom surface of the drain tank 13 to secure the volume.
[0039] そして、このような構成において、上述の如く可動板 88 (流穀板 89)の端部にボス 部 89aを形成し、該ボス部 89aに揺動アーム 86a ' 86b間に架設される貫通軸 87を貫 通して、可動板 88と揺動アーム 86a ' 86bを連結する構成としているので、従来の如 く可動板と揺動アームとを連結するために蝶番等の連結部材を必要とすることがなく 、部品点数の削減と重量の軽減を図ることができる。また、ボルト等による締結部もな くなるので、揺動アームから可動板が外れる心配もなぐ信頼性の向上を図ることが できる。  In such a configuration, as described above, the boss 89a is formed at the end of the movable plate 88 (running board 89), and the boss 89a is installed between the swing arms 86a and 86b. Since the movable plate 88 and the swing arm 86a'86b are connected through the penetrating shaft 87, a connecting member such as a hinge is required to connect the movable plate and the swing arm as in the conventional case. Thus, the number of parts and the weight can be reduced. In addition, since there is no longer any fastening part using bolts or the like, it is possible to improve reliability without having to worry about the movable plate coming off the swing arm.
[0040] また、ダレンタンクの容積を大きくする手段として、ダレンタンクが有する傾斜面の傾 斜を緩くすること力 S考えられる。しかし、傾斜面の傾斜を緩くすると、穀粒が湿材の場 合には、滑り落ち難くなりダレンタンクの内壁面に穀粒が付着して残粒が増加すると レ、う問題があることから、従来傾斜面は急傾斜のままとなっている。そこで、傾斜面の 傾斜を緩くする代わりにダレンタンクの上部を側方または前方または後方に膨出させ て容積を大きくすることが可能であり、例えば、脱穀装置上方に膨出させて容積を大 きくして増量タンクを構成することができる。ここでは、図 9に示すように、上方の膨出 部分 (増量タンク)の底部の傾斜面 13h上に上側可動板 93を配置して揺動させること により、傾斜面 13hの傾斜を緩くしても、穀粒が付着せずに排出コンベア 16内に流 下することが可能となるため、ダレンタンク 13の容積を更に大きくすることができる。 [0040] Further, as a means for increasing the capacity of the drain tank, a force S for easing the inclination of the inclined surface of the drain tank can be considered. However, if the slope is made gentler, the grains will In this case, the slope is difficult to slide down, and there is a problem that the remaining grains increase due to the adhesion of grains to the inner wall surface of the Darren tank. Therefore, it is possible to increase the volume by expanding the upper part of the Darren tank laterally, forward or backward instead of relaxing the slope of the inclined surface, for example, by expanding the upper part of the threshing device to increase the volume. Thus, an increasing tank can be formed. Here, as shown in FIG. 9, the upper movable plate 93 is disposed on the inclined surface 13h at the bottom of the upper bulging portion (increase tank) and is oscillated, so that the inclination of the inclined surface 13h is relaxed. In addition, since the particles can flow down into the discharge conveyor 16 without adhering grains, the volume of the drain tank 13 can be further increased.
[0041] この場合、図 9および図 10に示すように、グレンタンク 13の底部に上述の如く下側 可動板 88を配設した構成において、上側の揺動アーム 94a (94b)と下側の揺動ァ ーム 86a (86b)とをリンク機構を介して連動連結している。つまり、前記揺動アーム 8 6a (86b)の中途部にリンク 95の一端が枢支され、該リンク 95の他端が左上方に延出 され、上方の膨出部下部の両側に配置した揺動アーム 94a (94b)の中途部に枢支さ れて、上側の揺動アーム 94a (94b)と下側の揺動アーム 86a (86b)とが連動連結さ れている。 In this case, as shown in FIGS. 9 and 10, in the configuration in which the lower movable plate 88 is disposed at the bottom of the Glen tank 13 as described above, the upper swing arm 94a (94b) and the lower The swing arm 86a (86b) is interlocked and connected via a link mechanism. That is, one end of the link 95 is pivotally supported in the middle of the swing arm 86a (86b), and the other end of the link 95 extends to the upper left, and is arranged on both sides below the upper bulging portion. The upper swing arm 94a (94b) and the lower swing arm 86a (86b) are interlockingly connected to the swing arm 94a (94b) at the middle part thereof.
[0042] また、傾斜面 13hの下方側に支軸 96がダレンタンク 13の前後方向に横架され、該 支軸 96の前端および後端に揺動アーム 94a ' 94bの一端が固設されている。該揺動 アーム 94a * 94bは、支軸 96を回動中心として回動可能に支持される。  [0042] Further, a support shaft 96 is suspended below the inclined surface 13h in the front-rear direction of the drain tank 13, and one end of a swing arm 94a'94b is fixed to a front end and a rear end of the support shaft 96. I have. The swing arms 94a * 94b are supported so as to be rotatable about a support shaft 96 as a center of rotation.
[0043] 前記揺動アーム 94a ' 94bの他端側には、貫通軸 97を介して可動板 93の下部が枢 結される。該上側可動板 93は、弾性を有する合成樹脂部材からなる複数の流穀板 9 8 · 98 · · ·から構成され、各流穀板 98に形成されたボス部 98aが貫通軸 97に枢支さ れて、前後に長い略長方形に形成される。  A lower portion of the movable plate 93 is pivotally connected to the other end of the swing arm 94a′94b via a through shaft 97. The upper movable plate 93 is composed of a plurality of fluffing plates 98 made of an elastic synthetic resin member, and a boss 98 a formed on each fluffing plate 98 is pivotally supported by the through shaft 97. Then, it is formed into a substantially rectangular shape which is long before and after.
[0044] そして、前記上側可動板 93が前記増量タンクの底部の傾斜面 13h上に戴置され、 前記ボス部 98aが形成されている端部と反対側の流穀板 98の上面端部が押さえ板 9 9に当接される。こうして、可動板 93が揺動する際に流穀板 98が浮き上がらないよう に、押さえ板 99により押え付けることで、可動板 93と傾斜面 13hとの隙間に穀粒が侵 入して、可動板 93の揺動を阻害したり、穀粒が損傷したりすることがないようにしてい る。 [0045] このように構成することにより、駆動ケース 64に駆動力が伝達されて、揺動アーム 8 6a ' 86bが駆動支軸 82を中心として左右に揺動すると、リンク 95により揺動アーム 94 a ' 94bおよび該揺動アーム 94a ' 94bの間に架設された貫通軸 97も支軸 96を中心と して左右に揺動する。これにより、貫通連 97に枢支された流穀板 98もまた、ダレンタ ンク 13の下方に向かって傾斜している傾斜面 13hに沿って、傾斜方向に揺動する。 [0044] Then, the upper movable plate 93 is placed on the inclined surface 13h at the bottom of the increasing tank, and the upper surface end of the flocking plate 98 on the opposite side to the end on which the boss 98a is formed. It is brought into contact with the holding plate 9 9. Thus, when the movable plate 93 is swung, the falling plate 98 is held down by the holding plate 99 so that the grains enter the gap between the movable plate 93 and the inclined surface 13h so that the floating plate 98 does not rise. It does not hinder the rocking of the plate 93 or damage the grains. With this configuration, when the driving force is transmitted to the drive case 64 and the swing arm 86 a '86 b swings right and left around the drive support shaft 82, the swing arm 94 The through shaft 97 provided between the a '94b and the swing arm 94a' 94b also swings right and left about the support shaft 96. As a result, the floe 98 pivotally supported by the penetrating chain 97 also swings in the direction of inclination along the inclined surface 13h inclined downward of the dart tank 13.
[0046] したがって、グレンタンク 13の底面 13e以外の傾斜面 13hでも、上側可動板 93の 揺動により穀粒が流動し易くなるので、穀粒が湿材の場合であっても、内壁面への穀 粒の付着を防止して、残粒を減少させることができる。そのため、傾斜面 13hを急斜 面にする必要なく緩斜面にでき、その分だけ、さらにダレンタンク 13の容積を大きくで きる。  [0046] Therefore, even on the inclined surface 13h other than the bottom surface 13e of the Glen tank 13, the grains are easily flown by the swing of the upper movable plate 93, so that even if the grains are wet material, The adhesion of grains can be prevented, and the remaining grains can be reduced. Therefore, the slope 13h can be made gentle without having to make a steep slope, and the volume of the drain tank 13 can be further increased by that much.
[0047] ところで、上述のごとくダレンタンクの容積を大きくするのではなぐその容積を変え ずにダレンタンクおよび該グレンタンクに穀粒を投入する揚穀コンベアの全高を抑え 、かつ、穀粒を満量にしたときの充填率(%)を極力大きくしょうとするためには、ダレ ンタンクの側壁面から穀粒を投入し、かつダレンタンク内において穀粒投入口から遠 い位置から先に穀粒を堆積させていき、ダレンタンク内に貯溜された穀粒が満量にな つたときのダレンタンクの上部空間(穀粒がなレ、部分)が穀粒投入口近傍のみとなる ことが望ましい。このこと力 、ダレンタンクはその後内壁面の左上部に穀粒投入口を 穿設し、揚穀コンベアから投入される穀粒を、ダレンタンクの前部および右側部から 先に堆積していくように構成されている。ここで、充填率とは、空のダレンタンク内の空 間体積を 100%としたときに、ダレンタンク内の収穫物が占める嵩体積の割合を示す ものである。  By the way, as described above, the total height of the drainage tank and the frying conveyor for feeding the grains into the Glen tank is suppressed without changing the volume of the drainage tank without increasing the volume, and the grain is fully filled. In order to increase the filling rate (%) as much as possible, the grains should be charged from the side wall of the drain tank, and the grains should be placed farther from the grain inlet in the drain tank first. It is desirable that when the grains stored in the dren tank are full, the space above the dren tank (grained portion, part) is only near the grain input port. This means that the Darren tank then drills a grain inlet in the upper left corner of the inner wall so that the grains fed from the conveyor can be deposited first from the front and right side of the Darren tank. Is configured. Here, the filling rate indicates the ratio of the bulk volume occupied by the crops in the drain tank when the empty volume in the empty tank is 100%.
[0048] そのため、穀粒投入口から投入され、ダレンタンク内各所に分散して流下された穀 粒の堆積面 (ダレンタンク上部空間と穀粒の最上部との境界を成す面)は、基準水平 面 (重力の作用する方向に垂直な面)に対して平行にならず、所定の堆積角度 (堆積 面と基準水平面との成す角度)を有して形成されていくことになる。  [0048] Therefore, the grain accumulation surface (the surface that forms the boundary between the upper space of the Darren tank and the uppermost part of the kernel) of the kernel that has been injected from the kernel inlet and dispersed and flowed to various parts in the Darren tank is defined as a standard. It will not be parallel to the horizontal plane (the plane perpendicular to the direction in which gravity acts), and will be formed with a predetermined deposition angle (the angle between the deposition plane and the reference horizontal plane).
[0049] よって、ダレンタンク内には収穫物検知手段として、例えば近傍における穀粒の有 無を検知する静電容積センサからなるダレンセンサが複数配設されるが、すべてのグ レンセンサを従来の如くダレンタンクの後内壁面に上下方向に所定間隔を空けて設 けると、ダレンセンサにより検出した時の穀粒の貯溜量と実際の穀粒の貯溜量とに誤 差が発生してしまう。 [0049] Therefore, as the harvest detecting means, for example, a plurality of Darren sensors consisting of electrostatic volume sensors for detecting the presence or absence of grains in the vicinity are arranged in the Darren tank. As shown in the drawing, a predetermined interval is In this case, an error occurs between the amount of stored kernels and the actual amount of stored kernels detected by the Darren sensor.
[0050] そこで、図 11に示すように、ダレンタンク 13の後内壁面 1 ¾の左上部に穀粒投入口 100を穿設して、ダレンタンク 13と揚穀コンベア 44とを連通した構成において、ダレ ンタンク 13の穀粒投入側となる穀粒投入口 100の下方で後内壁面に第一ダレンセン サ 101、第四ダレンセンサ 104、第五ダレンセンサ 105を上下方向に所定間隔を空 けて設け、穀粒投入口 100の下部に満量グレンセンサ 106を配置している。一方、第 ニグレンセンサ 102及び第三ダレンセンサ 103をグレンタンク 13の左側面(機体内側 )に配設された整備用の開口を閉じるハッチ 107の内側側面に上下および前後方向 に所定間隔を空けて設けている。該ハッチ 107の前側に第ニグレンセンサ 102を配 置し、後側に第三ダレンセンサ 103を配置している。なお、本実施例では収穫物検 知手段として、計五個の静電容積センサを用いているが、収穫物検知手段として用 レ、るセンサの種類、個数、取付位置等はこれに限定されるものではない。  Therefore, as shown in FIG. 11, in a configuration in which a grain inlet 100 is formed in the upper left corner of the rear inner wall 1 mm of the drain tank 13 to communicate the drain tank 13 and the lifting conveyor 44. The first drain sensor 101, the fourth drain sensor 104, and the fifth drain sensor 105 are provided at predetermined intervals in the vertical direction on the rear inner wall surface below the grain inlet 100 on the grain inlet side of the drain tank 13 at the grain inlet side. A full-grain sensor 106 is provided below the grain inlet 100. On the other hand, a second Nigren sensor 102 and a third Darren sensor 103 are provided at predetermined intervals in the vertical and front-rear directions on the inner side surface of a hatch 107 that closes a maintenance opening provided on the left side surface (inside the fuselage) of the Glen tank 13. ing. The first Nigren sensor 102 is arranged on the front side of the hatch 107, and the third Darren sensor 103 is arranged on the rear side. In this embodiment, a total of five electrostatic volume sensors are used as the crop detecting means. However, the type, number, mounting position, etc. of the sensors used as the crop detecting means are not limited thereto. Not something.
[0051] このような構成において、ダレンタンク 13内各所に分散して流下された穀粒の増加 に伴い堆積面力 図 11における堆積面 11 laとなると、第一ダレンセンサ 101により 穀粒を検知する。さらにダレンタンク 13内の穀粒が増加し、堆積面が順に堆積面 11 2a、堆積面 113a、堆積面 114a、堆積面 115aに変化するに応じて、それぞれ第二 グレンセンサ 102、第三ダレンセンサ 103、第四グレンセンサ 104、第五ダレンセンサ 105により穀粒が検知される。  [0051] In such a configuration, as the amount of kernels dispersed and flowing down in various places in the Darren tank 13 increases, when the stacking surface becomes 11 la in Fig. 11, the kernels are detected by the first Daren sensor 101. I do. Furthermore, as the grains in the drain tank 13 increase and the deposit surface changes in order to the deposit surface 112a, the deposit surface 113a, the deposit surface 114a, and the deposit surface 115a, respectively, the second Glen sensor 102 and the third Darren sensor The grains are detected by the 103, the fourth Glen sensor 104, and the fifth Daren sensor 105.
[0052] したがって、グレンセンサ 101 · 102 · 103 · 104 · 105の位置力 対応する堆積面に 応じた正確な位置となるため、各ダレンセンサ 101 · 102 · 103 · 104 · 105により検知 された時のダレンタンク 13内の穀粒の貯溜量と実際の貯溜量とが略一致して穀粒の 充填率を更に正確に検知することが可能となり、充填率を高めてダレンタンク 13の容 積を十分に利用することができる。また、第ニグレンセンサ 102及び第三ダレンセン サ 103はハッチ 107の内側側面に配置されているため、メンテナンスが容易なものと なる。  [0052] Accordingly, the position force of the Glen sensors 101, 102, 103, 104, and 105 is accurate, and the position is determined according to the corresponding deposition surface. The amount of stored grains in the drain tank 13 substantially matches the actual amount of storage, making it possible to detect the filling rate of grains more accurately, and increasing the filling rate to reduce the capacity of the drain tank 13. Can be fully utilized. Further, since the Nigren sensor 102 and the third durometer 103 are arranged on the inner side surface of the hatch 107, maintenance is easy.
[0053] 次に、脱穀部 20について図 4を用いて説明する。  Next, the threshing unit 20 will be described with reference to FIG.
脱穀部 20に形成された扱室 21には、機体の前後方向に軸架された略円柱形状の 扱胴 22が設けられ、該扱胴 22の外周面には扱歯 22a ' 22a ' ' 'が植設されている。 そして、該扱胴 22の下部周辺を覆うように半円形状の受網 23が着脱可能に周設さ れている。一方、フィードチェーン 9により、穀桿の株元側が拘束されつつ、穀桿の先 端側が扱胴 22の下方に挿入されて穀稈が機体後方に搬送される。このとき、扱胴 22 の回転により脱粒が行われ、受網 23から穀粒や藁屑等が漏下するようにしている。 The handling room 21 formed in the threshing unit 20 has a substantially cylindrical shape suspended in the longitudinal direction of the fuselage. A handling cylinder 22 is provided, and handling teeth 22a'22a '''' are implanted on an outer peripheral surface of the handling cylinder 22. A semicircular receiving net 23 is provided around the lower part of the handling cylinder 22 so as to be detachable. On the other hand, while the root side of the cereal rod is restrained by the feed chain 9, the leading end side of the cereal rod is inserted below the handling cylinder 22, and the cereal culm is transported to the rear of the machine. At this time, the shedding of the grains is performed by the rotation of the handling cylinder 22, so that grains, straw chips, and the like leak from the receiving net 23.
[0054] 前記扱室 21を被覆する扱室カバー 21 aの内周面には送塵弁 24が左右幅方向に 適宜間隔を開けて設けられ、上下方向の回動支点を中心に回動自在に枢支されて いる。そして、該送塵弁 24を回動操作することにより、穀稈が扱室 21内を移動する時 間を穀稈の品種や穀稈の状態に合わせて調整することを可能としている。  A dust valve 24 is provided on the inner peripheral surface of the handling chamber cover 21 a covering the handling chamber 21 at appropriate intervals in the left-right width direction, and is rotatable around a vertical fulcrum. It is pivoted to. By rotating the dust feed valve 24, the time required for the grain stalk to move in the handling room 21 can be adjusted according to the variety of the grain stalk and the state of the grain stalk.
[0055] そして、前記扱胴 22の後部の側方 (ダレンタンク 13側、本実施例では機体進行方 向右側)から後方には、処理室 25が形成され、該処理室 25内には略円柱形状に構 成した送塵口処理胴 26が扱胴 22と平行となるように、扱胴 22の後部の側方で前後 方向に横架 ·軸支されている。また、扱胴 22を覆って扱室 21を形成する扱胴ケース の後部(右)側面、及び、送塵口処理胴 26を覆って処理室 25を形成する処理胴ケー スの前部(左)側面には送塵口 27が開口され、扱室 21と処理室 25が連通されている 。そして、該送塵口処理月同 26の下部周辺を覆うように半円形状の処理月同網 28が周 設されている。こうして、扱胴 22で処理できなかった枝梗付着粒等の未処理物は、送 塵口 27より処理室 25内に搬送されて処理され、前記処理胴網 28に設けられた孔( 網目 )を通過して処理物のみが漏下するようにしてレ、る。  Further, a processing chamber 25 is formed from the side of the rear part of the handling cylinder 22 (on the side of the drain tank 13, in the present embodiment, on the right side in the machine traveling direction) to the rear, and a processing chamber 25 is formed substantially inside the processing chamber 25. The dust discharge port processing cylinder 26 formed in a cylindrical shape is horizontally and axially supported on the rear side of the handling cylinder 22 so as to be parallel to the handling cylinder 22. In addition, the rear (right) side surface of the handling cylinder case that covers the handling cylinder 22 to form the handling chamber 21, and the front (left side) of the processing cylinder case that covers the dust outlet processing cylinder 26 to form the processing chamber 25. ) A dust outlet 27 is opened on the side, and the handling room 21 and the processing room 25 are communicated. In addition, a semicircular treated lug net 28 is provided so as to cover the periphery of the lower part of the dust outlet processing lumber 26. In this way, unprocessed materials such as spike sticking particles that could not be processed by the handling cylinder 22 are conveyed into the processing chamber 25 through the dust outlet 27 and processed, and the holes (mesh) provided in the processing drum network 28 are formed. , So that only the processed material leaks.
[0056] また、送塵口処理胴 26の後端部の外周面には前後に長い板体より成る羽体 26aが 固設されている。該羽体 26aは、該送塵口処理胴 26と一体的に回転し、送塵口処理 胴 26により処理室 25後方まで搬送されてきた藁屑は該羽体 26aの回転によって跳 ね飛ばされ、送塵口処理胴 26の下方に排出され、図示せぬガイド板によって機体外 部に案内される。  Further, on the outer peripheral surface of the rear end portion of the dust port processing cylinder 26, a blade body 26a formed of a long plate body in the front and rear direction is fixed. The blade 26a rotates integrally with the dust port processing cylinder 26, and the straw waste conveyed to the rear of the processing chamber 25 by the dust port processing cylinder 26 is rebounded by the rotation of the blade 26a. Then, the air is discharged below the dust outlet processing cylinder 26 and guided to the outside of the machine body by a guide plate (not shown).
[0057] 前記処理胴網 28の下方には、送塵搬送コンベア 29が前後方向に軸架されている 。送塵搬送コンベア 29はスクリュー式のコンベアであり、該送塵搬送コンベア 29によ つて、処理胴網 28に設けられた孔 (網目)を通過して下方に落下してきた処理物は、 機体前方 (すなわち、送塵口処理胴 26の搬送方向とは逆の方向)に向かって搬送さ れて、送塵搬送コンベア 29前端に設けられた排塵ロ 29aより選別部 30に再投入さ れる。 [0057] Below the processing drum network 28, a dust transport conveyor 29 is suspended in the front-rear direction. The dust transport conveyor 29 is a screw-type conveyor, and the processed material that has fallen downward through the holes (mesh) provided in the processing drum network 28 by the dust transport conveyor 29 is transferred to the front of the machine body. (I.e., in the direction opposite to the direction of conveyance of the dust port processing cylinder 26). Then, it is re-introduced into the sorting unit 30 from a dust discharging roller 29a provided at the front end of the dust transporting conveyor 29.
[0058] そして、前記扱胴 22の後方には出口仕切板 52が配設され、該出口仕切板 52の下 部であって扱胴受網 23の延長線上後方には篩分装置 120が配設されて、稈切れ等 が下方へ落下してチャフシーブ上で脱穀粒と混じることの防止が図られて、選別性能 の向上を図っている。  [0058] An outlet partition plate 52 is provided behind the handling cylinder 22, and a sieving device 120 is provided below the outlet partition plate 52 and on the extension of the handling cylinder receiving net 23 behind. In order to prevent culm breaks from falling down and mixing with threshing grain on the chaff sieve, the sorting performance has been improved.
[0059] 図 12に示すように、出口仕切板 52には排稈ロ 52aが形成されており、該出口仕切 板 52は排稈口 52aを囲む形状に形成されて、該排稈口 52aの下方にも出口仕切板 52が存在している。そして、出口仕切板 52の排稈ロ 52aの下方に位置する部分に 前記篩分装置 120が取り付けられている。  As shown in FIG. 12, an outlet partition plate 52 is formed with a culm 52a, and the outlet partition 52 is formed in a shape surrounding the culm opening 52a. An exit partition plate 52 also exists below. The sieving apparatus 120 is attached to a portion of the outlet partition plate 52 located below the culm 52a.
[0060] 前記篩分装置 120は側面視において扱胴 22と吸引ファン 40の間であって、送塵 口処理胴 26の側方、且つチャフシーブ 38を備えた揺動選別装置 31の上方に配設 されている。そして、篩分装置 120は扱胴 22の下後端の直ぐ後方に配置されて、扱 胴 22下方の風路を抜けた選別風が、それよりも広い風路に出るところに位置している  The sieving device 120 is disposed between the handling cylinder 22 and the suction fan 40 in a side view, on the side of the dust outlet processing cylinder 26, and above the rocking sorting device 31 provided with the chaff sheave 38. It is set up. And, the sieving device 120 is disposed immediately behind the lower rear end of the handling cylinder 22, and is located where the sorted wind that has passed through the air path below the handling cylinder 22 exits to a wider air path.
[0061] また、図 13に示すように、扱胴 22後端に設けられた出口仕切板 52が排稈ロ 52aの 上方のみに存在する形状の場合には、受網 23を固定してレ、るフレーム 23aに篩分 装置 120が取り付けられる。しかし、この場合には篩分装置 120が扱胴 22後端の直 ぐ下方に位置することになるため、扱胴 22と篩分装置 120との間で詰りが発生してし まうことがある。そこで、篩分装置 120を回動自在に支持するフレーム 23aにガイド部 材 121を設け、該ガイド部材 121により、処理物を詰まらせることなく篩分装置 120に 案内することを可能としている。 As shown in FIG. 13, when the exit partition plate 52 provided at the rear end of the handling cylinder 22 has a shape that exists only above the culm 52a, the receiving net 23 is fixed and fixed. The sieving device 120 is mounted on the frame 23a. However, in this case, since the sieving device 120 is located immediately below the rear end of the handling cylinder 22, clogging may occur between the handling cylinder 22 and the sieving device 120. . Therefore, a guide member 121 is provided on a frame 23a that rotatably supports the sieving apparatus 120, and the guide member 121 enables the processed material to be guided to the sieving apparatus 120 without clogging.
[0062] 前記ガイド部材 121は、篩板 122と略同一の左右幅を有するものであり、後下がり に傾斜した状態で支持部材 123の上部に固設され、扱胴 22の後端の直ぐ後方付近 まで延出されて、該ガイド部材 121と篩板 122とが略一直線上に位置するように構成 されている。  [0062] The guide member 121 has substantially the same lateral width as the sieve plate 122, is fixed to the upper part of the support member 123 in a state inclined backward and downward, and immediately behind the rear end of the handling drum 22. The guide member 121 and the sieve plate 122 are extended to the vicinity, and are configured to be positioned substantially on a straight line.
[0063] そして、前記篩分装置 120は、図 14、図 15、図 16に示すように、機体側に取り付け られて揺動される揺動体と、揺動選別装置 31に取り付けられて該揺動体を揺動する 揺動駆動部材とからなり、該揺動体はフレーム 23a (図 4に示す場合では出口仕切板 52)に固設された平面視コ字形状の支持部材 123に左右水平方向に設けた支軸 12 3aにより揺動(回動)可能に枢支された基部 124と、該基部 124の上面に取り付けら れた櫛状の篩板 122と、基部 124より後方に延設されたアーム 125とで構成されてい る。 As shown in FIGS. 14, 15, and 16, the sieving device 120 is mounted on the body and rocked by the rocking body, and is mounted on the rocking sorting device 31 and is mounted on the rocking sorting device 31. Rock the moving body The rocking body is composed of a rocking drive member, and the rocking body is provided on a support member 123 having a U-shape in plan view fixed to a frame 23a (in the case shown in FIG. 4, an outlet partition plate 52). It comprises a base 124 pivotally supported (rotated) by 3a, a comb-shaped sieve plate 122 attached to the upper surface of the base 124, and an arm 125 extending rearward from the base 124. It has been done.
[0064] 前記アーム 125は基部 124の左端部に固設され、篩板 122と所定間隔を空けて平 行に配置されている。こうして、アーム 125の上端部 125aが篩線の役割を兼ねように 構成している。  The arm 125 is fixed to the left end of the base 124 and is arranged in parallel with the sieve plate 122 at a predetermined interval. Thus, the upper end 125a of the arm 125 is configured to also serve as a sieve wire.
[0065] また、アーム 125の左側側面には上下に相対して後述するローラ 126aの直径分離 れて配置されるガイド部材 125b · 125cが側方に突設されている。該ガイド部材 125b •125cは側面視「へ」字状に折り曲げて形成され、後側が上下方向に開くように構成 されている。そして、該ガイド部材 125b ' 125cの下方にガイド部材 125dが固設され ている。該ガイド部材 125dは下方に突出するように湾曲してソリ状に形成され、最下 位置がアーム 125より下方に位置するように配置されている。  [0065] On the left side surface of the arm 125, guide members 125b and 125c that are arranged vertically apart from each other and separated by a diameter of a roller 126a, which will be described later, protrude laterally. The guide members 125b and 125c are formed by bending in a "H" shape when viewed from the side, and are configured so that the rear side is opened in a vertical direction. A guide member 125d is fixed below the guide members 125b 'and 125c. The guide member 125d is curved so as to protrude downward and is formed in a sled shape, and is arranged such that the lowermost position is located below the arm 125.
[0066] 一方、揺動駆動部材は、揺動選別装置 31の左側板 31Lに下部を固定された側面 視略三角形状のステー 126と、該ステ一 126の上部側面の内側に枢支されたローラ 126a力ら構成されており、該ローラ 126a力 S前記アーム 125のガイド、咅本才 125b . 125 cの間に摺動可能に嵌合されている。  On the other hand, the swing driving member is supported by a stay 126 having a substantially triangular shape in a side view and having a lower portion fixed to the left side plate 31 L of the swing sorting device 31, and is pivotally supported inside the upper side surface of the stay 126. The roller 126a has a force, and the roller 126a has a force S which is slidably fitted between the guide of the arm 125 and the genius 125b.125c.
[0067] このような構成において、揺動選別装置 31が揺動することにより該揺動選別装置 3 1に取り付けられたローラ 126aが略上下に揺動し、該ローラ 126aの揺動を受けてァ ーム 125を介して篩分装置 120の基部 124が揺動し、即ち篩分装置 120が揺動する こととなる。そのため、篩分装置 120の揺動により処理物から分離された稈切れや抜 かれ稈等の藁屑は篩板 122から後方へ放出され、チャフシーブ 38上に落下すること なく吸引ファン 40により吸引されることとなる。  In such a configuration, the roller 126a attached to the rocking and sorting device 31 rocks substantially up and down due to the rocking of the rocking and sorting device 31, and receives the rocking of the roller 126a. The base 124 of the sieving device 120 swings through the arm 125, that is, the sieving device 120 swings. As a result, the stalks separated from the processed material by the swinging of the sieving device 120 and the stalks such as the culms that are pulled out are released backward from the sieve plate 122 and are sucked by the suction fan 40 without falling onto the chaff sheave 38. The Rukoto.
[0068] そして、篩分装置 120をフレーム 23aに取り付けた場合には、前記ガイド部材 121 により処理物を詰まらせることなく篩分装置 120まで案内することができる。つまり、出 口仕切板 52の形状に応じて篩分装置 120の取り付け位置を変更しても、ガイド部材 121を受網 23と篩分装置 120との間に設けることにより、受網 23と篩分装置 120との 間に稈切れや藁屑等が詰まることがなぐ篩板 122の揺動を邪魔することなぐ篩分 装置 120を有効に活用することが可能となる。したがって、一度に多量の穀粒がチヤ フシーブ 38へ搬送される場合や、穀粒が湿材である場合でも、十分に選別処理を行 うことができる。 When the sieving device 120 is mounted on the frame 23a, the guide member 121 can guide the processed material to the sieving device 120 without clogging. That is, even if the attachment position of the sieving device 120 is changed according to the shape of the outlet partition plate 52, the guide member 121 is provided between the receiving net 23 and the sieving device 120, so that the With minute device 120 It is possible to effectively use the sieving device 120 that does not hinder the swinging of the sieving plate 122 that prevents culm and straw debris from being clogged in between. Therefore, even when a large amount of grains are conveyed to the sieve 38 at one time, or when the grains are wet material, the sorting process can be sufficiently performed.
[0069] 続いて、選別部 30について、図 4を用いて説明する。  Next, the sorting unit 30 will be described with reference to FIG.
選別部 30においては、揺動選別装置 31による揺動選別と唐箕 32による風選別と が行われ、一番物と二番物と藁屑等に分別される。  In the sorting section 30, swing sorting by the swing sorting apparatus 31 and wind sorting by the Karamin 32 are performed, and the sorting is performed into the first thing, the second thing, straw waste and the like.
[0070] 揺動選別装置 31は機枠 33内に収納される。揺動選別装置 31の前端部は扱胴 22 の前端部の下方まで延出され、揺動選別装置 31の後端部は送塵口処理胴 26後端 部の下方まで延出されるように揺動選別装置 31の前後長さが定められている。そし て、揺動選別装置 31前下部には図示せぬ揺動軸が設けられるとともに、後部には揺 動駆動機構 34が設けられ、揺動駆動機構 34によって揺動選別装置 31が機枠 33に 対して揺動するように構成されている。なお、該揺動駆動機構 34の後下方には燃料 タンク 59 (図 20参照)が配置されている。  The swing sorting device 31 is housed in a machine frame 33. The front end of the swinging sorter 31 extends below the front end of the handling cylinder 22, and the rear end of the swinging sorter 31 extends below the rear end of the dust outlet treatment cylinder 26. The front-to-back length of the dynamic sorting device 31 is determined. In addition, a swing shaft (not shown) is provided at a lower portion in front of the swing sorting device 31, and a swing drive mechanism 34 is provided at a rear portion, and the swing sorter 31 is mounted on the machine frame 33 by the swing drive mechanism 34. It is configured to swing with respect to. A fuel tank 59 (see FIG. 20) is disposed below and below the swing drive mechanism 34.
[0071] 揺動選別装置 31の前部には前流穀板 35が設けられるとともに、該前流穀板 35の 後下方に後流穀板 36が設けられる。該前後の流穀板 35 · 36は板状の部材を波形に 成形したものであり、受網 23を通過した処理物 (穀粒および藁屑等との混合物)は前 後の流穀板 35 · 36上に落下し、揺動選別装置 31の揺動により機体後方に搬送され る。そして、前記後流穀板 36後部には、第二選別部である網状のグレンシーブ 37が 連設されるとともに、該グレンシーブ 37と前記後流穀板 36の上方、かつ前流穀板 35 の後方には、第一選別部であるチャフシーブ 38が被装されている。チャフシーブ 38 の後方には、ストローラック 39が配設され、該ストローラック 39の下方には後部流穀 板 50が配置されている。  [0071] At the front of the swinging sorting device 31, a upstream grain board 35 is provided, and a downstream grain board 36 is provided below and below the upstream grain board 35. The front and rear drifting plates 35 and 36 are formed by corrugating plate-like members, and the processed material (mixture with grains and straw wastes) that has passed through the receiving net 23 is the front and rear drifting plates 35 and 36. · It falls on 36, and is conveyed to the rear of the aircraft by the swing of swing sorter 31. At the rear of the downstream grain plate 36, a mesh-shaped grain sieve 37, which is a second sorting unit, is continuously provided, and above the grain sieve 37 and the downstream grain plate 36 and behind the upstream grain plate 35. Is equipped with the first sorting unit, the chaff sieve 38. Behind the chaff sheave 38, a straw rack 39 is provided, and below the straw rack 39, a rear tray 50 is provided.
[0072] 前記チャフシーブ 38は複数のチャフフィン 38a ' 38a ' · ·力、ら構成され、投入される 処理物の量に応じてチャフフィン 38a ' 38a ' · ·の開度を調節することが可能としてい る。すなわち、図 17に示すように、チャフフィン 38a ' 38a ' "の上下一側端部が揺動 選別装置 31に枢支されて、チャフシーブ 38左右両側に設けられた揺動板 131に枢 結され、また、他側端部がチャフシーブ 38左右両側に設けられた摺動板 132に枢結 されている。揺動板 131は揺動選別装置 31と一体的に揺動され、また、摺動板 132 には調節レバー 133が枢結されており、該調節レバー 133に連結されたワイヤ 134 の弛緩又は牽引により該摺動板 132が前後に摺動される。調節レバー 133は、ワイ ャ 134と反対側に設けられたバネ 135によって各チャフフィン 38a ' 38a ' "の傾斜角 を小(寝かせる)とする方向に付勢されてレ、る。 The chaff sheave 38 is composed of a plurality of chaff fins 38 a ′ 38 a ′. The chaff fins 38 a ′ 38 a ′ are capable of adjusting the opening degree of the chaff fins 38 a ′ 38 a ′. You. That is, as shown in FIG. 17, the upper and lower ends of the chaff fins 38a '38a'"are pivotally supported by the swinging and sorting device 31, and are pivotally connected to the swinging plates 131 provided on the left and right sides of the chaff sheave 38, The other end is connected to the sliding plates 132 provided on the left and right sides of the chaff sheave 38. Has been. The oscillating plate 131 is oscillated integrally with the oscillating sorting device 31, and an adjusting lever 133 is pivotally connected to the sliding plate 132, and a wire 134 connected to the adjusting lever 133 is relaxed or pulled. As a result, the sliding plate 132 is slid back and forth. The adjustment lever 133 is urged by a spring 135 provided on the opposite side of the wire 134 in such a direction as to make the inclination angle of each chaff fin 38a '38a'"smaller (to lie down).
[0073] そして、前記摺動板 132の摺動によりチャフフィン 38a ' 38a…の角度が変更され、 チャフフィン 38a ' 38a ' · ·の傾斜角を大(立てる)とさせるとき、チャフシーブ 38の開 度を大として穀粒の漏下量を増大させ、各チャフフィン 38a ' 38a ' · ·の傾斜角を小( 寝かせる)とさせるときチャフシーブ 38の開度を小として穀粒の漏下量を減少させる ように構成している。 [0073] The sliding of the sliding plate 132 changes the angle of the chaff fins 38a, 38a, ..., so that when the inclination angle of the chaff fins 38a, 38a, When the inclination of each chaff fin 38a '38a' · · is made small (to lie down), the opening of the chaff sieve 38 is made small to reduce the amount of grain leakage. Make up.
[0074] こうして、穀粒および細かい藁屑はチャフシーブ 38を通過して下方に落下し、チヤ フシーブ 38の開口よりも大きい藁屑等は後方に搬送される。このとき、チャフシーブ 3 8とグレンシーブ 37との間には唐箕 32により選別部 30の前方から後方への気流が 発生しており、細かい藁屑の一部は後方に吹き飛ばされて穀粒と分離される。  [0074] In this way, the grains and the fine straw waste fall downward through the chaff sieve 38, and the straw waste and the like larger than the opening of the shelf sieve 38 are transported backward. At this time, an airflow from the front to the rear of the sorting unit 30 was generated between the chaff sieve 38 and the Glen Sheave 37 by Karino 32, and some of the fine straw waste was blown back and separated from the grains. You.
[0075] ここで、図 14および図 17に示すように、前記調節レバー 133、ワイヤ 134、バネ 13 5は揺動選別装置 31の内側に設けられている。そして、該バネ 135とその長さを調節 可能とするアジヤスタ 136およびァウタ受け 137が揺動選別装置 31内側の左後部に 配置され、上方及び側方は排塵カ Sかからなレ、ようにゴム板等の弾性部材からなる力 バー 138で覆われている。これにより、バネ 135の長さを機体後方から調節することを 可能として、メンテナンス性の向上を図っている。また、従来では揺動選別装置と機 枠との間にチヤフシーブの調節レバーを付勢するパネが配置されていたため、揺動 選別装置と機枠との間に一定の間隔を確保しなければならず、選別幅を有効に利用 することができなかった力 本実施例ではパネ 135を揺動選別装置 31の内側に配置 しているので、該揺動選別装置 31の左右幅を機枠 33に対してできるだけ大きくする こと力 Sできる。よって、選別幅を有効に活用して選別性能の向上を図ることができる。  Here, as shown in FIG. 14 and FIG. 17, the adjusting lever 133, the wire 134, and the spring 135 are provided inside the swing sorting device 31. Then, the spring 135, an adjuster 136 capable of adjusting its length, and an auta receiver 137 are arranged at the left rear inside the rocking sorter 31, and the upper side and the side are separated from the dust collector S. It is covered with a force bar 138 made of an elastic member such as a rubber plate. This makes it possible to adjust the length of the spring 135 from the rear of the fuselage, thereby improving maintainability. Conventionally, a panel for biasing the adjustment lever of the sheave is arranged between the swing sorting device and the machine frame.Therefore, a certain interval must be secured between the swing sorting device and the machine frame. In this embodiment, since the panel 135 is disposed inside the swing sorting device 31, the left and right widths of the swing sorting device 31 are set to the machine frame 33. On the other hand, it can be made as large as possible. Therefore, the sorting width can be effectively used to improve the sorting performance.
[0076] ところで、以上のように構成される前記揺動選別装置 31は、後部カバーを上方に回 動させ、排藁処理部 11の左右一側を中心に後側方へ回動させて脱穀部 20および 選別部 30の後部を開放し、選別部後カバー 140を取り外して揺動選別装置 31を後 方に引き抜レ、て脱着できるように構成されて、簡易にメンテナンスが行える仕組みと なっている。 By the way, the rocking and sorting device 31 configured as above rotates the rear cover upward, and rotates the rear side around the left and right sides of the straw processing unit 11 to thresh. Open the rear part of the sorting unit 20 and the sorting unit 30, remove the sorting unit rear cover 140, and remove the swing sorting device 31 It is configured so that it can be pulled out and removed, and can be easily maintained.
[0077] 図 18に示すように、揺動選別装置 31を支持する機枠 33には、左右にガイドレール 141が設けられており、揺動選別装置 31が揺動駆動機構 34により前後方向に往復 摺動される際には、揺動選別装置 31下部に設けられた前後の揺動用ローラ 142 · 1 43がガイドレール 141上を摺動するようにして、滑らかに揺動選別装置 31が前後揺 動するようにしている。  As shown in FIG. 18, a guide frame 141 is provided on the left and right sides of the machine frame 33 that supports the swing sorting device 31, and the swing sorting device 31 is moved in the front-rear direction by the swing drive mechanism 34. When sliding back and forth, the front and rear swing rollers 142 · 1 and 43 provided at the lower portion of the swing sorting device 31 slide on the guide rail 141, so that the swing sorting device 31 smoothly moves back and forth. It swings.
[0078] さらに、揺動選別装置 31には前記揺動用ローラ 142 · 143に加えて脱着用ローラ 1 44· 145が揺動選別装置 31の前端部と前後の揺動用ローラ 142 · 143の間に設けら れて、揺動選別装置 31の脱着時には、揺動用ローラ 142 · 143と脱着用ローラ 144 · 145と用いることができるようにしている。例えば、脱着用ローラ 144 · 145をガイドレ ール 141上を摺動させるようにして揺動選別装置 31を機枠 33に差し入れると、揺動 選別装置 31が前方に移動されるに伴って揺動用ローラ 142 · 143がガイドレール 14 1上を摺動するようになり、揺動選別装置 31の脱着作業が簡易となる。  Further, in the swing sorting device 31, in addition to the swing rollers 142 and 143, detachable rollers 144 and 145 are provided between the front end portion of the swing sort device 31 and the front and rear swing rollers 142 and 143. When the swing sorting device 31 is attached and detached, the swing rollers 142 and 143 and the detachable rollers 144 and 145 can be used. For example, when the swinging and sorting device 31 is inserted into the machine frame 33 by sliding the detachable rollers 144 and 145 on the guide rail 141, the swinging and sorting device 31 swings forward as the swinging and sorting device 31 is moved forward. The moving rollers 142 and 143 slide on the guide rail 141, and the work of attaching and detaching the swing sorting device 31 is simplified.
[0079] このような構成において、揺動選別装置 31の脱着作業を行う際、揺動選別装置 31 の上方に前記篩分装置 120が配置されていると、該篩分装置 120が邪魔となって、 メンテナンス性が悪くなることが考えられる力 上述の如く篩分装置 120のアーム 125 にガイド部材 125dを設けているので、該不具合は解消される。つまり、図 15に示す ように、篩分装置 120のアーム 125から下方に湾曲した前記ガイド部材 125dを下方 に突出して配置しているので、揺動選別装置 31を機枠 33から抜き出す際に、図 19 に示すように、ガイド部材 125dが当接してチャフシーブ 38上を摺動することになる。 これにより、篩分装置 120が上方に回動されて邪魔にならなくなり、メンテナンス性が 改善される。  [0079] In such a configuration, when the swing sorting device 31 is detached and attached, if the sieving device 120 is disposed above the swing sorting device 31, the sieving device 120 becomes an obstacle. As a result, since the guide member 125d is provided on the arm 125 of the sieving apparatus 120 as described above, the problem is solved. That is, as shown in FIG. 15, since the guide member 125d curved downward from the arm 125 of the sieving apparatus 120 is disposed so as to protrude downward, when the swing sorting apparatus 31 is extracted from the machine frame 33, As shown in FIG. 19, the guide member 125d comes into contact and slides on the chaff sheave 38. As a result, the sieving device 120 is rotated upward and out of the way, thereby improving maintainability.
[0080] また、このように機枠 33に差し込まれる揺動選別装置 31と機枠 33の間には、図 20 に示すように、シール部材 151 · 152が配設されている。シール部材 151は揺動選別 装置 31の側板 31L (31R)の前後幅と略同一の幅を有するゴム板等の弾性部材から 形成されており、下端部が側板 31L (31R)の上縁部に締結され、上端部が機枠 33 に当接されて、揺動選別装置 31と機枠 33との間隙をシールしている。 [0081] 一方、シール部材 152は二番回収部 47近傍で、揺動選別装置 31の側板 31L (31 R)に後上がりに傾斜して取り付けられている。該シール部材 152は、図 21に示すよ うに、ゴム板等からなる弾性部材から逆 T字状に形成され、長手方向の左右両側に 締結部材を揷通するための複数の孔を設けて取付部 152a ' 152bを構成している。 Further, as shown in FIG. 20, seal members 151 and 152 are disposed between the swing sorting device 31 inserted into the machine casing 33 and the machine casing 33. The seal member 151 is formed of an elastic member such as a rubber plate having a width substantially the same as the front and rear width of the side plate 31L (31R) of the swing sorting device 31, and a lower end portion thereof is formed at an upper edge of the side plate 31L (31R). It is fastened, and the upper end is in contact with the machine frame 33 to seal the gap between the swing sorting device 31 and the machine frame 33. [0081] On the other hand, the seal member 152 is attached to the side plate 31L (31R) of the swing sorting device 31 in the vicinity of the second recovery portion 47 so as to incline rearward. As shown in FIG. 21, the seal member 152 is formed in an inverted T-shape from an elastic member made of a rubber plate or the like, and is provided with a plurality of holes on both left and right sides in the longitudinal direction for passing a fastening member. The parts 152a and 152b are configured.
[0082] そして、シール部材 152は、図 22に示すように、短手方向中央で折り曲げられて二 重に重ねられ、この状態で更に取付部 152aL' 152aRおよび取付部 152bL' 152b Rが揺動選別装置 31の取り付け部に合わせて折り曲げられて、取付部 76aL' 76aR が揺動選別装置 31の側板 31L (31R)に締結され、取付部 152bL' 152bRのうち取 付部 152bL ( 152bR)が機枠 33に締結され、取付部 152bR ( 152bL)が揺動選別 装置 31の後面に取り付けられたシール部材 153に締結される。こうして、シール部材 152の折り曲げられて形成された頂点部 152cを機枠 33に当接させることで、揺動選 別装置 31と機枠 33との間隙をシールして、その下方の揺動駆動機構 34等へ塵埃 等が漏れることを防止してレ、る。  Then, as shown in FIG. 22, the seal member 152 is bent at the center in the short direction and overlapped twice, and in this state, the mounting portions 152aL ′ 152aR and the mounting portions 152bL ′ 152b R further swing. After being bent in accordance with the mounting portion of the sorting device 31, the mounting portion 76aL'76aR is fastened to the side plate 31L (31R) of the swinging sorting device 31, and the mounting portion 152bL (152bR) of the mounting portion 152bL '152bR is machined. Fastened to the frame 33, the mounting portion 152bR (152bL) is fastened to the seal member 153 mounted on the rear surface of the swing sorting device 31. Thus, the gap between the swing selection device 31 and the machine frame 33 is sealed by contacting the bent apex portion 152c of the seal member 152 with the machine frame 33, and the lower swing drive is performed. To prevent dust etc. from leaking to mechanism 34 etc.
[0083] このように、揺動選別装置 31と機枠 33との間にシール部材 152を配置する構成と したので、空いているスペースを有効に利用することができるとともに、揺動選別装置 31と機枠 33との干渉を防止することができる。さらに、シール部材 152を重ねた状態 として用いるので、シール性及び耐久性の向上を図ることが可能となる。そして、シー ル部材 152の頂点部 152cが機枠 33と摺接してすり切れたとしても、そのシールした 状態を保つことができ、交換するまで漏れを防止できる。  [0083] As described above, since the seal member 152 is arranged between the swing sorting device 31 and the machine casing 33, an empty space can be effectively used, and the swing sorting device 31 can be used. Interference with the machine frame 33 can be prevented. Further, since the sealing member 152 is used in a stacked state, it is possible to improve sealing performance and durability. Even if the apex 152c of the seal member 152 is worn by sliding on the machine frame 33, the sealed state can be maintained, and leakage can be prevented until replacement.
[0084] また、前記揺動選別装置 31の前流穀板 35後部下方かつ後流穀板 36前部下方に 唐箕 32が配置され、チャフシーブ 38ゃグレンシーブ 37に選別風を送風するようにし ている。該唐箕 32の側部に配置される吸気口にはダクトが配置され、該ダクトはェン ジン近傍まで延設されて、選別作動時には温められた空気を吸入して、選別部に送 風できるようにしている。こうして、朝露や倒伏等により湿気を帯びた作物が脱穀され て選別装置上に落下するときに、温められた空気が当てられることにより乾燥されて、 フィンや側壁等に付着したり、詰まったりすることなぐ選別することが可能となってい る。さらに、一番コンベア 41と二番コンベア 42との間にも副圧送ファンであるセカンド ファン 43が設けられて選別風を送風し、唐箕 32による選別風の風力が弱まる選別部 30後部においても風選別による選別性能が低下しないようにしている。そして、二番 コンベア 42上方でセカンドファン 43の斜め上後方において、揺動選別装置 31の左 右側板 31L' 31R間の後下部に後部流穀板 50を斜め前下がりに固定している。言い 換えれば、後部流穀板 50は揺動選別装置 31に一体的に設けられ、該後部流穀板 5 0は吸引ファン 40のファンケース(下案内板 166)下方であって、吸引ファン 40による 吸引風の作用しない域に後部流穀板 50が配置されている。つまり、セカンドファン 4 3からの選別風の風路に後部流穀板 50が配置されている。 [0084] Further, a karamino 32 is arranged below the rear part of the upstream grain plate 35 and below the front part of the downstream grain plate 36 of the rocking sorting device 31, so that the sorting wind is blown to the chaff sheave 38 and the grain sieve 37. . A duct is arranged at the intake port located on the side of the Karino 32, and the duct extends to the vicinity of the engine so that during sorting operation, warm air can be sucked in and blown to the sorting unit. Like that. In this way, when a moist crop due to morning dew, lodging, etc. is threshed and falls onto the sorting device, it is dried by being exposed to warm air and adheres to the fins and side walls, and gets clogged. It is possible to sort things out. A second fan 43 is also provided between the first conveyor 41 and the second conveyor 42 as a sub-pumping fan to send the sorting wind, and the sorting unit where the wind of the sorting wind by Karino 32 is weakened. Even at the rear of 30, the sorting performance by wind sorting is not reduced. Above the second conveyor 42 and diagonally above and behind the second fan 43, a rear flow tray 50 is fixed diagonally forward and downward at the lower rear part between the left and right plates 31L 'and 31R of the swing sorting device 31. In other words, the rear flow grain plate 50 is provided integrally with the swinging sorter 31, and the rear flow grain plate 50 is located below the fan case (lower guide plate 166) of the suction fan 40, In the area where the suction wind does not act, the rear flow board 50 is arranged. In other words, the rear flow board 50 is arranged in the wind path of the sorting wind from the second fan 43.
こうして、唐箕 32から吸引ファン 40に流れる選別風の影響を受けずにセカンドファ ン 43からの選別風は後部流穀板 50によりガイドされてストローラック 39を通過して後 方へ排出できるようにしている。このときチャフシーブ 38後端ゃグレンシーブ 37後端 より落下する二番物をセカンドファン 43により風選し、重い穀粒ゃ枝梗付着粒、未熟 粒等は後部流穀板 50で選別され、小屑や未熟粒などは風によって機外の外へ排出 され、それ以外のものは選別装置の後部板より下方へ流れ落ちて二番コンベア 42に 集められる。  In this way, the sorting wind from the second fan 43 is guided by the rear flow grain plate 50 and can be discharged to the rear through the straw rack 39 without being affected by the sorting wind flowing from the Karino 32 to the suction fan 40. ing. At this time, the second drops falling from the rear end of the chaff sieve 38 and the rear end of the Glen Sheave 37 are air-selected by the second fan 43, and heavy grains, spike-attached grains, immature grains, etc. are sorted by the rear flow grain plate 50, The immature grains and the like are discharged out of the machine by the wind, and the others flow down from the rear plate of the sorting device and are collected on the second conveyor 42.
[0085] そして、図 4、図 59に示すように、唐箕 32の選別風吐出口は上部二力所と後部に 設けられて、第一風路カも第三風路を形成している。第一風路は唐箕 32の上部から 前流穀板 35の後端へ吐出されて、前流穀板 35の後部からチャフシーブ 38へ落下 する穀粒の風選を行い、受網 23を通過する穀粒や篩分装置 120で受けた穀稈に風 を当てて粗選別する。第二風路は唐箕 32上部よりチャフシーブ 38下部に沿って略 後水平方向に吐出し、チャフシーブ 38から後流穀板 36またはグレンシーブ 37上に 落ちる処理物を風選するとともに、後流穀板 36上に落ちた処理物を風力により後方 へ送る役目も果たしている。第三風路は唐箕 32後部より後方へ吐出されて最も風力 は大きくなるようにして、グレンシーブ 37から一番コンベア 41上に落ちる処理物の風 選を行う。そして、第一風路から第三風路はいずれもエンジンからの温かい空気を吐 出することで湿材を乾燥して詰まりや滞留を防止し、終端で篩分装置 120から落下 する処理物を風選して吸引ファン 40に吸い込まれて、藁屑や塵等を機外に排出する のである。  [0085] As shown in Fig. 4 and Fig. 59, the sorting air outlets of Karino 32 are provided at the upper two places and at the rear, and the first air path also forms the third air path. In the first airway, the grains are discharged from the upper part of Karino 32 to the rear end of the upstream grain board 35, fall from the rear part of the upstream grain board 35 to the chaff sheave 38, and pass through the receiving net 23. The grain and the culm received by the sieving device 120 are subjected to wind to roughly sort. The second air duct discharges from the upper part of Karino 32 almost horizontally along the lower part of the chaff sheave 38, and selects the processed material falling from the chaff sheave 38 onto the wake grain plate 36 or the grain sieve 37 by wind-selection. It also serves to send the treated material that has fallen upwards by wind power. In the third wind path, the wind is discharged backward from the rear of Karino 32 so that the wind power becomes the largest, and the processing of the processed material that falls from the grain sieve 37 onto the conveyor 41 is selected. In each of the first to third air passages, the warm air from the engine is discharged to dry the wet material to prevent clogging and stagnation, and to process the material falling from the sieving device 120 at the end. After being selected by wind, the air is sucked into the suction fan 40, and the waste such as straw and dust is discharged outside the machine.
[0086] また、セカンドファン 43の吐出風は後部流穀板 50の上面に向かって吐出され、チ ャフシーブ 38ゃグレンシーブ 36後部やストローラック 39から二番コンベア 42へ落下 する処理物を風選できるようにしている。なお、後部流穀板 50の下方は負圧ぎみとな り、二番コンベア 42側の下方へ流れる風が生じており、若干軽い二番物をスムーズ に二番コンベア 42側へ導くことができるようにしている。前記ストローラック 39は側面 視逆「へ」字状に構成して、揺動により藁をほぐし易くし、後部流穀板 50により案内さ れたセカンドファン 43からの選別風により二番還元物に混じる塵等を排出するように して、穀物の流量が多くなつても十分選別対応できるようにして、 3番ロスを低減する こと力 Sできる。 [0086] Further, the discharge air from the second fan 43 is discharged toward the upper surface of the rear flow grain plate 50, and The processing material that falls from the rear of the sheave 38 and the straw rack 39 to the second conveyor 42 can be selected by wind. In addition, the lower part of the rear flow tray 50 is filled with negative pressure, and the wind flowing downward on the second conveyor 42 side is generated, so that a slightly light second product can be smoothly guided to the second conveyor 42 side. Like that. The straw rack 39 is formed in an inverted "H" shape when viewed from the side, so that the straw can be easily loosened by swinging, and the second reduced product is formed by the sorting wind from the second fan 43 guided by the rear flow plate 50. By discharging mixed dust, etc., sufficient sorting can be performed even when the grain flow rate is large, so that the third loss can be reduced.
このように、揺動選別装置 31の後端部近傍には吸引ファン 40が全幅に横設され、 前記唐箕 32、セカンドファン 43から供給される選別風の流れに乗ってきた塵埃や脱 穀時に発生する塵埃等を、該吸引ファン 40により吸引して機外へと排出するようにし ている。  In this way, the suction fan 40 is provided in the vicinity of the rear end of the swinging sorting device 31 in the full width, and the dust and threshing are carried on the flow of the sorting wind supplied from the Karin 32 and the second fan 43. The generated dust and the like are sucked by the suction fan 40 and discharged out of the apparatus.
[0087] ここで、前記吸引ファン 40を覆うファンケーシング 161および下案内板 166につい て、図 23から図 26を用いて説明する  Here, the fan casing 161 and the lower guide plate 166 covering the suction fan 40 will be described with reference to FIGS. 23 to 26.
吸引ファン 40は横断流ファンにより構成されており、力ご型の羽根車 40aが、上側 のファンケーシング 161と下側の下案内板 166により覆われて、該吸引ファン 40によ つて吸引された塵埃等を機外へと誘導して排出するように構成されてレ、る。該吸引フ アン 40は図 23において、側面視時計回りに回転して前側から後方に塵を吐き出すよ うにしている。  The suction fan 40 is constituted by a cross flow fan, and a chin-shaped impeller 40a is covered by an upper fan casing 161 and a lower lower guide plate 166, and is sucked by the suction fan 40. It is configured to guide and discharge dust and the like to the outside of the machine. In FIG. 23, the suction fan 40 rotates clockwise in a side view so as to discharge dust from the front side to the rear side.
[0088] また、ファンケーシング 161の上面の任意位置、本実施例では後部位置には、吸入 孔 163が略全幅に渡って開口してあり、該吸入孔 163を覆うようにガイド体 164が固 設されている。該ガイド体 164は板体を側面視三角形状に折り曲げて、前方と下方が 開放されるようにし、下方の開放部が前記吸入孔 163と略一致するようにし、前方の 開放部を吸入口 164aとして、該吸入口 164aの面積を下方の開放面積よりも小さく 構成している。  Further, at an arbitrary position on the upper surface of the fan casing 161, in the rear position in the present embodiment, a suction hole 163 is opened over substantially the entire width, and a guide body 164 is fixed so as to cover the suction hole 163. Is established. The guide body 164 is formed by bending a plate body into a triangular shape in a side view so that the front and lower sides are opened, the lower open part is substantially coincident with the suction hole 163, and the front open part is connected to the suction port 164a. The area of the suction port 164a is smaller than the lower open area.
[0089] 前記ガイド体 164は、図 24および図 25に示すように、吸入口 164a以外の周囲に 縁部を形成して、該縁部にボルト孔 164b ' 164b ' · ·を開口し、該ボルト孔 164bにて ボルト等を揷通してファンケーシング 161に取り付けて固定する構成となっている。 [0090] こうして、吸引ファン 40を回転駆動すると、前側から後方に向けて気流が流れ、前 記吸入孔 163付近のファンケーシング 161内の圧力が低くなり、つまり、ガイド体 164 内部が負圧となって、ファンケーシング 161外の空気が吸入口 164aから吸入孔 163 を通過してファンケーシング 161内に吸い込まれる。このとき、ファンケーシング 161 上面近傍に堆積した塵埃や漂う塵埃等も吸入口 164aからガイド体 164に案内され てファンケーシング 161内に吸い込まれ、機外に排出されるようになる。 [0089] As shown in Figs. 24 and 25, the guide body 164 has an edge formed around the periphery other than the suction port 164a, and has a bolt hole 164b'164b ' A bolt or the like is passed through the bolt hole 164b and attached to and fixed to the fan casing 161. When the suction fan 40 is rotationally driven in this manner, an airflow flows from the front side to the rear side, and the pressure in the fan casing 161 near the suction hole 163 decreases, that is, the inside of the guide body 164 becomes negative pressure. As a result, air outside the fan casing 161 is sucked into the fan casing 161 from the suction port 164a through the suction hole 163. At this time, dust accumulated near the upper surface of the fan casing 161 or floating dust is also guided by the guide body 164 from the suction port 164a, sucked into the fan casing 161 and discharged outside the machine.
[0091] このように、ファンケーシング 161の上面に吸入孔 163を設け、吸入孔 163の周囲 に上方を開放したガイド体 164を設けたので、吸引ファン 40のファンケーシング 161 の外部近傍に堆積する塵埃等を吸引して除去することができる。吸引ファン 40によつ て、チャフシーブ 38後方まで搬送されてきた大きい藁屑のみでなぐ処理室 25で生 じた細かい塵等も排出することができる。この結果、新たな動力を要せずに、ファンケ 一シング 51の上面のメンテナンスの回数を減らすことが可能となる。  [0091] As described above, the suction hole 163 is provided on the upper surface of the fan casing 161 and the guide body 164 having an open top is provided around the suction hole 163, so that the suction fan 40 accumulates near the outside of the fan casing 161. Dust and the like can be removed by suction. The suction fan 40 can also discharge fine dust and the like generated in the processing chamber 25, which is made up of only the large straw waste conveyed to the rear of the chaff sheave 38. As a result, the number of maintenance operations on the upper surface of the fan casing 51 can be reduced without requiring new power.
[0092] また、揺動選別装置 31上には、脱穀部 20や選別部 30等より送られてくる排藁が溜 まったり、詰まったり、固着したりする場合があるので、排藁などの塵を除去したり、調 整したりする等、メンテナンスを行う必要がある。  [0092] Further, on the rocking sorting device 31, the waste straw sent from the threshing unit 20, the sorting unit 30, or the like may accumulate, clog, or stick. It is necessary to perform maintenance, such as removing and adjusting.
[0093] メンテナンス時には、通常揺動選別装置を機枠外に取り出し、機体の外部でメンテ ナンスを行うが、この揺動選別装置を取り出すためには、機体後部の排藁処理部を 後方へ回動して後面を開放し、揺動選別装置を後方へ引き出していた。そこで、図 2 3に示すように、この時に下案内板 166が邪魔にならないように、該下案内板 166を 上方へ回動できるようにしている。  [0093] During maintenance, the swinging sorting device is usually taken out of the machine frame, and maintenance is performed outside the machine. To remove the swinging sorting device, the straw processing section at the rear of the machine is rotated backward. Then, the rear surface was opened, and the swinging sorting device was pulled backward. Therefore, as shown in FIG. 23, the lower guide plate 166 can be rotated upward so that the lower guide plate 166 does not become an obstacle at this time.
[0094] つまり、図 23および図 26に示すように、下案内板 166を前案内板 167と後案内板 1 68より構成し、該前案内板 167を羽根車 40aの下方を覆って後上方へ延設し、更に 該前案内板 167の後部を側面視「く」字状に屈曲して後端を下方へ延設し、該前案 内板 167後端部に少なくとも一つ以上の蝶番 169を介して後案内板 168を取り付け ている。そして、蝶番 169を後案内板 168の前部上に固定して、該後案内板 168の 前端を前案内板 167の後部下面に当接させ、後案内板 168を蝶番 169を中心として 前案内板 167に対して下方へは回動できないが、上方には回動可能に構成し、該 後案内板 168を前案内板 167の後部延長上で斜め下方へ延設している。なお、後 案内板 168の面積は前案内板 167の後部の折れ曲がり部より後方の部分の面積より も大きく構成して、後案内板 168を上方へ回動した状態では先端が前案内板 167の 折れ曲がり部よりも突出ようにしている。 That is, as shown in FIGS. 23 and 26, the lower guide plate 166 is composed of a front guide plate 167 and a rear guide plate 168, and the front guide plate 167 covers the lower part of the impeller 40a and The rear part of the front guide plate 167 is bent in the shape of a letter "K" in a side view to extend the rear end downward, and at least one or more hinges are attached to the rear end of the inner plate 167. The rear guide plate 168 is attached via 169. Then, the hinge 169 is fixed on the front part of the rear guide plate 168, the front end of the rear guide plate 168 is brought into contact with the lower surface of the rear part of the front guide plate 167, and the rear guide plate 168 is moved forward with the hinge 169 as the center. It is not rotatable downward with respect to the plate 167, but is rotatable upward, and the rear guide plate 168 extends obliquely downward on the rear extension of the front guide plate 167. After The area of the guide plate 168 is configured to be larger than the area of the portion behind the bent portion at the rear of the front guide plate 167, and when the rear guide plate 168 is rotated upward, the front end is formed from the bent portion of the front guide plate 167. Are also protruding.
[0095] そして、揺動選別装置 31を取り外すときには、後案内板 168を持ち上げて回動し、 前案内板 167の後部上に重ねたままとして、揺動選別装置 31を引き出す。そして、メ ンテナンスが終了して揺動選別装置 31を元の位置に組み込み、後案内板 168を元 の位置に下げて戻すことを忘れた場合であっても、吸引ファン 40によって生じる風圧 が後案内板 168の突出した部分に当たり、蝶番 169を軸に下方に回動し、元の位置 に自動で戻る構成となっている。  [0095] When removing the swing sorting device 31, the rear guide plate 168 is lifted and rotated, and the swing sort device 31 is pulled out while being left over the rear portion of the front guide plate 167. Then, even if the maintenance is finished and the swing sorting device 31 is installed in the original position and the rear guide plate 168 is forgotten to be lowered and returned to the original position, the wind pressure generated by the suction fan 40 is increased. It hits the protruding part of the guide plate 168, turns downward around the hinge 169, and automatically returns to the original position.
[0096] このように、ファンケーシング 161の下案内板 166を、前案内板 167と後案内板 16 8と、該前案内板 167と後案内板 168を連結する蝶番 169より構成し、後案内板 168 を斜め後下方へ延設し、該後案内板 168を、蝶番 169を支点として前上方に回動可 能にしたので、揺動選別装置 31を取り外すときに、下案内板 166が邪魔にならず、 揺動選別装置 31の機体本体力 の脱着を容易なものとし、揺動選別装置 31のメン テナンス性を向上できる。また、後案内板 168を下げ忘れても、吸引ファン 40の風圧 で自動的に元の位置に戻るので、排藁ゃ塵の排出の妨げにならない。  [0096] As described above, the lower guide plate 166 of the fan casing 161 is constituted by the front guide plate 167, the rear guide plate 168, and the hinge 169 connecting the front guide plate 167 and the rear guide plate 168. The plate 168 extends obliquely rearward and downward, and the rear guide plate 168 is rotatable forward and upward with the hinge 169 as a fulcrum, so that the lower guide plate 166 obstructs when the swing sorting device 31 is removed. Therefore, the detachment of the body force of the swing sorting device 31 can be easily performed, and the maintainability of the swing sorting device 31 can be improved. Also, even if the rear guide plate 168 is forgotten to be lowered, it automatically returns to the original position by the wind pressure of the suction fan 40, so that it does not hinder the discharge of straw and dust.
[0097] また、図 4に示すように、前記揺動選別装置 31下方の前後途中位置には、左右方 向に一番コンベア 41と二番コンベア 42とが横設される。一番コンベア 41と二番コン ベア 42との位置関係は、一番コンベア 41が唐箕 32に近い側 (機枠 33の前部)、二 番コンベア 42が唐箕 32から遠レ、側 (機枠 33の後部)となる。  [0097] Further, as shown in Fig. 4, a first conveyor 41 and a second conveyor 42 are provided horizontally in the front-rear direction at a position under the rocking sorting device 31 in the front-rear direction. The positional relationship between the first conveyor 41 and the second conveyor 42 is as follows: the first conveyor 41 is on the side near Karino 32 (the front of the machine frame 33), and the second conveyor 42 is farther from Karino 32 on the side (machine frame). 33 rear).
[0098] 一番コンベア 41の右端部にはその長手方向(搬送方向)が略上下方向となるように 設けられた揚穀コンベア 44が連結され、該揚穀コンベア 44の上端はダレンタンク 13 内と連通している。  [0098] To the right end of the first conveyor 41, a fry conveyor 44 provided so that its longitudinal direction (transport direction) is substantially up and down is connected, and the upper end of the fry conveyor 44 is in the drain tank 13 Is in communication with
[0099] 選別部 30内に投入され、前流穀板 35上に漏下された穀粒、枝梗付着粒、未熟穀 粒および細力、レ、藁屑等の混合物は、チャフシーブ 38上に漏下される過程で唐箕 32 により発生する選別部 30の前方から後方への気流により、細かい藁屑の一部が後方 へ吹き飛ばされる。チャフシーブ 38上に漏下した穀粒、枝梗付着粒、未熟穀粒およ び細かい藁屑等の混合物は、揺動選別装置 31の揺動により、後方に搬送される、こ のとき、穀粒、未熟穀粒、枝梗付着粒および細かい藁屑等はチャフシーブ 38の開口 部より下方に落下し、大きい藁屑はチャフシーブ 38後方まで搬送され、ストローラック 39を経て機外に排出される。 [0099] The mixture of the grains, the spike sticking grains, the immature grains and the fine grains, the leeks, the straw chips, etc., which have been introduced into the sorting section 30 and leaked onto the upstream grain plate 35, are placed on the chaff sieve 38. A part of the fine straw waste is blown back by the airflow from the front to the back of the sorting unit 30 generated by the karino 32 during the leaking process. The mixture of grains, spike sticks, immature grains, and fine straw chips that have leaked onto the chaff sieve 38 is conveyed backward by the rocking of the rocking sorter 31. At this time, the grains, immature grains, spike sticks, and fine straw chips fall below the opening of the chaff sieve 38, and the large straw chips are transported to the rear of the chaff sieve 38, and travel outside the machine via the straw rack 39. Is discharged.
[0100] チャフシーブ 38の開口部より下方に落下した穀粒、未熟穀粒、枝梗付着粒および 細かい藁屑等は後流穀板 36およびグレンシーブ 37上に漏下される。このときにも唐 箕 32からの選別風により、細かい藁屑の一部は後方に吹き飛ばされて分離される。  [0100] The kernels, immature kernels, spike sticking kernels and fine straw chips that have fallen below the opening of the chaff sheave 38 are leaked onto the downstream grain board 36 and the Glen sheave 37. Also at this time, due to the sorting wind from Karino 32, a part of the fine straw waste is blown away and separated.
[0101] グレンシーブ 37上に漏下された穀粒、未熟穀粒、枝梗付着粒および細かい藁屑等 のうち、穀粒、未熟穀粒、細かい藁屑等はグレンシーブ 37を通過して下方に落下す る。このとき、重量が大きい穀粒 (一番)は一番回収部 46 (流穀板 45の後方に設けら れた選別部 30底面の窪みであり、一番コンベア 41が収容されている)に回収され、 一番コンベア 41から揚穀コンベア 44を経て、ダレンタンク 13に搬送される。  [0101] Of the grains, immature grains, spike sticking grains, and fine straw chips, etc., which have leaked onto Glen Sheave 37, the grains, immature grains, fine straw chips, etc., pass through Glen Sheave 37 and fall downward. Fall. At this time, the heaviest grain (the first) is located in the first collecting section 46 (the depression on the bottom of the sorting section 30 provided behind the drifting grain plate 45, where the first conveyor 41 is accommodated). It is collected and transported to the drain tank 13 from the first conveyor 41 through the fry conveyor 44.
[0102] 一方、重量が小さい未熟穀粒や細かい藁屑の一部や穂切り粒や穀粒等が混じった 未処理粒は、唐箕 32からの選別風により後方に吹き飛ばされ、二番回収部 47 (—番 回収部 46の後方に設けられた選別部 30底面の窪みであり、二番コンベア 42が収容 されている)に回収され、二番コンベア 42から二番還元コンベア 48を経て、枝梗処理 胴 49に搬送され、該枝梗処理胴 49により枝梗が除去された後、前流穀板 35上 (また はチャフシーブ 38上)に再投入される。  [0102] On the other hand, unprocessed grains, which are small in weight, immature grains, a portion of fine straw chips, and unprocessed grains mixed with ear-cutting grains and grains, are blown backward by the sorting wind from Karamino 32, and the second collection unit 47 (a dent on the bottom of the sorting unit 30 provided behind the # collection unit 46, which is a recess in the bottom surface and accommodates the second conveyor 42), passes through the second conveyor 42, passes through the second reduction conveyor 48, and branches. After being conveyed to the stem processing cylinder 49, the branch stem is removed by the branch processing cylinder 49, it is re-introduced on the upstream grain plate 35 (or on the chaff sheave 38).
[0103] 次に、穀稈搬送装置 170について図 27から図 29を用いて説明する。  Next, the grain stalk transport device 170 will be described with reference to FIGS. 27 to 29.
穀稈搬送装置 170は、上述の脱穀部 20において、メ ijり取った穀稈の一端 (株元側 )を挟扼しながら搬送するためのものであり、引起し'刈取部 3で刈り取った穀稈を排 藁搬送装置 320の排藁搬送チェーン 10まで搬送するフィードチェーン 9と、該フィ一 ドチェーン 9上方に配設され、搬送されている穀稈を挟扼する挟扼扞 171と、該挟扼 扞 171を本機側に対して弾性支持する複数の弾性支持体 172 · 172 · · ·等とから構 成されている。  The grain stalk transport device 170 is for transporting one end (stock side) of the grain stalks taken in the above-mentioned threshing unit 20 while pinching it. A feed chain 9 for transporting the cereal stem to the straw transport chain 10 of the straw transport device 320; a clamping rod 171 disposed above the feed chain 9 for clamping the transported cereal stem; And a plurality of elastic supports 172, 172, 172, etc. for elastically supporting the pinching rod 171 with respect to the main body side.
[0104] この穀稈搬送装置 170においては、対向配置される挟扼杆 171とフィードチェーン 9とによって、引起し'刈取部 3で刈り取った穀稈の株元側を挟扼し、扱室 21内の扱 胴 22によって脱穀する構成となっており、この挟扼杆 171とフィードチェーン 9とが対 向した部分を搬送経路としている。そして、脱穀部 20にて脱粒された後の排藁は、フ イードチェーン 9の後端部(下流側端部)において、排藁搬送装置 320の排藁搬送チ エーン 10へと受け継がれ、この排藁搬送チェーン 10によって排藁処理部 1 1へと搬 送される。 [0104] In this grain culm transport device 170, the stem side of the grain culm that has been cut and raised in the cutting section 3 is pinched by the clamping rod 171 and the feed chain 9 that are arranged to face each other, and the handling room 21 The threshing is performed by the inner handling cylinder 22, and a portion where the pinching rod 171 and the feed chain 9 face each other is set as a transport path. And the straw after threshing in the threshing unit 20 is At the rear end (downstream end) of the eid chain 9, it is transferred to the straw transport chain 10 of the straw transport device 320, and is transported to the straw processing unit 11 by the straw transport chain 10. You.
[0105] 挟扼扞 171は、扱室カバー 21aの機体進行方向左側端部においてステー 173 · 17 3等によって固設される支持扞 174と、該支持杆 174に複数の弾性支持体 172 · 172 · · ·を介して弾性支持されて設けられている。この挟扼杆 171は、フィードチェーン 9 に沿うように左右平行状に一対の板状部材が配置された形状となっており、該フィ一 ドチェーン 9による搬送方向断面視逆 U字状に形成されている。  [0105] The banding rod 171 has a support rod 174 fixed by stays 173, 173 and the like at the left end of the handling room cover 21a in the body traveling direction, and a plurality of elastic supports 172, 172 provided on the support rod 174. · · · · Elastically supported via This pinching rod 171 has a shape in which a pair of plate-like members are arranged in parallel to the left and right along the feed chain 9, and is formed in an inverted U-shape in a cross section in the conveying direction by the feed chain 9. Have been.
[0106] 支持扞 174は、中空の柱状部材であり、扱室カバー 21a内左側において前後方向 に長ぐ挟扼杆 171と並列的に配置されるように形成されている。そして、この支持扞 174の側面には一定間隔ごとに弾性支持体 172 · 172 · · ·がその上部が支持される とともに配設され、これら弾性支持体 172 · 172 · · ·の下部に挟扼扞 171が弾性支持 されている。この弾性支持体 172の下部は、挟扼杆 171に連結ピン 175で枢支され ており、該弹性支持体 172の上部は支持杆 174よりも上方に延出されている。  [0106] The support rod 174 is a hollow columnar member, and is formed on the left side of the inside of the handling room cover 21a so as to be arranged in parallel with the pinching rod 171 that is long in the front-rear direction. On the side surface of the support rod 174, elastic supports 172, 172,... Are supported at regular intervals and arranged at the upper part, and are sandwiched between lower portions of the elastic supports 172, 172,. The rail 171 is elastically supported. The lower portion of the elastic support 172 is pivotally supported by the pin 171 by a pin 175, and the upper portion of the elastic support 172 extends above the support rod 174.
[0107] 前記弾性支持体 172は、図 29に示すように、筒部 176と、該筒部 176内に挿嵌さ れる筒状の軸受パイプ 177と、該軸受パイプ 177内を上下方向に摺動する摺動棒 1 78等から構成され、該摺動棒 178の下端部には正面視門型の枢支体 179が固設さ れている。この枢支体 179によって、左右平行に板状部材が配された形状を有する 挟扼杆 171を連結する連結ピン 175が枢支されている。さらに、筒部 176にはバネ受 け 180が外嵌されている。このバネ受け 180は、支持杆 174の下部に位置しており、 このバネ受け 180と枢支体 179との間の摺動棒 178の外周面にバネ等の弾性体 18 1が卷回され、挟扼杆 171を下方 (フィードチェーン 9側)に付勢している。つまり、軸 受パイプ 177内に上下方向に摺動可能に配設されている摺動棒 178によって上下 方向に移動可能となっている挟扼杆 171の移動を、摺動棒 178に外嵌される弾性体 181によって弾性的なものとし、挟扼扞 171がフィードチェーン 9側へ常に付勢され、 搬送される穀稈を挟扼できる構成としているのである。そして、これらの弾性支持体 1 72 · 172 · · ·は、搬送方向に対して等間隔に、かつ略鉛直方向に向けて付勢するよう に平行に配置されている。 [0108] このように弾性支持体 172によって下方に付勢されている挟扼杆 171は、上述のよ うに左右平行状に一対の板状部材が配置された形状となっており、左右それぞれの 板状部材は、複数の挟扼杆ユニット 182· 182· ··が直列的に前記連結ピン 175· 17 5· ··によって連結された構成となっている。つまり、穀稈搬送方向に直列的に連結さ れる挟扼杆ユニット 182· 182· · ·は、それぞれの前端部及び後端部が上流側及び 下流側に位置する挟扼扞ユニット 182· 182· ··と側面視において重なるように配置さ れ、この重なってレ、る部分が連結ピン 175 -175···によって枢支されてレ、るのである 。すなわち、これらの挟扼杆ユニット 182· 182···の前端部及び後端部には、前後 方向に長い長孔形状の取付孔 182aが形成され、また、前記弾性支持体 172の下端 部に固設されている枢支体 179には連結ピン 175が嵌揷される取付孔が左右方向 に形成されており、これら取付孔に連結ピン 175が揷通されることで、弾性支持体 17 2が挟扼杆 171に固定されているのである。 [0107] As shown in FIG. 29, the elastic support member 172 includes a cylindrical portion 176, a cylindrical bearing pipe 177 inserted into the cylindrical portion 176, and a vertical slide in the bearing pipe 177. A movable sliding bar 178 and the like are provided, and a portal support 179 of a portal type as viewed from the front is fixed to the lower end of the sliding bar 178. By this pivotal support 179, a connecting pin 175 for connecting a sandwiching rod 171 having a shape in which plate members are arranged in parallel to the left and right is pivotally supported. Further, a spring receiver 180 is externally fitted to the cylindrical portion 176. The spring receiver 180 is located below the support rod 174, and an elastic body 181 such as a spring is wound around the outer peripheral surface of the slide rod 178 between the spring receiver 180 and the pivot 179. The clamping rod 171 is urged downward (toward the feed chain 9). In other words, the movement of the pinching rod 171, which is movable vertically in the bearing pipe 177 slidably disposed in the bearing pipe 177, is externally fitted to the sliding rod 178. The elastic body 181 makes the elastic member 181 elastic so that the clamping rod 171 is always urged toward the feed chain 9 so that the culm to be conveyed can be clamped. The elastic supports 172, 172,... Are arranged at regular intervals in the transport direction and in parallel so as to urge in a substantially vertical direction. [0108] The sandwiching rod 171 urged downward by the elastic support member 172 has a shape in which a pair of plate-like members are arranged in a left-right parallel manner as described above. The plate-like member has a configuration in which a plurality of clamping rod units 182, 182,... Are connected in series by the connection pins 175, 175,. In other words, the clamping rod units 182, 182, connected in series in the grain culm transport direction are clamping rod units 182, 182, with their front and rear ends located upstream and downstream, respectively. Are arranged so as to overlap with each other in a side view, and this overlapping portion is pivotally supported by connecting pins 175 -175. That is, at the front end and the rear end of each of the clamping rod units 182, 182, a long hole-shaped mounting hole 182a is formed in the front-rear direction, and at the lower end of the elastic support 172. Mounting holes into which the connection pins 175 are fitted are formed in the fixed pivotal support 179 in the left-right direction. When the connection pins 175 are passed through these mounting holes, the elastic support 17 2 Are fixed to the pinching rod 171.
[0109] このような構造により、挟扼杆ユニット 182· 182 の各連結部において弾性支 持体 172が配置しており、各連結部が弾性支持体 172の摺動棒 178の摺動方向に 対して弾性的に移動することができるようになっており、挟扼杆 171は、搬送される穀 稈の厚み等に追従しながら穀稈を挟扼する構造となっているのである。  With such a structure, the elastic supports 172 are arranged at the respective connecting portions of the clamping rod units 182, 182, and each connecting portion is arranged in the sliding direction of the sliding rod 178 of the elastic support 172. In contrast, the pinching rod 171 has a structure in which the culm is pinched while following the thickness of the culm to be conveyed.
[0110] ところで、図 28及び図 29に示すように、挟扼杆 171を構成する挟扼杆ユニット 182 •182· ··の後端、即ち搬送方向終端であって排藁搬送チェーン 10への受継ぎ部に 位置する挟扼杆ユニット 183は、この受継ぎ部において穀稈を挟扼するために他の 挟扼杆ユニット 182· 182···に比して搬送方向下流に向けて延設されている。  By the way, as shown in FIGS. 28 and 29, the rear end of the clamping rod unit 182 constituting the clamping rod 171, The clamping rod unit 183 located at the transfer section extends downstream in the transport direction as compared to the other clamping rod units 182, 182, ... to clamp the grain culm at the transfer section. Have been.
[0111] この挟扼杆ユニット 183は、その前端部は他の挟扼杆ユニット 182· 182 と同 様に弾性支持体 172の後端部において支持されており、また、その前後中途部にお いては、他の弾性支持体 172· 172···とは付勢方向の異なる弾性支持体 172Ίこよ つて弾性支持されている。つまり、挟扼杆ユニット 183の中途部においても、該挟扼 扞ユニット 183に形成された長孔形状の取付孔 183aにピン 184が嵌揷されて、弾性 支持体 172'の下端部に固設されている枢支体 179を支持しているのである。  [0111] The front end of the straddling rod unit 183 is supported at the rear end of the elastic support member 172, like the other strut- ing rod units 182, 182. In addition, the other elastic supports 172 are elastically supported by an elastic support 172 having a different biasing direction from that of the other elastic supports 172. That is, the pin 184 is fitted into the elongated mounting hole 183a formed in the banding rod unit 183 even in the middle of the banding rod unit 183, and is fixed to the lower end of the elastic support 172 '. It supports the pivotal body 179 that is being used.
[0112] この穀稈の搬送方向後端部、即ちフィードチェーン 9から排藁搬送チェーン 10への 受継ぎ部に配置される弾性支持体 172'は、他の弾性支持体 172· 172· ··による略 鉛直方向の付勢方向に対して角度 θ 1だけ前傾させており、この弾性支持体 172' による付勢力が穀稈の搬送方向に対して略垂直となるように配置してレ、るのである。 [0112] The elastic support 172 'arranged at the rear end of the grain stalk in the transport direction, that is, at the transfer section from the feed chain 9 to the straw transport chain 10 is another elastic support 172' Stands for Since it is inclined forward by an angle θ1 with respect to the vertical urging direction, the urging force of this elastic support 172 ′ is arranged so as to be substantially perpendicular to the grain culm transport direction, and is there.
[0113] このように、後端部に位置し、挟扼杆ユニット 183の中途部を支持する弾性支持体 172'を前傾させ、排藁搬送チェーン 10への受継ぎ部側の挟扼扞ユニット 183を穀 稈搬送方向に対して略垂直に付勢することで、フィードチェーン 9により後斜め上方 に搬送される穀稈に対して鉛直方向に付勢する他の弾性支持体 172と比較して、こ の弾性支持体 172'の摺動棒 178の摺動方向が挟扼扞ユニット 183の移動方向によ り即した方向となり、弾性体 181による付勢力がより有効に挟扼扞ユニット 183に対し て作用する。これにより、フィードチェーン 9から排藁搬送チェーン 10への受継ぎ部 における挟扼杆ュニット 183の弾性的な移動が円滑なものとなり、この挟扼杆ユニット 183による挟扼が、搬送されてくる穀稈の厚み等に対する追従性を増したものとなる ので、この受継ぎ部における穀稈の乱れゃ稈こぼれが防止でき、フィードチェーン 9 力ら排藁搬送チェーン 10への受継ぎがよりスムーズなものとなるのである。すなわち 、脱穀部 20から排藁処理部 11への排藁の搬送がよりスムーズなものとなるのである。  [0113] As described above, the elastic support member 172 ', which is located at the rear end portion and supports the middle part of the clamping rod unit 183, is inclined forward, and the clamping rod on the side of the transfer part to the straw transport chain 10 is connected. By urging the unit 183 substantially perpendicularly to the grain culm transport direction, compared with the other elastic supports 172 that urge the grain culm transported diagonally rearward and upward by the feed chain 9 vertically. The sliding direction of the sliding rod 178 of the elastic support 172 ′ is in a direction according to the moving direction of the clamping rod unit 183, and the biasing force of the elastic body 181 is more effectively used. Act on. As a result, the elastic movement of the clamping rod unit 183 at the transfer section from the feed chain 9 to the straw transport chain 10 becomes smooth, and the clamping by the clamping rod unit 183 causes the transported grain. Since the ability to follow the thickness of the culm, etc. is increased, turbulence of the grain culm at this transfer part can be prevented, and spilling of the culm can be prevented, and the transfer to the feed chain 9 power and the straw transport chain 10 can be performed more smoothly. It becomes. That is, the transportation of the straw from the threshing unit 20 to the straw processing unit 11 becomes smoother.
[0114] また、このように弾性支持体 172'を、フィードチェーン 9による搬送方向に対して略 垂直方向に付勢するように配置することで、他の弾性支持体 172 · 172 · · ·と比較し て、該弾性支持体 172'の伸縮ストローク長を長く構成している。つまり、軸受パイプ 1 77内に摺動可能に配設されている摺動棒 178の、弾性体 181による弾性的な摺動 の伸縮ストローク長が他の弾性支持体 172と比較して長くしている。これにより、挟扼 杆ユニット 183の移動範囲が大きくなる。  [0114] Further, by disposing the elastic support 172 'in such a manner as to urge it in a direction substantially perpendicular to the direction of conveyance by the feed chain 9, the other elastic supports 172, 172, In comparison, the elastic support 172 'is configured to have a longer stretch stroke. That is, the length of the expansion / contraction stroke of elastic sliding by the elastic body 181 of the sliding rod 178 slidably disposed in the bearing pipe 177 is made longer than that of the other elastic support 172. I have. Thus, the range of movement of the pinching rod unit 183 is increased.
すなわち、挟扼杆ユニット 183には、後側に挟扼杆ユニットが連結されないため、搬 送される穀稈の量が多くなると挟扼杆ユニット 183への作用力も大きくなるが、後端に 位置する弾性支持体 172'の伸縮ストロークが長いため、これを十分に受け止めて円 滑に穀稈を排藁搬送チェーン 10へ搬送することができる。  That is, since the clamping rod unit is not connected to the rear side of the clamping rod unit 183, the acting force on the clamping rod unit 183 increases as the amount of the transported culm increases. Since the elastic support 172 ′ has a long expansion and contraction stroke, the elastic support 172 ′ can be sufficiently received to smoothly transport the grain stalks to the straw transport chain 10.
[0115] なお、本実施例においては、最後端に位置する弾性支持体 172'を他の弾性支持 体 172に対して前傾させ、搬送方向に対して略垂直に付勢するように配置してレ、る 、これに限定されず、複数の弾性支持体を対象としてもよい。さらに、本実施例で はフィードチェーン 9に対向配置される挟扼杆 171について説明したが、排藁搬送チ エーン 10等のコンバインにおけるその他の搬送装置にも適用可能である。 In the present embodiment, the rearmost elastic support member 172 ′ is inclined forward with respect to the other elastic support members 172, and is disposed so as to be urged substantially perpendicularly to the transport direction. However, the present invention is not limited to this, and a plurality of elastic supports may be targeted. Further, in this embodiment, the clamping rod 171 arranged opposite to the feed chain 9 has been described. The present invention can be applied to other transport devices in the combine such as Ein 10.
[0116] 続いて、前記フィードチェーン 9及びこれを支持するフィードチェーンフレーム 190 の構成について図 30、図 32、図 33を用いて説明する。  Next, the configurations of the feed chain 9 and the feed chain frame 190 that supports the feed chain 9 will be described with reference to FIGS. 30, 32, and 33.
図 30及び図 32に示すように、フィードチェーン 9は、フィードチェーンフレーム 190 に備えられる複数のスプロケット 191a ' 191b ' 191cに卷回されて構成されている。そ して、該フィードチェーン 9は、その後端部 (機体後方)に機体上下方向の回動中心 P (図 33参照)を有し、前端部 (機体前方)及び後端部には前ロック装置 192及び後口 ック装置 193がそれぞれ設けられており、前記回動中心 Pを回動軸として機体左側方 に向けてフィードチェーンフレーム 190とともに開閉可能とされ、前ロック装置 192及 び後ロック装置 193によって該フィードチェーンフレーム 190を機体側に固定する構 造となっている。但し、前ロック装置 192と後ロック装置 193は連動することが可能で あり、後ロック装置 193は省くことも可能である。  As shown in FIGS. 30 and 32, the feed chain 9 is wound around a plurality of sprockets 191a '191b' 191c provided in the feed chain frame 190. The feed chain 9 has a vertical center of rotation P (see FIG. 33) at the rear end (rear of the fuselage), and has a front locking device at the front end (front of the fuselage) and the rear end. A feed lock frame 192 and a rear lock device 192 are provided, which can be opened and closed together with the feed chain frame 190 to the left side of the fuselage with the rotation center P as a rotation axis. The structure 193 fixes the feed chain frame 190 to the fuselage side. However, the front lock device 192 and the rear lock device 193 can be linked, and the rear lock device 193 can be omitted.
[0117] フィードチェーンフレーム 190は、機体前後方向に水平な横フレーム 190aと、この 横フレーム 190aの前端で交わり後方に向かって延設して上り勾配を形成するフィー ドチェーン 9の内上側のガイドとしての斜フレーム 190bと、横フレーム 190aの後端部 に固設された側面視コ字状にパイプを折り曲げて構成した回動支点フレーム 190cと 、補強フレーム 190dとによって側面視略三角形状に構成されている。  [0117] The feed chain frame 190 includes a horizontal frame 190a, which is horizontal in the longitudinal direction of the fuselage, and an inner upper guide of the feed chain 9 which intersects at the front end of the horizontal frame 190a and extends rearward to form an upward slope. A pivot frame 190c formed by bending a pipe in a U-shape in a side view fixed to the rear end of the horizontal frame 190a, and a reinforcing frame 190d to form a substantially triangular shape in a side view. Have been.
[0118] そして、前記横フレーム 190aと斜フレーム 190bの前端側面には前補強板 194が 溶接等によって固設されている。また、斜フレーム 190bの後端部及び補強フレーム 190dの前上部は、後補強板 195にそれぞれ溶接によって固定されている。つまり、 横フレーム 190a及び斜フレーム 190bのそれぞれの前端部が前補強板 194を介し て溶接によって連結固定され、また、斜フレーム 190bの後端部と補強フレーム 190d の前上部とが後補強板 195を介して溶接によって固定されているのである。  [0118] A front reinforcing plate 194 is fixed to the front end side surfaces of the horizontal frame 190a and the inclined frame 190b by welding or the like. Further, the rear end of the inclined frame 190b and the front upper part of the reinforcing frame 190d are fixed to the rear reinforcing plate 195 by welding. That is, the front ends of the horizontal frame 190a and the inclined frame 190b are connected and fixed by welding via the front reinforcing plate 194, and the rear end of the inclined frame 190b and the front upper part of the reinforcing frame 190d are connected to the rear reinforcing plate 195. It is fixed by welding through.
[0119] このように、フィードチェーンフレーム 190を構成する横フレーム 190aと斜フレーム 190b,及び斜フレーム 190bと補強フレーム 190dを、前後の補強板 194 · 195を介 して溶接により固定して補強することで、ボルト締結等の場合と比較してフィードチヱ ーンフレーム 190の強度を増すことができる。これにより、ボルト締結の場合等のよう に、強度不足を解消するために各フレームのサイズを大きくする必要もなくなり、フィ ードチェーンフレーム 190の重量増加を防ぐことができる。 [0119] As described above, the horizontal frame 190a and the inclined frame 190b, and the inclined frame 190b and the reinforcing frame 190d constituting the feed chain frame 190 are fixed and reinforced by welding via the front and rear reinforcing plates 194 and 195. Thus, the strength of the feed chain frame 190 can be increased as compared with the case of bolting or the like. This eliminates the need to increase the size of each frame to eliminate insufficient strength as in the case of bolt fastening, etc. The weight of the load chain frame 190 can be prevented from increasing.
[0120] さらに、横フレーム 190aと斜フレーム 190bとの間には、上下方向に複数(本実施 例では 3本)のパイプ等から構成した補強部材 196a ' 196b ' 196cが前後平行に架 設されている。これら補強部材 196a ' 196b ' 196cは、それぞれの下端部が横フレー ム 190aの上面に、上端部が斜フレーム 190bの下面にそれぞれ溶接等によって固 定され、横フレーム 190aと斜フレーム 190bとを連結して強度アップを図っている。  [0120] Further, between the horizontal frame 190a and the oblique frame 190b, reinforcing members 196a '196b' 196c composed of a plurality of (three in this embodiment) pipes and the like are vertically arranged in parallel in the front-rear direction. ing. These reinforcing members 196a, 196b, and 196c have their lower ends fixed to the upper surface of the horizontal frame 190a and the upper ends to the lower surface of the inclined frame 190b by welding or the like, and connect the horizontal frame 190a and the inclined frame 190b. To increase strength.
[0121] 以上のように、補強板や補強部材を用い、溶接によって各フレーム間を連結固定 することで、フィードチェーンフレーム 190全体の強度の向上を図ることができる。よつ て、後述する受網 23の手前網 291を押える手前網押え 310と、扱胴 22の扱歯 22aと の隙間を一定に保持でき、脱穀部 20における扱ぎ残し等の不具合等が解消される。  [0121] As described above, the strength of the entire feed chain frame 190 can be improved by connecting and fixing the frames by welding using the reinforcing plate or the reinforcing member. Therefore, the gap between the front net presser 310 that presses the front net 291 of the receiving net 23 described later and the toothing 22a of the handling cylinder 22 can be kept constant, and problems such as unhandled portions in the threshing unit 20 are eliminated. Is done.
[0122] また、前記回動支点フレーム 190cは、機体側に固設された背面視略逆コ字状にパ イブを折り曲げて構成した支持フレーム 197に設けられた上下二箇所の支持部 200 •200によって支持され、前記フィードチェーンフレーム 190が機体に対して側方外 側に回動可能な構成となっている。なお、支持フレーム 197と機体側の後部側壁 19 8との間には補強板 199 · 199が架設されて補強している。  [0122] Further, the rotation fulcrum frame 190c is provided on a support frame 197 which is fixed to the fuselage side and is formed by bending a pipe in a substantially inverted U-shape when viewed from the rear. The feed chain frame 190 is supported by the feed chain frame 200 and is rotatable laterally outward with respect to the machine body. Reinforcing plates 199 are provided between the support frame 197 and the rear side wall 198 on the fuselage side to reinforce.
[0123] 図 32及び図 33に示すように、前記支持部 200 * 200は、回動支点フレーム 190cに 左側方に向けて一体的に固設して形成されたステー 190e ' 190eと、支持フレーム 1 97に前方に向けて一体的に固設して形成された支持ステー 197a ' 197aと、枢支ピ ン 201 . 201と力らそれぞれ構成されてレ、る。そして、支持ステー 197a . 197aの前端 部とステー 190e · 190eの左端側とが平面視におレ、て重なるように配置され、この重 なる位置にそれぞれ枢支ピン 201 · 201を挿入することによってフィードチェーンフレ ーム 190を支持フレーム 197に対して、即ち機体に対して回動可能に枢着されてい る。  [0123] As shown in Figs. 32 and 33, the support portion 200 * 200 includes a stay 190e '190e integrally formed on the rotation fulcrum frame 190c toward the left side, and a support frame. The support stay 197a '197a, which is integrally fixed to the front of the vehicle 97, is formed of a pivot pin 201.201 and a power. The support stays 197a and 197a are arranged so that the front end of the stays 197a and the left end of the stays 190e and 190e overlap each other in plan view, and the pivot pins 201 and 201 are inserted into the overlapping positions. The feed chain frame 190 is pivotally attached to the support frame 197, that is, to the body.
[0124] そして、図 30に示すように、斜フレーム 190bの前端及び上後端には従動スプロケ ット 191a ' 191b力 S回転自在に備えられ、従動スフ。ロケット 191bfま、斜フレーム 190b 等にボルト等によって固設されたガード 202により側方が覆われている。  As shown in FIG. 30, the front end and the upper rear end of the inclined frame 190b are provided with driven sprockets 191a and 191b so as to be freely rotatable. The sides of the rocket 191bf are covered with a guard 202 fixed by bolts or the like to the inclined frame 190b or the like.
[0125] また、前記横フレーム 190aの前寄りの中途部から下方に向けてステー 203を垂設 し、該ステ一 203に支持アーム 204がボルト等によって固定されて下方へ延設され、 該支持アーム 204の下端に軸受等を介してパイプ状の回転軸 205が軸支され、該回 転軸 205上に駆動スプロケット 191cが固定されている。該回転軸 205の軸心部には 、機体側から突出した駆動軸がフィードチェーンフレーム 190を閉じる側に回動した 時に挿入され、該駆動軸と回転軸 205は爪ボス嵌合またはキーにより相対回転不能 に嵌合されて、動力を伝達できるようにしている。 [0125] Further, a stay 203 is suspended downward from a middle portion of the horizontal frame 190a near the front, and a support arm 204 is fixed to the stay 203 by bolts or the like and extends downward. A pipe-shaped rotary shaft 205 is supported at the lower end of the support arm 204 via a bearing or the like, and a drive sprocket 191c is fixed on the rotary shaft 205. A drive shaft protruding from the machine body side is inserted into the shaft center of the rotation shaft 205 when the feed chain frame 190 is rotated to the closing side, and the drive shaft and the rotation shaft 205 are relatively fitted by a claw boss fitting or a key. It is fitted so that it cannot rotate and can transmit power.
[0126] また、前記支持アーム 204の前下部に回動アーム 206の一端が枢支され、該回動 アーム 206の他端にテンションスプロケット 191dが回転自在に枢支されており、この テンションスプロケット 191dは駆動スプロケット 191cと従動スプロケット 191aとの間に 配置されている。テンションスプロケット 191dの回転軸には、ステ一等の係止部を介 してバネ 207の一端が係止されており、該バネ 207の他端はアジヤスタ 208の一端に 係止されている。該ァジャスタ 208の他端は前記横フレーム 190aの中途部に立設さ れたステー 209に長さ調節可能に取り付けられている。  [0126] One end of a rotation arm 206 is pivotally supported at the lower front part of the support arm 204, and a tension sprocket 191d is pivotally supported at the other end of the rotation arm 206 so that the tension sprocket 191d is rotatable. Is disposed between the driving sprocket 191c and the driven sprocket 191a. One end of a spring 207 is locked to the rotating shaft of the tension sprocket 191d via a locking portion such as a stay, and the other end of the spring 207 is locked to one end of an adjuster 208. The other end of the adjuster 208 is attached to a stay 209 erected in the middle of the horizontal frame 190a so as to be adjustable in length.
[0127] 以上のように、従動スプロケット 191a ' 191bと駆動スプロケット 191cにフィードチヱ ーン 9を卷回し、テンションスプロケット 191dによってフィードチェーン 9の張力を調整 可能にして、駆動スプロケット 191cの回転により該フィードチェーン 9が回転される構 成となってレヽる。そして、各スフ。ロケット 191a ' 191b ' 191c ' 191dと、フィードチェ一 ン 9とをフィードチェーンフレーム 190に支持する構成とし、該フィードチェーンフレー ム 190を機体本体側の支持フレーム 197に対して回動することによって、フィードチェ ーンフレーム 190とフィードチェーン 9とが一体となって回動開閉されるようになってい る。  [0127] As described above, the feed chain 9 is wound around the driven sprocket 191a '191b and the driving sprocket 191c, the tension of the feed chain 9 can be adjusted by the tension sprocket 191d, and the rotation of the driving sprocket 191c causes the feed chain 9 to rotate. 9 is rotated so that it can be seen. And each swoof. The rocket 191a '191b' 191c '191d and the feed chain 9 are configured to be supported by the feed chain frame 190, and the feed chain frame 190 is rotated with respect to the support frame 197 on the body side of the fuselage. The feed chain frame 190 and the feed chain 9 are integrally rotated and opened and closed.
[0128] 続いて、フィードチェーンフレーム 190の開閉及びロック機構について図 30、図 31 、図 32を用いて説明する。  Next, the opening / closing and locking mechanism of the feed chain frame 190 will be described with reference to FIG. 30, FIG. 31, and FIG.
上述のように、フィードチヱーンフレーム 190は、その後端部に位置する支持部 20 0 · 200を回動支点として機体に対して側方に開閉可能となっている。そして、フィー ドチェーンフレーム 190の前端部には前ロック装置 192が、後端部には後ロック装置 193がそれぞれ設けられており、これらロック装置 192 · 193によってフィードチェーン フレーム 190を機体側へ固定して閉状態を保持する構造としている。  As described above, the feed chain frame 190 can be opened and closed laterally with respect to the body using the support portions 200 and 200 located at the rear end portions as pivot points. A front lock device 192 is provided at the front end of the feed chain frame 190, and a rear lock device 193 is provided at the rear end, and the feed chain frame 190 is fixed to the machine body by these lock devices 192 and 193. To maintain the closed state.
[0129] 前ロック装置 192と後ロック装置 193とは連結ロッド 210によって連結され、前ロック 装置 192のロック及び解除に連動して後ロック装置 193もロック及び解除される構造 となっている。 [0129] The front lock device 192 and the rear lock device 193 are connected by a connecting rod 210, and the front lock device The rear lock device 193 is also locked and unlocked in conjunction with the locking and unlocking of the device 192.
[0130] 前ロック装置 192は、図 31に示すように、フィードチェーンフレーム 190の横フレー ム 190aの前部に立設された回動支点軸 211と、この回動支点軸 211に回動可能に 支承されたレバー 212と、前記機体フレーム 2にピン等を立設して構成した係合部 21 3と力、らなる。レバー 212の中途部は回動支点軸 211に回動自在に枢支され、このレ バー 212の左側 (機体外側)を把持部 212aとし、同じく右側 (機体内側)の前側には 凹部を形成してフック部 212bとしており、このフック部 212bが係合部 213と係合する ことによってロックされるように構成されている。  [0130] As shown in Fig. 31, the front lock device 192 is rotatable around a pivot shaft 211 provided on the front of the horizontal frame 190a of the feed chain frame 190 and the pivot shaft 211. And a lever 212 supported by the armature and an engaging portion 213 formed by erecting a pin or the like on the body frame 2 and a force. The middle part of the lever 212 is rotatably supported by a rotation fulcrum shaft 211, and the left side (outside of the body) of the lever 212 is used as a gripping part 212a, and a recess is formed in the front side of the right side (inside of the body). The hook portion 212b is configured to be locked by engaging the hook portion 212b with the engaging portion 213.
[0131] また、レバー 212の中途部(回動支点軸 211よりも機体外側)には孔部 212cが形 成されており、この孔部 212cにはバネ 214の一端が掛合され、該バネ 214の他端は フィードチェーンフレーム 190から左側方に向けて突設した掛止部 215に掛止されて いる。つまり、レバー 212はバネ 214によって孔部 212cから後方に引っ張られるよう に付勢され、孔部 212cの、回動支点軸 211に対して反対側に位置するフック部 212 bが前方の係合部 213と係合しようとする方向、即ち前ロック装置 192がロックされる 方向に付勢されている。  [0131] A hole 212c is formed in the middle of the lever 212 (outside the body of the fulcrum shaft 211), and one end of a spring 214 is engaged with the hole 212c. Is hooked to a hook 215 projecting leftward from the feed chain frame 190. That is, the lever 212 is urged by the spring 214 so as to be pulled backward from the hole 212c, and the hook 212b of the hole 212c, which is located on the opposite side to the rotation fulcrum shaft 211, is engaged with the front engaging portion. The front lock device 192 is urged in a direction in which the front lock device 192 is locked, that is, the front lock device 192 is locked.
[0132] 一方、後ロック装置 193は、回動支点軸 216と該回動支点軸 216に挿通固定され たフック 217と機体側のフレームの一端に固設された係合部 218とからなり、この係 合部 218に前記フック 217が係合することによってロックするように構成されている。  [0132] On the other hand, the rear lock device 193 includes a rotation fulcrum shaft 216, a hook 217 inserted and fixed to the rotation fulcrum shaft 216, and an engaging portion 218 fixed to one end of the body-side frame. The hook 217 is configured to be locked by engaging with the engaging portion 218.
[0133] 回動支点軸 216はパイプ状に構成されており、その下端部はフィードチェーンフレ ーム 190の横フレーム 190a後部上に、上端部は補強フレーム 190dにそれぞれフレ ーム側に固設された支持プレート等を介して、これら上下の支持プレート間に立設さ れる支持軸に回動可能に外嵌されている。そして、回動支点軸 216の上端にはフッ ク 217が固設されており、該フック 217は機体内側方向に延設され、この延設部の前 側には係合凹部が形成され、係合部 218と係合できるようになつている。  [0133] The rotation fulcrum shaft 216 is formed in a pipe shape, and its lower end is fixed to the rear side of the horizontal frame 190a of the feed chain frame 190, and its upper end is fixed to the reinforcing frame 190d on the frame side. It is rotatably fitted to a support shaft provided between the upper and lower support plates via a support plate or the like. A hook 217 is fixedly provided at the upper end of the pivot shaft 216. The hook 217 extends inward of the fuselage, and an engaging recess is formed in front of the extending portion. It can engage with the joint 218.
[0134] そして、これら前ロック装置 192及び後ロック装置 193は、フィードチェーンフレーム 190の横フレーム 190aと略平行に機体前後方向に設けられている連結ロッド 210に よって連結され連動する機構となっている。つまり、連結ロッド 210の前端部は前ロッ ク装置 192のレバー 212にピン等によって枢支されており、同じく連結ロッド 210の後 端部は後ロック装置 193の回動支点軸 216の下端に固設される回動プレートにピン 等によって枢支されており、前ロック装置 192のレバー 212を回動支点軸 211を中心 にロックを解除する方向に回動することによって、連結ロッド 210を介して後ロック装 置 193のロックも解除する構造となっているのである。 [0134] The front locking device 192 and the rear locking device 193 are connected and linked by a connecting rod 210 provided in the longitudinal direction of the machine in a direction substantially parallel to the horizontal frame 190a of the feed chain frame 190. I have. That is, the front end of the connecting rod 210 is Similarly, the rear end of the connecting rod 210 is pivotally supported by a pin or the like on a rotation plate fixed to the lower end of the rotation fulcrum shaft 216 of the rear locking device 193. It is supported, and the lever 212 of the front lock device 192 is rotated in the direction of unlocking about the rotation fulcrum shaft 211, thereby unlocking the rear lock device 193 via the connecting rod 210. It is.
[0135] また、上述のように機体に対して開閉可能となっているフィードチェーンフレーム 19 0をその開状態においてもロックできるようになっており、その最大開状態を保持する ための開時ロック装置 220が設けられている。  [0135] Further, as described above, the feed chain frame 190 which can be opened and closed with respect to the machine body can be locked even in the open state, and the lock at the time of opening for maintaining the maximum open state. An apparatus 220 is provided.
この開時ロック装置 220について、図 32から図 34を用いて説明する。  The opening lock device 220 will be described with reference to FIGS.
[0136] 開時ロック装置 220は、フィードチェーンフレーム 190の後端部に位置しており、該 フィードチェーンフレーム 190側に設けられるピン 221と、機体側に回動支点を有す るロックガイド 222等からなり、フィードチェーンフレーム 190の開閉にともなってピン 2 21がロックガイド 222に形成されているスライド孔 228に沿って移動する構造となって いる。  The opening lock device 220 is located at the rear end of the feed chain frame 190, and includes a pin 221 provided on the feed chain frame 190 side and a lock guide 222 having a rotation fulcrum on the machine body side. The pin 221 moves along a slide hole 228 formed in the lock guide 222 when the feed chain frame 190 is opened and closed.
[0137] ピン 221は、フィードチェーンフレーム 190の回動支点フレーム 190cの下水平部の 上面に溶接等によって固設されたステー 223から、上方に向けて突設している。  [0137] The pin 221 protrudes upward from a stay 223 fixed by welding or the like to the upper surface of the lower horizontal portion of the rotation fulcrum frame 190c of the feed chain frame 190.
[0138] ロックガイド 222は、平面視で略長方形の板状部材であり、その右側端部 (機体側 端部)力 前記機枠 33 (図 33参照)の左側の上部側壁 219と下部側壁 229との接合 部においてそれぞれに左側 (機体外側)に向けて突出して形成されている縁部 219a 及び 229aの接合部に、ピン 224によって支承され、このピン 224を回動支点としてい る。つまり、ロックガイド 222の一端部は正面視コ字状となるように二股に形成された 支承部 222aが形成されており、この支承部 222aによって前記縁部 219a及び 229a の接合部を上下から挟んだ状態でピン 224を上下方向に貫通させて、ピン 224を支 承部 222a側または縁部 219a及び 229aの接合部側のどちらか一側に溶接やボルト 締結等によって固定し、ピン 224を回動中心としてロックガイド 222を支承しているの である。一方、ロックガイド 222の左側端部には、この開時ロック装置 220を操作する ための把手部 226が設けられている。  [0138] The lock guide 222 is a plate-like member having a substantially rectangular shape in a plan view, and has a right end (body end) force on the left side of the machine frame 33 (see Fig. 33). At the joints of the two, the joints of edges 219a and 229a projecting toward the left side (outside the fuselage) are supported by pins 224, and the pins 224 are used as pivot points. That is, one end of the lock guide 222 is formed with a bifurcated support part 222a so as to have a U-shape in a front view, and the support part 222a sandwiches the joint between the edges 219a and 229a from above and below. In this state, the pin 224 is vertically penetrated, and the pin 224 is fixed to one of the support portion 222a side and the joint portion side of the edge portions 219a and 229a by welding or bolting, and the pin 224 is turned. The lock guide 222 is supported as the center of motion. On the other hand, a handle 226 for operating the lock device 220 at the time of opening is provided at the left end of the lock guide 222.
[0139] また、ロックガイド 222の回動中心には、ロックガイド 222を付勢するためのねじりバ ネ 225力 S、ロックガイド 222の支承部 222aの上水平部とピン 224の頭部 224aとの間 においてピン 224に挿嵌され設けられている。 [0139] A torsion bar for urging the lock guide 222 is provided at the center of rotation of the lock guide 222. D 225 force S, which is inserted into the pin 224 and provided between the upper horizontal portion of the support portion 222a of the lock guide 222 and the head 224a of the pin 224.
[0140] ねじりパネ 225の両端部はそれぞれ水平方向に延設され、それぞれの先端部が下 方に向けて略直角に折り曲げられ支持部 225a及び 225bが形成されてレ、る。そして 、機体側の支持部 225aは縁部 219a及び 229aの接合部に挿入して固定されており 、反機体側の支持部 225bはロックガイド 222の後側 (機体後側)に当接した状態とな つている。つまり、ロックガイド 222は、ピン 224を回動中心として、ねじりバネ 225によ つて把手部 226が機体前方に向力 方向(図 33における F方向、平面視左回り)に付 勢されているのである。なお、ロックガイド 222の付勢方法は本実施例に限定されるも のではなぐねじりバネ 225以外のバネやその他弾性部材を用いた構成としてもよい [0140] Both ends of the torsion panel 225 extend in the horizontal direction, and the respective tips are bent downward at substantially right angles to form support portions 225a and 225b. The support 225a on the fuselage side is inserted into and fixed to the joint between the edges 219a and 229a, and the support 225b on the opposite side of the fuselage contacts the rear side (rear side of the fuselage) of the lock guide 222. It has become. That is, in the lock guide 222, the grip portion 226 is urged forward by the torsion spring 225 about the pin 224 in the direction of the force (the direction F in FIG. 33, counterclockwise in plan view). is there. The method of urging the lock guide 222 is not limited to the present embodiment, but may be a structure using a spring other than the torsion spring 225 and other elastic members.
[0141] そして、ロックガイド 222に形成されるスライド孔 228は平面視略 L字状に形成され、 ピン 221の直径と略同一の幅を有する長孔であり、フィードチェーンフレーム 190の 閉状態においてピン 221が右側端部に位置し、また、フィードチェーンフレーム 190 の最大開状態においてはピン 221が左側端部、即ちこのスライド孔 228に形成され たに切欠き部 228aに位置するように穿設されている。そして、ピン 221のスライド孔 2 28から上方に突出した部分には、ピン 221がスライド孔 228から外れるのを防止して 、ピン 221のスライド孔 228に対する摺動を円滑にするためのストッパ 227が挿嵌され ている。 [0141] The slide hole 228 formed in the lock guide 222 is formed in a substantially L-shape in plan view and is a long hole having a width substantially equal to the diameter of the pin 221. When the feed chain frame 190 is closed, The pin 221 is located at the right end, and when the feed chain frame 190 is in the maximum open state, the pin 221 is drilled so as to be located at the left end, that is, the notch 228a formed in the slide hole 228. Have been. A stopper 227 for preventing the pin 221 from coming off the slide hole 228 and smoothing the slide of the pin 221 with respect to the slide hole 228 is provided at a portion of the pin 221 projecting upward from the slide hole 228. It is inserted.
[0142] このような構成のロック装置 220において、フィードチェーンフレーム 190を閉じた 状態力ら回動中心 Pを中心として開いて行くに従い、フィードチェーンフレーム 190側 に設けられているピン 221がスライド孔 228に沿って摺動し、このピン 221の摺動にと もなつてロックガイド 222も付勢されている方向(図 33における F方向)に回動する。 そして、フィードチェーンフレーム 190が最大開状態に近付き、ピン 221が平面視 L 字状のスライド孔 228の角部に達すると、ロックガイド 222のねじりバネ 225による付 勢によってピン 221がスライド孔 228の切欠き部 228aへと自動的に嵌まり込み、フィ ードチェーンフレーム 190が閉じる側へ回動しないように開状態が保持される構造と なっている。 [0143] そして、フィードチェーンフレーム 190をこのロックされた開状態から閉じる場合は、 把手部 226を把持してロックガイド 222を付勢されている向きとは反対方向(図 33に おける R方向)に回動させることで開時ロック装置 220によるロックを解除することがで き、フィードチェーンフレーム 190を閉じる側へ回動することが可能となる。 [0142] In the lock device 220 having such a configuration, as the feed chain frame 190 is opened around the rotation center P from the force in the closed state, the pin 221 provided on the feed chain frame 190 side becomes a slide hole. The pin 221 slides along with the pin 221 and the lock guide 222 also rotates in a direction in which the lock guide 222 is urged (the direction F in FIG. 33). Then, when the feed chain frame 190 approaches the maximum open state and the pin 221 reaches the corner of the slide hole 228 having an L-shape in plan view, the pin 221 is pressed by the torsion spring 225 of the lock guide 222 so that the pin 221 is closed. The structure is such that the feed chain frame 190 is automatically fitted into the notch portion 228a, and is kept open so that the feed chain frame 190 does not rotate to the closing side. [0143] When closing the feed chain frame 190 from this locked open state, the gripper 226 is gripped and the lock guide 222 is urged toward the opposite direction (R direction in Fig. 33). By rotating the feed chain frame at the opening position, the lock by the opening lock device 220 can be released, and the feed chain frame 190 can be rotated to the closing side.
[0144] このように、開時ロック装置 220を設けてフィードチェーンフレーム 190の最大開状 態を保持する構造とすることによって、ロックガイド 222を解除方向に回動しない限り フィードチヱーンフレーム 190が閉じるようなことがなく、従来の当て板等を用いた場 合と比較して、フィードチェーンフレーム 190の開状態の保持がより確実なものとなる 。これにより、フィードチェーンフレーム 190を開けてメンテナンスや修理を行う際にこ のフィードチェーンフレーム 190が不用意に閉じることもなぐ安全性の向上を図るこ とができる。また、把手部 226は外側方に突出して設けているため、外側に回り込ま ないと操作ができず、開時ロック装置 220を解除して不意にフィードチェーン 9と機体 の間に身体が挟まれることもなレ、。  [0144] As described above, by providing the opening lock device 220 to maintain the feed chain frame 190 in the maximum open state, the feed chain frame 190 is not rotated unless the lock guide 222 is rotated in the release direction. The feed chain frame 190 does not close, so that the open state of the feed chain frame 190 can be more reliably maintained as compared with the case where a conventional backing plate or the like is used. Thereby, when the feed chain frame 190 is opened for maintenance or repair, the feed chain frame 190 can be closed without care and safety can be improved. In addition, since the handle part 226 is provided so as to protrude outward, it cannot be operated unless it goes around outward, and the lock device 220 at the time of opening is released and the body is suddenly pinched between the feed chain 9 and the body. Monare ,.
[0145] なお、ロックガイド 222の付勢方向は本実施例とは逆方向でもよぐまた、ロックガイ ド 222に形成されるスライド孔 228の形状も本実施例に限定されず、鉤型にしたり、 切欠き部 228aを複数設けることによってフィードチェーンフレーム 190の開度を段階 的に保持する構成としたりすることも可能である。  [0145] The biasing direction of the lock guide 222 may be opposite to that of the present embodiment. The shape of the slide hole 228 formed in the lock guide 222 is not limited to the present embodiment, and may be a hook shape. However, it is also possible to provide a configuration in which the opening degree of the feed chain frame 190 is maintained stepwise by providing a plurality of notches 228a.
[0146] ところで、図 32に示すように、上述の吸引ファン 40、一番コンベア 41、二番コンペ ァ 42及びセカンドファン 43を、それぞれを連動させて駆動するために、機枠 33の左 側の上部側壁 219及び下部側壁 229の外側、即ち機枠 33の機体左側にぉレ、て、プ ーリ 40a ' 41a '42a '43aがそれぞれの回転軸上に配置され、これらプーリ 40a ' 41a ' 42a '43aにべノレト 231カ卷回され、プーリ 43a力該べノレト 231の外彻 J (背面)力ら当 接するように配置されている。そして、このべノレト 231の張力を保ったり、ベノレト 231の 軌道を規制したりするためのテンションプーリ 232 · 232が、同じく機枠 33の機体左側 のプーリ 42aの上方において二箇所設けられ、ベルト 231の外側から当接するように 配置されている。  By the way, as shown in FIG. 32, in order to drive the suction fan 40, the first conveyor 41, the second conveyor 42, and the second fan 43 in conjunction with each other, the left side of the machine frame 33 is driven. Pulleys 40a '41a' 42a '43a are arranged on the respective rotating shafts outside the upper side wall 219 and the lower side wall 229 of the machine frame 33, that is, on the left side of the machine frame 33, and these pulleys 40a' 41a ' 231 velvets are wound around 42a and 43a, and are arranged so as to come into contact with the pulley 43a with the outer J (rear) force of the velvet 231. Further, two tension pulleys 232 are provided above the pulley 42a on the left side of the machine body of the machine frame 33 to maintain the tension of the benoret 231 and regulate the trajectory of the benoret 231. It is arranged so that it comes into contact from outside.
[0147] セカンドファン 43のプーリ 43aの回転軸上には、側面視「へ」字状のテンションァー ム 233がこの回転軸を中心としてプーリ 43aの回転の影響を受けないように揺動可能 に軸支され、このテンションアーム 233の一端部(前側端部)にはテンションプーリ 23 4が回動自在に支承されており、このテンションプーリ 234がベルト 231の内側から当 接するように配置されている。一方、テンションアーム 233の他端部(後側端部)には 、該テンションアーム 233をテンションプーリ 234がベルト 231を内側力、ら押圧する向 きに付勢するためのバネ 235の一端が掛止されている。そして、該バネ 235の他端 は、前記テンションプーリ 232 · 232の間に架設されたステー 232aに設けられている アジヤスタ 236の一端に係止され、テンションプーリ 234によるベルト 231の緊張度を 調整することが可能となっている。 [0147] On the rotation axis of the pulley 43a of the second fan 43, a tension arm 233 having a "H" shape in side view can swing about the rotation axis so as not to be affected by the rotation of the pulley 43a. A tension pulley 234 is rotatably supported at one end (front end) of the tension arm 233. The tension pulley 234 is disposed so as to come into contact with the inside of the belt 231. I have. On the other hand, one end of a spring 235 for urging the tension arm 233 in the direction in which the tension pulley 234 presses the belt 231 with the inner force is applied to the other end (rear end) of the tension arm 233. Has been stopped. The other end of the spring 235 is locked to one end of an adjuster 236 provided on a stay 232a provided between the tension pulleys 232 to adjust the degree of tension of the belt 231 by the tension pulley 234. It is possible.
[0148] また、二番コンベア 42のプーリ 42aの回転軸上には、プーリ 42bが固設されており、 その後方には揺動駆動機構 34を駆動するためのプーリ 34aが配設され、これらブー リ 34a ' 42bにはべノレト 237力 S卷回されてレ、る。そして、機体側の下部側壁 229に設 けられたテンションアーム 238の一端に回動可能に軸支されたテンションプーリ 239 、ベルト 237の下方外側から当接するように配置されている。このテンションアーム 238の中途部には、パネ 241の一端が係止され、該バネ 241の他端は、下部側壁 2 29から突設されているステー 242に設けられているアジヤスタ 243の一端に係止され 、テンションプーリ 239によるベルト 237の緊張度を調整することが可能となっている。  [0148] A pulley 42b is fixed on the rotation shaft of the pulley 42a of the second conveyor 42, and a pulley 34a for driving the swing drive mechanism 34 is provided behind the pulley 42b. Bole 34a '42b is wound with 237x S-roll. Further, a tension pulley 239 rotatably supported at one end of a tension arm 238 provided on the lower side wall 229 on the fuselage side is disposed so as to come into contact with the belt 237 from below and below. One end of a panel 241 is locked in the middle of the tension arm 238, and the other end of the spring 241 is connected to one end of an adjuster 243 provided on a stay 242 protruding from the lower side wall 229. When stopped, the tension of the belt 237 by the tension pulley 239 can be adjusted.
[0149] このような構成において、吸引ファン 40のプーリ 40aは機体側に設けられているの で、上述のようにフィードチェーンフレーム 190を開くときに、ベルト 231を取り外す必 要がなくメンテナンス時の作業性が向上する。また、本実施例のように大型のコンパ イン等に設けられるセカンドファン 43を増設することによって、ベルト 237による駆動 箇所が増えても、複数のテンションプーリを設けること等により単一な駆動系を得るこ とが可能となる。さらに、揺動駆動機構 34を駆動するためのプーリ 42bを、二番コン ベア 42のプーリ 42aと同軸上に設けることで、揺動駆動機構 34を駆動するためのプ ーリを別途設ける必要もなぐまた、プーリ 42aはベルト 231に内側から当接するよう に配置されているので、ベルト 231の外側(背面)から当接するように配置する場合と 比較して、プーリ 42aとベルト 231との接触部分が増加し、駆動力の向上と安定した ベルト回転を得ることができる。  [0149] In such a configuration, since the pulley 40a of the suction fan 40 is provided on the machine body side, when opening the feed chain frame 190 as described above, it is not necessary to remove the belt 231 and maintenance Workability is improved. Further, by adding the second fan 43 provided on a large-sized companion or the like as in the present embodiment, even if the number of driving parts by the belt 237 is increased, a single driving system is provided by providing a plurality of tension pulleys. Can be obtained. Further, by providing the pulley 42b for driving the swing drive mechanism 34 coaxially with the pulley 42a of the second conveyor 42, it is also necessary to separately provide a pulley for driving the swing drive mechanism 34. In addition, since the pulley 42a is arranged so as to contact the belt 231 from the inside, the contact portion between the pulley 42a and the belt 231 is compared to a case where the pulley 42a is arranged to contact from the outside (back side) of the belt 231. And the driving force can be improved and stable belt rotation can be obtained.
[0150] 次に、前記フィードチェーン 9の搬送上流側の上方に設けられるプレガイド (穀稈押 さえ補助ガイド) 250について、図 35及び図 36を用いて説明する。 [0150] Next, a pre-guide (grain stalk pushing machine) provided above the feed chain 9 on the upstream side of the conveyance. The auxiliary guide 250 will be described with reference to FIGS. 35 and 36.
プレガイド 250は、穀稈押さえ棒 251、支持フレーム 252、連結棒 253 · 254、ノくネ 255等からなる。走行作業位置 (後述)では、フィードチェーン 9の搬送上流側と穀稈 押さえ棒 251とが側面視で重複して配設されている。つまり、穀稈押さえ棒 251は、フ イードチェーン 9の搬送上流側に沿うように配置されている。  The pre-guide 250 includes a culm holding rod 251, a support frame 252, connecting rods 253 and 254, a screw 255, and the like. At the traveling work position (described later), the upstream side of the feed chain 9 and the grain stalk pressing rod 251 are arranged so as to overlap in a side view. That is, the grain culm holding rod 251 is arranged along the transport upstream side of the feed chain 9.
[0151] 穀稈押さえ棒 251は、側面視ソリ状に構成されて、その前端部が上方に屈曲されて 屈曲部が形成されており、この屈曲部により穀稈を案内して、穀稈押さえ棒 251とフィ ードチェーン 9との間に穀稈を供給するようにしている。穀稈押さえ棒 251は、その上 方に配設される支持フレーム 252と、連結棒 253 · 254を介して支持されている。  [0151] The grain culm holding rod 251 is configured in a sled shape in a side view, and has a bent portion formed by bending the front end thereof upward, and guiding the grain stalk by the bent portion, and holding the grain culm. Grains are supplied between the rod 251 and the feed chain 9. The cereal stem holding bar 251 is supported via a support frame 252 disposed above and connecting bars 253 and 254.
[0152] 支持フレーム 252は、前記挟扼杆 171を支持する支持扞 174の先端部のブラケット に回転可能に支持されている。即ち、該支持フレーム 252はその後部と支持杆 174 前部に回動支軸 256が設けられて、該回動支軸 256を中心に回動可能となっている 。支持フレーム 252は、断面略「コ」字状に形成され、この「コ」字状の開放された部分 を下方に向けて配設されている。  [0152] The support frame 252 is rotatably supported by a bracket at the distal end of a support rod 174 that supports the pinching rod 171. That is, the support frame 252 is provided with a rotation support shaft 256 at a rear portion thereof and a front portion of the support rod 174, and is rotatable around the rotation support shaft 256. The support frame 252 has a substantially U-shaped cross section, and is disposed with its open U-shaped portion facing downward.
[0153] また、支持フレーム 252の上面(「コ」字状の開放されていない部分)に連結棒 254 の揷通孔が穿設され、該挿通孔に連結棒 254の上端部が挿通されて、該連結棒 25 4の上端部が支持フレーム 252の上面から突出している。この連結棒 254は、支持フ レーム 252に対して、長手方向に移動可能となっている。また、連結棒 254の上部に は、バネ 255が外嵌されており、該バネ 255の下端側は連結棒 254の中途部に固定 されている。そして、連結棒 254が上方に移動して、支持フレーム 252の上面からの 突出部分が長くなると、パネ 255の付勢力がこの突出部分を短くするように作用する 。バネ 255、および連結棒 254のバネ 255が外嵌されている部分は、支持フレーム 2 52に覆われている。  [0153] Further, a through hole of the connecting rod 254 is formed in the upper surface (a portion of the support frame 252 that is not open) of the support frame 252, and the upper end of the connecting rod 254 is inserted through the through hole. The upper end of the connecting rod 254 projects from the upper surface of the support frame 252. The connecting rod 254 is movable in the longitudinal direction with respect to the support frame 252. A spring 255 is externally fitted on the upper part of the connecting rod 254, and the lower end of the spring 255 is fixed to a middle part of the connecting rod 254. Then, when the connecting rod 254 moves upward and the protruding portion from the upper surface of the support frame 252 becomes longer, the urging force of the panel 255 acts to shorten this protruding portion. The portions of the spring 255 and the connecting rod 254 on which the spring 255 is fitted are covered with the support frame 252.
[0154] さらに、連結棒 253が支持フレーム 252の側面に回動可能に取り付けられている。  [0154] Further, a connecting rod 253 is rotatably attached to a side surface of the support frame 252.
このため、プレガイド 250において、穀稈押さえ棒 251は支持フレーム 252に対して 揺動可能となっている。このとき、バネ 255が伸縮して、連結棒 254の支持フレーム 2 52上面からの突出長さが変化する。穀稈押さえ棒 251は、プレガイド 250とフィード チェーン 9との穀稈の量、つまり、フィードチェーン 9の搬送上流側に供給される穀稈 の量に応じて揺動する。 For this reason, in the pre-guide 250, the grain culm holding bar 251 can swing with respect to the support frame 252. At this time, the spring 255 expands and contracts, and the protruding length of the connecting rod 254 from the upper surface of the support frame 252 changes. The culm holding rod 251 is the amount of cereal culm between the pre-guide 250 and the feed chain 9, that is, the cereal culm supplied to the upstream side of the feed chain 9 conveyance. Rocks according to the amount of
[0155] このように構成されるプレガイド 250は、フィードチェーン 9の搬送上流側において、 前記回動支軸 256を中心に回動可能となっており、図 35の実線で示す走行作業位 置 (作用位置)(ィ)と、 2点鎖線で示す手扱ぎ作業位置 (解除位置)(口)とに手動操 作により切り換えることができる。プレガイド 250は、回動支軸 256を中心に反時計方 向(図 35)に回動すると走行作業位置 (ィ)に切り換わり、一方、時計方向(図 35)に 回動すると手扱ぎ作業位置 (口)に切り換わる。  [0155] The pre-guide 250 configured as described above is rotatable around the rotation support shaft 256 on the upstream side of the feed chain 9 in the conveyance direction. It can be switched manually between the (operation position) (a) and the manual operation position (release position) (mouth) indicated by the two-dot chain line. When the pre-guide 250 is rotated counterclockwise (FIG. 35) about the rotation support shaft 256, the pre-guide 250 is switched to the traveling work position (A). Switch to working position (mouth).
[0156] 支持フレーム 252に揷通されるピン 258と、挟扼扞 171を支持する支持扞 174の先 端部のブラケットに取り付けられるピン 259との間にバネ 257が介装されている。つま り、パネ 257の一端側はピン 258を介して支持フレーム 252に連結され、他端側はピ ン 259を介して支持扞 174に連結されている。そして、バネ 257は、プレガイド 250の 回動とともに、ピン 259を中心に回動する。  [0156] A spring 257 is interposed between a pin 258 that passes through the support frame 252 and a pin 259 that is attached to a bracket at the front end of the support rod 174 that supports the clamping rod 171. That is, one end of the panel 257 is connected to the support frame 252 via the pin 258, and the other end is connected to the support rod 174 via the pin 259. Then, the spring 257 rotates around the pin 259 together with the rotation of the pre-guide 250.
[0157] このとき、ピン 259と前記回動支軸 256とを結ぶ直線の延長線(図 35では、 X— X線 )上を境界として、パネ 257の付勢方向が切り換わる。ピン 258が X— X線よりも下方に ある場合には、プレガイド 250には、該プレガイド 250を走行作業位置 (ィ)に保持し ようとする付勢力が作用する。一方、ピン 258が X-X線よりも上方にある場合には、プ レガイド 250には、該プレガイド 250を手扱ぎ作業位置(口)に保持しょうとする付勢力 が作用する。  [0157] At this time, the biasing direction of panel 257 is switched on the extension of a straight line (X-X line in Fig. 35) connecting pin 259 and rotation support shaft 256. When the pin 258 is below the X-X line, a biasing force acts on the pre-guide 250 so as to hold the pre-guide 250 in the traveling work position (a). On the other hand, when the pin 258 is located above the X-X line, an urging force acts on the pre-guide 250 so as to hold the pre-guide 250 at the work position (mouth).
[0158] このように、プレガイド 250の回動にともないバネ 257の付勢方向が 2段階に切り換 わっている。所謂、支点越えの構成となっている。これにより、パネ 257の付勢力によ り、一方では、プレガイド 250は、走行作業位置 (ィ)に確実に保持され、他方では、 手扱ぎ作業位置 (口)に確実に保持される。プレガイド 250が走行作業位置 (ィ)に保 持されると、フィードチェーン 9搬送上流側の上方がプレガイド 250により覆われて、 穀稈押さえ棒 251がフィードチェーン 9の搬送上流側に沿った状態となる。走行作業 位置 (ィ)は、走行しながら刈取部で刈り取った穀稈をフィードチェーン 9に供給して 脱穀を行う。  [0158] As described above, the urging direction of the spring 257 is switched in two stages with the rotation of the pre-guide 250. This is a so-called fulcrum crossing configuration. Thus, the biasing force of the panel 257 allows the pre-guide 250 to be reliably held on the one hand in the traveling work position (a) and on the other hand in the hand-handling work position (mouth). When the pre-guide 250 is held at the traveling work position (a), the upper portion of the upstream side of the feed chain 9 transport is covered by the pre-guide 250, and the grain culm holding rod 251 extends along the upstream side of the feed chain 9 transport. State. In the traveling work position (a), the husks harvested by the reaping unit are supplied to the feed chain 9 for threshing while traveling.
[0159] 他方、プレガイド 250を上方に回動して手扱ぎ作業位置(口)に保持されると、プレ ガイド 250がフィードチェーン 9の上方に収納されて、該フィードチェーン 9搬送上流 側の上方が開放される。手扱ぎ作業位置 (口)は、予め刈り取った穀稈を手作業でフ イードチェーン 9に供給して脱穀を行う際に切り換えられる。 [0159] On the other hand, when the pre-guide 250 is rotated upward and held at the handling position (mouth), the pre-guide 250 is stored above the feed chain 9, and the feed chain 9 is conveyed upstream. The upper side is open. The manual operation position (mouth) is switched when threshing is performed by manually feeding the previously harvested stalks to the feed chain 9.
[0160] プレガイド 250の走行作業位置 (ィ)と、手扱ぎ作業位置(口)との切り換えは、コンパ インのフィードチェーン 9側 (本実施例では機体右側)に位置する作業者によって行 われる。また、本実施例では、プレガイド 250の切り換えを、運転室 14内(操縦部)の 運転者によっても行うことができるようにしている。この場合、運転者は、運転室 14 ( 操縦部)の近傍に設ける操作レバー 261 (操作具)を操作することによりプレガイド 25 0を切り換える。 [0160] Switching between the traveling work position (a) of the pre-guide 250 and the handling position (mouth) is performed by an operator located on the feed chain 9 side (in the present embodiment, on the right side of the machine body) of the compine. Be done. Further, in this embodiment, the switching of the pre-guide 250 can be performed by a driver in the cab 14 (operating section). In this case, the driver switches the pre-guide 250 by operating the operating lever 261 (operating tool) provided near the cab 14 (operating section).
[0161] ここで、前記操作レバー 261によるプレガイド 250の切換操作(回動操作)について 説明する。  Here, a switching operation (turning operation) of the pre-guide 250 by the operation lever 261 will be described.
操作レバー 261は、運転室 14の近傍、本実施例では、運転室 14の後方であって、 運転者の手の届く範囲内に配設されている。具体的には、運転室 14の左後方であ つて扱室カバー 21aの右前方、さらに言えば、機体左右略中央に配置されている。ま た、操作レバー 261の上端部が扱室カバー 21aから突出している(図 1参照)。なお、 操作レバー 261の配置位置は、運転室 14内でもよぐまた、運転者 14の手の届く範 囲であれば、前述の位置に限定されない。  The operation lever 261 is disposed near the driver's cab 14, in this embodiment, behind the driver's cab 14 and within the reach of the driver. Specifically, it is arranged on the left rear side of the cab 14 and on the right front side of the cabin cover 21a, and more specifically, at the approximate right and left center of the fuselage. The upper end of the operation lever 261 protrudes from the handling room cover 21a (see FIG. 1). The position of the operation lever 261 is not limited to the above-described position as long as the position can be set in the cab 14 or within the reach of the driver 14.
[0162] 操作レバー 261下端が連結ロッド 262の一端と連結固定され、該連結ロッド 262の 他端が操作ロッド 263の一端とピンにより回動可能に連結され、さらに、操作ロッド 26 3の他端がプレガイド 250の支持フレーム 252とピン 264により回動可能に連結され ている。 [0162] The lower end of the operating lever 261 is connected and fixed to one end of the connecting rod 262, the other end of the connecting rod 262 is rotatably connected to one end of the operating rod 263 by a pin, and further, the other end of the operating rod 263 Are rotatably connected to a support frame 252 of the pre-guide 250 and a pin 264.
[0163] 連結ロッド 262は、扱室カバー 21aに回動可能に支持され、該連結ロッド 262の両 端部が扱室カバー 21a上部側方から突出している。つまり、連結ロッド 262が扱室力 バー 21aの上部を左右方向に貫通している。そして、プレガイド 250側に突出した部 分が下方に折り曲げられて形成されている。  The connecting rod 262 is rotatably supported by the handling chamber cover 21a, and both ends of the connecting rod 262 protrude from the upper side of the handling chamber cover 21a. That is, the connecting rod 262 penetrates the upper part of the handling room force bar 21a in the left-right direction. The portion protruding toward the pre-guide 250 is formed by being bent downward.
[0164] このように、プレガイド 250は、リンク機構を介して、具体的には、連結ロッド 262およ び操作ロッド 263を介して操作レバー 261と連結されている。これにより、運転室 14 力 プレガイド 250に手が届かない場合であっても、プレガイド 250の切換操作を、 運転者による操作レバー 261の操作によって行うことを可能とし、前記バネ 257により その位置を保持している。なお、操作レバー 261またはリンク機構をモータゃシリンダ 等のァクチユエータと連結して、該ァクチユエータをスィッチ等の操作部材と接続して 、ボタン操作等で切り換えるように構成することもできる。 [0164] As described above, the pre-guide 250 is connected to the operation lever 261 via the link mechanism, specifically, via the connection rod 262 and the operation rod 263. Thus, even when the pre-guidance 250 cannot be reached by the driver's cab, the switching operation of the pre-guidance 250 can be performed by operating the operation lever 261 by the driver. Holds that position. The operation lever 261 or the link mechanism may be connected to an actuator such as a motor / cylinder or the like, and the actuator may be connected to an operation member such as a switch or the like and switched by a button operation or the like.
[0165] プレガイド 250は、図 35の実線に示す直立位置に操作レバー 261があれば、走行 作業位置 (ィ)に切り換えられており、一方、図 35の 2点鎖線に示す傾倒位置に操作 レバー 261があれば、手扱ぎ作業位置(口)に切り換えられている。  [0165] If the operation lever 261 is in the upright position shown by the solid line in FIG. 35, the pre-guide 250 is switched to the traveling work position (A), while the pre-guide 250 is operated to the tilted position shown by the two-dot chain line in FIG. If the lever 261 is present, it has been switched to the manual operation position (mouth).
[0166] 運転室 14の運転者により、操作レバー 261が直立位置から前方に向けて傾倒操 作されると、連結ロッド 262が反時計方向(図 35)に回動し、操作ロッド 263が後方に 向けて移動する。これにより、プレガイド 250が回動支軸 256を中心に時計方向(図 3 5参照)に回動し、走行作業位置 (ィ)から手扱ぎ作業位置 (口)に切り換わる。  When the operation lever 261 is tilted forward from the upright position by the driver in the cab 14, the connecting rod 262 rotates counterclockwise (FIG. 35), and the operation rod 263 moves rearward. Move toward. As a result, the pre-guide 250 rotates clockwise (see FIG. 35) about the rotation support shaft 256, and switches from the traveling work position (a) to the manual work position (mouth).
[0167] 一方、操作レバー 261が傾倒位置から後方に向けて操作されると、連結ロッド 262 が時計方向(図 35参照)に回動し、操作ロッド 263が前方に向けて移動する。これに より、プレガイド 250が回動支軸 256を中心に反時計方向(図 35参照)に回動し、手 扱ぎ作業位置 (口)から走行作業位置 (ィ)に切り換わる。  [0167] On the other hand, when the operation lever 261 is operated rearward from the inclined position, the connecting rod 262 rotates clockwise (see FIG. 35), and the operation rod 263 moves forward. As a result, the pre-guide 250 rotates counterclockwise (see FIG. 35) about the rotation support shaft 256, and switches from the manual operation position (mouth) to the traveling operation position (a).
[0168] このように、運転室 14の近傍に操作レバー 261を設けて、該操作レバー 261の操 作によって、プレガイド 250の回動操作を行って、走行作業位置 (ィ)と、手扱ぎ作業 位置(口)との切り換えを行っている。これにより、運転室 14内の運転者によっても容 易にプレガイド 250の回動操作を行うことができる。例えば、フィードチェーン 9側に 位置する副作業者が、メ ijり取った穀稈を両手に抱えている等の理由で両手が自由に 動かせない場合であっても、運転者によってプレガイド 250を手扱ぎ作業位置(口)に 切り換えて、手扱ぎ作業を行うことができる。また、手扱き作業終了後、副作業者がプ レガイド 250を元に戻す操作を忘れても、運転者が操作レバー 261を操作して元に 戻すことができる。この結果、コンバイン 1において、操作性および作業性の向上を図 ること力 Sできる。なお、プレガイド 250は副作業者が直接回動して走行作業位置 (ィ) と、手扱ぎ作業位置(口)に切り換えることもできる。また、本実施例では操作レバー 2 61とプレガイド 250をリンク機構により連動連結している力 ワイヤとバネ等によっても 連動連結することが可能である。  [0168] As described above, the operation lever 261 is provided in the vicinity of the cab 14, and the operation of the operation lever 261 causes the pre-guide 250 to rotate, so that the traveling work position (A) and the manual operation The work position (mouth) is switched. This allows the driver in the cab 14 to easily perform the turning operation of the pre-guide 250. For example, even if the auxiliary worker located on the side of the feed chain 9 cannot move both hands freely due to holding the grain stalks that have been taken in both hands, etc. By switching to the manual operation position (mouth), manual operations can be performed. Further, even if the sub-operator forgets the operation of returning the pre-guide 250 after the handling operation, the driver can operate the operation lever 261 to return to the original position. As a result, the combine 1 can improve the operability and workability. The pre-guide 250 can also be rotated by the sub-worker directly to switch between the traveling operation position (a) and the manual operation position (mouth). Further, in the present embodiment, the operation lever 261 and the pre-guide 250 can be operatively connected by a force wire and a spring which are operatively connected by a link mechanism.
[0169] 続いて、フィードチェーン 9の搬送上流側の上方に設けられる受け継ぎガイド 271 について、図 37、図 38、図 39を用いて説明する。 Subsequently, a transfer guide 271 provided above the feed chain 9 on the upstream side of the conveyance. This will be described with reference to FIGS. 37, 38, and 39.
受け継ぎガイド 271は、前述したプレガイド 250の穀稈押さえ棒 251と側面視で重 複して配置され、該穀稈押さえ棒 251よりも機体内側に位置している。また、フィード チェーン 9と側面視および平面視で重複している。つまり、受け継ぎガイド 271はフィ ードチェーン 9の搬送上流側に沿った状態で配置され、補助搬送装置または刈取部 の刈取フレームに取り付けられている。  The inheriting guide 271 is arranged so as to overlap with the grain stalk pressing rod 251 of the pre-guide 250 described above in a side view, and is located on the inside of the fuselage with respect to the grain stalk pressing rod 251. In addition, it overlaps with the feed chain 9 in side view and plan view. That is, the inheriting guide 271 is arranged along the conveyance upstream side of the feed chain 9 and is attached to the auxiliary conveyance device or the cutting frame of the cutting unit.
[0170] そして、受け継ぎガイド 271の前端部が支持フレーム 272に支持され、該支持フレ ーム 272が、機体前部の引起し'刈取部 3を支持するサイドフレーム 273の後端部に 取り付けられている。 [0170] The front end of the transfer guide 271 is supported by the support frame 272, and the support frame 272 is attached to the rear end of the side frame 273 that supports the reaping section 3 at the front of the fuselage. ing.
[0171] 受け継ぎガイド 271の前端部は、略直角に折り曲げられ、この折り曲げられた部分 が左方へ延出されて延出部 271aが形成されている。該延出部 271aが支持フレーム 272に設けた揷通孔に揷通されており、受け継ぎガイド 271が支持フレーム 272に回 動可能に支持されている。同時に、受け継ぎガイド 271は支持フレーム 272に対して 左右方向に移動可能となっている。延出部 271aの先端部 (左端部)には、支持フレ ーム 272の揷通孔からの抜けを防止するための抜け防止用のピン 274が挿通されて いる。該ピン 274により受け継ぎガイド 271の左右方向の移動が距離 L1に規制され る。  [0171] The front end of the inheriting guide 271 is bent at a substantially right angle, and the bent portion is extended to the left to form an extended portion 271a. The extending portion 271a extends through a through hole provided in the support frame 272, and the transfer guide 271 is rotatably supported by the support frame 272. At the same time, the transfer guide 271 is movable in the left-right direction with respect to the support frame 272. At the tip (left end) of the extension 271a, a pin 274 for preventing the support frame 272 from slipping out of the through hole is inserted. The pin 274 restricts the lateral movement of the transfer guide 271 to a distance L1.
[0172] また、受け継ぎガイド 271の前部には、延出部 271aと平行に突出部 271bが突設さ れている。突出部の先端 (左端)には、座金 (ヮッシャゃリング等) 275が取り付けられ ている。  [0172] A projection 271b is provided at the front of the inheriting guide 271 so as to project in parallel with the extension 271a. A washer (such as a washer ring) 275 is attached to the tip (left end) of the protrusion.
[0173] 受け継ぎガイド 271は、板バネ 276により下方に向けて付勢されている。板バネ 27 6は側面断面視略「つ」字状に形成されており、該「つ」字状の両端のうち、短く延び る一端 276aが支持フレーム 272の上面にボルトにより固定されている。一方、「つ」 字状の長く延びる下側の一端 276bが受け継ぎガイド 271の突出部 271bと当接して おり、該突出部 271bを介して板パネ 276の付勢力が受け継ぎガイド 271に作用する ようにしている。このように、受け継ぎガイド 271が下方に押し付けられることにより、該 受け継ぎガイド 271とフィードチェーン 9との間に穀稈を挟持して搬送するようにして いる。 [0174] また、突出部 271b先端の座金 275が板パネ 276の左端面に当接して、受け継ぎ ガイド 271の左右方向の移動が規制されている。 [0173] The inheriting guide 271 is urged downward by the leaf spring 276. The leaf spring 276 is formed in a substantially “U” shape in a side sectional view, and one end 276 a of the “U” shape that extends short is fixed to the upper surface of the support frame 272 by a bolt. On the other hand, the lower end 276b of the "C" -shaped long extension is in contact with the protrusion 271b of the transfer guide 271 so that the urging force of the plate panel 276 acts on the transfer guide 271 via the protrusion 271b. I have to. As described above, the transfer guide 271 is pressed downward, so that the grain stalk is sandwiched and transported between the transfer guide 271 and the feed chain 9. [0174] Further, the washer 275 at the tip of the protruding portion 271b is in contact with the left end surface of the panel panel 276, so that the lateral movement of the transfer guide 271 is restricted.
[0175] さらに、受け継ぎガイド 271の上下方向の回動および左右方向の移動を規制し、案 内保持するための機構となるガイド部材 277が支持フレーム 272に固定されている。 ガイド部材 277には、正面視略 L字状のガイド溝が形成されており、該ガイド溝の幅 が受け継ぎガイド 271の径よりも若干大きく形成されている。 L字状のガイド溝は、上 下方向の溝 277aと左右方向の溝 277bとからなり、上下方向の溝 277aは下方に開 放されて形成されている。  [0175] Further, a guide member 277 serving as a mechanism for restricting the rotation of the inheriting guide 271 in the up-down direction and the movement in the left-right direction and holding it within the plan is fixed to the support frame 272. The guide member 277 has a substantially L-shaped guide groove when viewed from the front, and the width of the guide groove is formed to be slightly larger than the diameter of the receiving guide 271. The L-shaped guide groove is composed of an up-down groove 277a and a left-right groove 277b, and the up-down groove 277a is opened downward.
[0176] そして、板パネ 276により受け継ぎガイド 271が下方に押し付けられている状態で は、受け継ぎガイド 271が上下方向の溝 277aに嵌まるようにしている。  [0176] When the transfer guide 271 is pressed downward by the plate panel 276, the transfer guide 271 is fitted into the vertical groove 277a.
[0177] 通常時においては、受け継ぎガイド 271は、板パネ 276の付勢力によって下方に 押し付けられて、フィードチェーン 9と側面視で重複して配置されてレ、る。  [0177] In a normal state, the transfer guide 271 is pressed downward by the urging force of the panel panel 276, and is disposed so as to overlap the feed chain 9 in a side view.
[0178] ところが、メンテナンス時等には、フィードチェーン 9を回動させて、機体左側方を開 放する場合がある。この場合には、受け継ぎガイド 271を通常時の状態に放置してお くと、フィードチェーン 9と干渉し、該フィードチェーン 9の回動の妨げとなる。このため 、板パネ 276の付勢力に抗して受け継ぎガイド 271を上方に持ち上げて、フィードチ エーン 9と干渉しないようにする必要がある。  However, during maintenance or the like, the feed chain 9 may be rotated to release the left side of the machine. In this case, if the inheriting guide 271 is left in a normal state, it will interfere with the feed chain 9 and hinder the rotation of the feed chain 9. Therefore, it is necessary to raise the transfer guide 271 upward against the urging force of the panel panel 276 so as not to interfere with the feed chain 9.
[0179] メンテナンス時等に、フィードチェーン 9を回動する際の受け継ぎガイド 271につい て説明する。  [0179] The transfer guide 271 for rotating the feed chain 9 during maintenance or the like will be described.
まず、板バネ 276の一端 276bを上方に持ち上げて、受け継ぎガイド 271に板バネ 276の付勢力が作用しないようにする。こうして、受け継ぎガイド 271が上下方向に回 動可能となる。そして、受け継ぎガイド 271を持ち上げて、上方に回動させる。このと き、受け継ぎガイド 271は、ガイド部材 277の上下方向の溝 277aに案内され、該溝 2 77aの上端と当接するまで回動する。これにより、受け継ぎガイド 271は、フィードチヱ ーン 9と側面視で重複しなくなり、フィードチェーン 9を回動させることが可能となる。  First, one end 276b of the leaf spring 276 is lifted upward so that the urging force of the leaf spring 276 does not act on the receiving guide 271. Thus, the inheriting guide 271 can rotate in the vertical direction. Then, the transfer guide 271 is lifted and turned upward. At this time, the transfer guide 271 is guided by the vertical groove 277a of the guide member 277, and rotates until it contacts the upper end of the groove 277a. Thus, the inheriting guide 271 does not overlap with the feed chain 9 in a side view, and the feed chain 9 can be rotated.
[0180] 次に、受け継ぎガイド 271を右方に距離 L1だけ移動させる。このとき、受け継ぎガイ ド 271の突出部 271b先端の座金 275が板バネ 276の一端 276bと干渉しない位置 まで、板パネ 276を持ち上げた状態としておく。また、このとき、受け継ぎガイド 271は 、ガイド部材 277の左右方向の溝 277bに案内されて移動する。この結果、受け継ぎ ガイド 271は、フィードチェーン 9と平面視で重複しなくなる。 Next, the inheritance guide 271 is moved rightward by the distance L1. At this time, the plate panel 276 is lifted to a position where the washer 275 at the tip of the protrusion 271b of the receiving guide 271 does not interfere with one end 276b of the leaf spring 276. At this time, the inheritance guide 271 The guide member 277 is guided and moved by the left and right grooves 277b of the guide member 277. As a result, the inheritance guide 271 does not overlap with the feed chain 9 in plan view.
[0181] このとき、受け継ぎガイド 271は溝 277bに嵌まっているため、該溝 277bにより受け 継ぎガイド 271の上下方向の回動が規制されている。そして、板バネ 276の持ち上げ を解除すると、板パネ 276の付勢力により受け継ぎガイド 271が下方に押え付けられ て、受け継ぎガイド 271の位置が保持される状態となる。つまり、受け継ぎガイド 271 力 フィードチェーン 9と平面視で重複しない状態で保持される。  At this time, since the transfer guide 271 is fitted in the groove 277b, the rotation of the transfer guide 271 in the vertical direction is restricted by the groove 277b. When the lifting of the leaf spring 276 is released, the transfer guide 271 is pressed downward by the urging force of the plate panel 276, and the position of the transfer guide 271 is maintained. In other words, the inheriting guide 271 is held so as not to overlap with the feed chain 9 in plan view.
[0182] 従来のコンバインの構成においては、フィードチェーンを回動させる場合には、受 け継ぎガイドをチェーン等を用いて上方で固定するようにしていた。この場合、受け 継ぎガイドを上方へ反転させる必要があり、また、重心を跨いで反転させる必要があ つた。このため、スペース的に制約が多ぐまた、不安定な状態で固定するため元の 位置に戻ることがあった。  [0182] In the structure of a conventional combine, when the feed chain is rotated, the receiving guide is fixed upward using a chain or the like. In this case, the inheriting guide had to be turned upside down, and had to be turned over across the center of gravity. For this reason, there were many restrictions on space, and in some cases it returned to its original position to fix it in an unstable state.
[0183] これに対し、本実施例では、受け継ぎガイド 271をフィードチェーン 9の搬送上流側 の上方であって、側面視でフィードチェーン 9と重複しない位置に保持する機構を設 けている。この保持機構は、受け継ぎガイド 271の前端部に、支持フレーム 272、座 金 275、板パネ 276、ガイド部材 277等を設けるという簡単な構成となっている。これ により、スペース的に制約を受けることがなくなる。また、安定して側面視でフィードチ エーン 9と重複しない位置に保持することができる。  On the other hand, in the present embodiment, a mechanism is provided for holding the inheriting guide 271 at a position above the feed upstream side of the feed chain 9 and not overlapping the feed chain 9 in a side view. This holding mechanism has a simple configuration in which a support frame 272, a washer 275, a plate panel 276, a guide member 277, and the like are provided at the front end of the transfer guide 271. As a result, space is not restricted. Further, the feed chain 9 can be stably held at a position not overlapping with the feed chain 9 in a side view.
[0184] 次に、脱穀部 20の前記扱胴供給始端部 280について説明する。  Next, the handling cylinder supply start end 280 of the threshing unit 20 will be described.
図 4及び図 40に示すように、扱胴供給始端部 280は扱室 21の入口側で、揺動選 別装置 31の前上方に形成されている。該扱胴供給始端部 280には、側面視におい て扱胴 22下部に周設される受網 23の前端から前方へ延設される供給案内板 281や 下面及び前面で穀稈を案内する上部案内板 282が備えられるとともに、扱胴 22の回 転軸に動力を伝達するプーリ等が収納されている。  As shown in FIGS. 4 and 40, the handling cylinder supply start end 280 is formed on the inlet side of the handling chamber 21 and in front of and above the swing sorting device 31. The feeding cylinder supply start end 280 includes a supply guide plate 281 extending forward from a front end of a receiving net 23 provided around the lower part of the handling cylinder 22 in a side view, and an upper part for guiding grain stalks on the lower surface and the front surface. A guide plate 282 is provided, and a pulley for transmitting power to the rotating shaft of the handling cylinder 22 is housed.
[0185] 供給案内板 281は、機枠 33に固定保持されている。該供給案内板 281は鉄板や 弾性体等で構成されており、扱胴 22の外周形状に合わせて左右方向に緩やかに湾 曲されて、正面視樋状に形成されている。そして、側面断面視において、供給案内 板 281は前部が後下がりの傾斜部として穀粒等が後方の扱室 21 (脱穀部 20)に流 れやすくし、後部は受網 23前部と連結するために扱胴 22の外周面と略平行(同心 円)に構成して、下端においては水平となるようにしている。 [0185] The supply guide plate 281 is fixedly held by the machine frame 33. The supply guide plate 281 is made of an iron plate, an elastic body, or the like, and is gently curved in the left-right direction in accordance with the outer peripheral shape of the handling cylinder 22, and is formed in a trough shape in a front view. Then, in a side cross-sectional view, the supply guide plate 281 has a front portion having a downwardly inclined portion where the grains and the like flow into the rear handling room 21 (threshing unit 20). The rear portion is formed so as to be substantially parallel (concentric) with the outer peripheral surface of the handle drum 22 to be connected to the front portion of the receiving net 23, and is horizontal at the lower end.
[0186] 前記上部案内板 282は、フィードチェーン 9により搬送される穀稈を扱胴 22の下部 へ導くようにして、穀稈が扱胴 22の回転軸等に絡まることを防止している。また、上部 案内板 282は扱室 21のフレームに固定されて、不安定にならないようにしている。  [0186] The upper guide plate 282 guides the grain stalk conveyed by the feed chain 9 to the lower part of the handling drum 22, thereby preventing the grain stalk from being entangled with the rotation shaft of the handling drum 22 or the like. The upper guide plate 282 is fixed to the frame of the handling room 21 so as not to be unstable.
[0187] このように供給案内板 281と上部案内板 282とで形成される扱胴供給始端部 280 の穀稈案内構造は、正面視において略「コ」字形状にフィードチェーン 9側の側方を 開口して形成され、フィードチェーン 9等からなる前記穀稈搬送装置 170によって機 体後部へ搬送される穀稈を供給案内板 281と上部案内板 282の間に案内して滞りな く脱穀部 20へ搬送できるようにしてレ、る。  [0187] As described above, the grain culm guide structure of the handling drum supply start end 280 formed by the supply guide plate 281 and the upper guide plate 282 has a substantially "U" shape in a front view, and the side of the feed chain 9 side. The cereal culm, which is formed with an opening and is conveyed to the rear of the machine by the cereal culm conveying device 170 including the feed chain 9 and the like, is guided between the supply guide plate 281 and the upper guide plate 282 so that the threshing section can be smoothly carried out. So that it can be transported to 20.
[0188] 図 41に示すように、扱胴供給始端部 280であって、フィードチェーン 9と左右逆側( 進行方向右側)の扱室 21内側面には、飛散防止用ガイドとして送りガイド 283とリー ド板 284とが設けられている。より詳しくは、扱胴供給始端部 280の正面視「コ」字状 開口の奥側(閉側)の扱室 21内の前部には、板状部材で構成した送り込み用リード 板 284と、該リード板 284の側方位置で凸上に構成した送りガイド 283が設けられ、 該送りガイド 283とリード板 284は供給案内板 281の後部上方であって、上部案内板 282の外枠と受網 23の外枠との間に形成される樋状の連結部 285上に設けられて いる。  [0188] As shown in Fig. 41, a feed guide 283 as a scattering prevention guide is provided on the inner surface of the handling chamber 21 on the opposite side of the feed chain 9 (the right side in the traveling direction) at the handling drum supply start end 280. A lead plate 284 is provided. More specifically, a feed lead plate 284 made of a plate-like member is provided at the front of the handling chamber 21 on the back side (closed side) of the “U” -shaped opening of the handling cylinder supply start end 280 when viewed from the front, A feed guide 283 is provided on the side of the lead plate 284 and is formed to be convex. The feed guide 283 and the lead plate 284 are located above the rear portion of the supply guide plate 281 and are connected to the outer frame of the upper guide plate 282 and the receiving plate. It is provided on a gutter-like connecting portion 285 formed between the net 23 and the outer frame.
[0189] 送りガイド 283は略三角錐状で上部案内板 282と連結部 285の隅部に跨がり扱胴 22側に膨出して設けられ、穀稈の穂先を扱胴 22側に案内し、扱胴供給始端部 280 側へ逆流しないように案内している。そして更に、該送りガイド 283の扱室 21内面上 方に連続してリード板 284が設けられ、受網 23の上前方に配設されている。該リード 板 284は、扱室 21上部の内周面に配置された送塵弁 24の傾斜に略合わせるように 設けられており、リード板 284の板面の延長方向が送塵弁 24の板面に向けられてい る。こうして、扱胴 22によって脱穀されるように穂先を扱室 21内でフィードチェーン 9 と略直角方向になるようにリード板 284により揃えるとともに、脱穀時に発生する藁屑 等や脱粒された籾等を送塵弁 24と平行に流れるよう案内している。そして、従来扱胴 供給始端部 280側へ飛散していた藁屑等を扱室 21内へ戻すことで、ロスの減少を 図るようにしている。 [0189] The feed guide 283 has a substantially triangular pyramid shape and is provided so as to straddle the upper guide plate 282 and the corner of the connecting portion 285 so as to protrude toward the handling cylinder 22 side, and guide the tip of the grain culm to the handling cylinder 22 side. It is guided so that it does not flow backward to the supply end 280 side of the cylinder. Further, a lead plate 284 is provided continuously above the inner surface of the handling chamber 21 of the feed guide 283, and is disposed above and forward of the receiving net 23. The lead plate 284 is provided so as to substantially match the inclination of the dust valve 24 disposed on the inner peripheral surface of the upper part of the handling chamber 21, and the extension direction of the plate surface of the lead plate 284 is Face to face. In this way, the spikes are aligned by the lead plate 284 in the handling room 21 so as to be in a direction substantially perpendicular to the feed chain 9 so as to be threshed by the handling cylinder 22, and at the same time, straw waste and the like that are generated during threshing and threshed paddy are removed. It is guided to flow parallel to the dust valve 24. Then, by returning straw waste and the like that had been scattered to the handling cylinder supply start end 280 side into the handling chamber 21, the loss can be reduced. I try to do it.
[0190] 前記リード板 284は、鉄板等の板状部材で構成されており、扱室 21内の圧力によ つて変形しないように強度及び、耐磨耗性等を考慮して構成されている。そして、該リ ード板 284は、図 42に示すように、 L字状に屈曲されて、扱室 21の内周面に対して 塞直 ίこ立設されてレヽる。リード板 284の底面の固定音 B284afまボノレト 286 · 286等で 扱室 21の内側面に締結されて、着脱可能に構成されている。このため、万一、リード 板 284が破損した場合等、容易に取り替え作業を行うことができ、メンテナンス性を向 上できる。  [0190] The lead plate 284 is made of a plate-like member such as an iron plate, and is configured in consideration of strength, abrasion resistance, and the like so as not to be deformed by the pressure in the handling chamber 21. . As shown in FIG. 42, the lead plate 284 is bent in an L-shape, and stands upright on the inner peripheral surface of the handling chamber 21 to be erected. A fixed sound B284af or bonoreto 286, 286 etc. on the bottom surface of the lead plate 284 is fastened to the inner surface of the handling room 21 so as to be detachable. Therefore, in the event that the lead plate 284 is damaged, replacement work can be easily performed, and maintenance performance can be improved.
[0191] このように、脱穀部 20の扱胴供給始端部 280であって、フィードチェーン 9と反対側 の扱室 21内側面にリード板 284を配置することで、扱室 21内の藁屑等が扱胴供給 始端部 280へ飛散することを防止して、送塵弁 24側へ案内して扱室 21の終端部側 へ案内することができるのである。そして、従来扱胴供給始端部 280へ飛散していた 穀粒等を回収することができ、ロスを減少することができるのである。  [0191] As described above, by disposing the lead plate 284 on the inside surface of the handling chamber 21 on the opposite side of the feed chain 9 from the handling cylinder supply start end 280 of the threshing unit 20, the straw waste in the handling chamber 21 is provided. It is possible to prevent such as to be scattered to the handling cylinder supply start end 280, to be guided to the dust valve 24, and to be guided to the end of the handling chamber 21. Then, the grains and the like that have been scattered to the handling drum supply start end 280 can be recovered, and the loss can be reduced.
[0192] なお、前記送りガイド 283とリード板 284とからなる飛散防止用ガイドは脱穀部 20の 扱胴供給始端部 280のフィードチェーン 9と反対側の上部案内板 282の裏面側に配 置してもよぐこの場合にも上記同様の効果を得られるものである。  [0192] The scattering prevention guide composed of the feed guide 283 and the lead plate 284 is disposed on the back side of the upper guide plate 282 on the opposite side of the feed chain 9 of the handling drum supply start end 280 of the threshing unit 20. In this case, the same effect as above can be obtained.
[0193] 続いて、脱穀部 20の受網 23の構成について、図 43から図 45を用いて説明する。  Next, the configuration of the receiving network 23 of the threshing unit 20 will be described using FIG. 43 to FIG.
受網 23は、ダレンタンク 13側(進行方向右側)を奥網 290、フィードチェーン 9側( 進行方向右側)を手前網 291として二分割されており、送塵口 27始端の前後方向の ライン Y (図 44参照)において、奥網 290と手前網 291とが連結部 295にて連結され ている。  The receiving net 23 is divided into two parts: a back net 290 on the side of the drain tank 13 (right side in the traveling direction) and a front side net 291 on the side of the feed chain 9 (right side in the traveling direction). In FIG. 44, the back net 290 and the front net 291 are connected at a connecting portion 295.
[0194] 前記奥網 290と手前網 291の周囲は断面視 L字状の枠により支持されており、前記 連結部 295において、奥網 290及び手前網 291の当接部には、扱胴 22の径方向外 側に向けて略直角に折り曲げて網枠 290a及び 291aがそれぞれ形成されており、こ の連結部 295において、奥網 290及び手前網 291のいずれか一方の網枠よりピン 2 92a ' 292a ' 292aが機体前後方向に略等間隔を隔てた位置において接線方向に突 設され、また他方の網枠には前記ピン 292aが突設される位置に対応して揷入孔が 形成され、手前網 291を押し込むことによりピン 292aが揷入孔に嵌合して奥網 290 と手前網 291とを連結する構成としている。なお、前記ピン 292aを設ける位置や数は 限定されるものではなぐまた、この連結構成も限定されるものでなぐ凹凸を嵌合さ せる構造等であってもよい。 [0194] The periphery of the back net 290 and the front net 291 is supported by an L-shaped frame in cross section, and in the connecting portion 295, a contact portion of the back net 290 and the front net 291 is The nets 290a and 291a are formed by being bent at substantially right angles toward the outside in the radial direction of the frame 290a and 291a, respectively. '292a' 292a is tangentially projected at a position substantially equidistant in the longitudinal direction of the fuselage, and a penetration hole is formed in the other mesh frame at a position corresponding to the position where the pin 292a is projected. When the front net 291 is pushed in, the pin 292a fits into the insertion hole and the back net 290 And the front net 291 are connected. The position and number of the pins 292a are not limited, and the connection configuration is also limited.
[0195] また、前記奥網 290のダレンタンク 13側にも前記網枠 290aと同様にして網枠 290b が形成されており、この網枠 290bからはピン 292b ' 292b ' 292bが機体前後方向の 位置を前記ピン 292aと略同じにして接線方向に突設され、これらピン 292bを本機側 に備えられる固定部材となるステー 296に嵌合することで奥網 290が本機に固定さ れるとともに、受網 23が扱胴 22下方において固定されるのである。  [0195] A mesh frame 290b is also formed on the back net 290 on the side of the drain tank 13 in the same manner as the mesh frame 290a, and pins 292b'292b'292b extend from the mesh frame 290b in the longitudinal direction of the fuselage. The positions are substantially the same as those of the pins 292a, and the pins 292b are tangentially protruded, and the pins 292b are fitted to stays 296 serving as fixing members provided on the machine side, whereby the back net 290 is fixed to the machine. Thus, the receiving net 23 is fixed below the handling cylinder 22.
[0196] 図 44に示すように、受網 23は奥網 290と手前網 291とにより平面視略 L字状に形 成され、手前網 291が前後方向に長くやや突出した構成としている。また、受網 23は 網枠 293上に薄い金属製の板体 294を固設して構成されており、この板体 294には 全面ほぼ均一に方形状の抜孔 294aが穿設されて網目状に形成されている。そして 、これらの抜孔 294aを通じて、扱歯 22a ' 22a ' · ·により受網 23上に扱ぎ落された籾 や藁屑等を漏下するようにしている。なお、本実施例においては、抜孔 294aの形状 を方形状としたが、丸や多角形等にしてもよい。  As shown in FIG. 44, the receiving net 23 is formed in a substantially L-shape in plan view by the back net 290 and the front net 291, and the front net 291 is long and slightly protrudes in the front-rear direction. Further, the receiving net 23 is constructed by fixing a thin metal plate 294 on a net frame 293, and the plate 294 has a square hole 294a substantially uniformly formed on the entire surface thereof. Is formed. Then, through these holes 294a, the paddy, straw waste, and the like that have been handled on the receiving net 23 by the tooth handling 22a '22a' · · are leaked. In the present embodiment, the shape of the hole 294a is rectangular, but it may be round or polygonal.
[0197] 上述したように平面視略 L字状の受網 23における突出部 291cは、フィードチヱ一 ン 9による穀稈搬送経路 9aの後半部であり、扱胴 22の後半部の下部に位置する。こ の突出部 291cの上面には、金属製の板体等で形成される所定高さの仕切 297が、 扱胴 22の回転による扱歯 22aの移動方向と平行に、これら扱歯 22aの間に位置する ように機体前後方向に等間隔を隔てて複数突設されている。この仕切 297が複数突 設された突出部 291cにおいて、フィードチェーン 9によって搬送される穀稈は、仕切 297によって上方へ浮き上がらされるとともに扱歯 22a ' 22a ' · ·により下方に押え付 けられるようになっており、穀稈に扱歯 22a ' 22a ' · ·を当接させることができるようにな つている。  [0197] As described above, the projection 291c in the substantially L-shaped receiving net 23 in plan view is the rear half of the grain stalk transport path 9a by the feed chain 9, and is located below the rear half of the handling cylinder 22. . On the upper surface of the protruding portion 291c, a partition 297 formed of a metal plate or the like having a predetermined height is provided between the handling teeth 22a in parallel to the moving direction of the handling teeth 22a due to the rotation of the handling cylinder 22. Are provided at equal intervals in the longitudinal direction of the fuselage. At the projecting portion 291c where a plurality of partitions 297 protrude, the grain stalks conveyed by the feed chain 9 are lifted upward by the partition 297 and pressed down by the teeth 22a '22a'. The teeth 22a '22a' · · can be brought into contact with the grain stem.
[0198] また、受網 23は機体側方から着脱できるように構成されている。つまり、上述したよ うに機体側方に対して開閉可能に構成されたフィードチェーンフレーム 190を開放し 、機体側方より機体側に設けられているフレーム 298に設けたレールに沿って円弧 状に引き出したり揷入したりして着脱可能としているのである。そのため、奥網 290の 前後の網枠 293の連結部 295側にはそれぞれストッパ 299 · 299が設けられている。 このストッパ 299 · 299においては、網枠 293に板状の部材の一部を山型に折り曲げ て形成された板バネ 299aをボルト等によって締結固定し、この板バネ 299aを機体 側のフレーム 298に止め具 299b等を用いて係止できるようにしており、メンテナンス 等で手前網 291を引き抜く際に奥網 290がすべり落ちないようにしている。 The receiving network 23 is configured to be detachable from the side of the aircraft. That is, as described above, the feed chain frame 190 configured to be openable and closable with respect to the fuselage side is opened, and is drawn out in an arc shape along the rail provided on the frame 298 provided on the fuselage side with respect to the fuselage side. They are removable and can be inserted and removed. Therefore, Okuami 290 Stoppers 299 are provided on the connection portion 295 side of the front and rear mesh frames 293, respectively. In the stoppers 299, 299, a leaf spring 299a formed by bending a part of a plate-like member into a mountain shape on a net frame 293 is fastened and fixed with bolts or the like, and this leaf spring 299a is attached to the body side frame 298. The catch 299b can be used for locking so that the back net 290 does not slip off when the front net 291 is pulled out for maintenance or the like.
[0199] 図 45及び図 46に示すように、このような構成の受網 23において、扱ぎ残しが発生 し易い機体左側に位置する手前網 291と、扱胴 22外周に植設した扱歯 22aの先端 部の回転軌道 Tとの隙間(間隔)を調整することが可能となっており、そのための位置 調整部 300が設けられている。つまり、手前網 291の左側(フィードチェーン 9側)端 部にはコ字状の折り曲げ部 291dを形成し、該折り曲げ部 291dの内側に L字状の網 枠 291bが固定されており、該網枠 291bと折り曲げ部 291dを嵌合部として、その間 にクランク状に折り曲げた固定部材となる固定プレート 306の上端側を揷入できるよう にしている。 [0199] As shown in Figs. 45 and 46, in the receiving net 23 having such a configuration, the front net 291 located on the left side of the fuselage where leftovers are likely to occur, and the tooth handling implanted around the outer periphery of the handling cylinder 22 The gap (interval) between the tip of 22a and the rotation orbit T can be adjusted, and a position adjuster 300 is provided for that. That is, a U-shaped bent portion 291d is formed at the left end (feed chain 9 side) of the front net 291 and an L-shaped net frame 291b is fixed inside the bent portion 291d. With the frame 291b and the bent portion 291d as fitting portions, the upper end side of the fixed plate 306 serving as a fixed member bent in a crank shape can be inserted therebetween.
[0200] 前記位置調整部 300は、機体本体側に固設されたブラケット 305と、該ブラケット 3 05の上端部に配置される位置調整のための板状部材である固定プレート 306と、該 固定プレート 306をブラケット 305に固定するための固定具 307と、間隔を調整する ためのシム 309から構成される。  [0200] The position adjusting unit 300 includes a bracket 305 fixedly provided on the body side of the machine body, a fixing plate 306 which is a plate-like member for position adjustment disposed at the upper end of the bracket 304, and It comprises a fixture 307 for fixing the plate 306 to the bracket 305 and a shim 309 for adjusting the interval.
[0201] ブラケット 305は、その下端部が手前網 291の左下方において、扱室 21のフレーム の一端にボルト 304によって締結固定されており、上端部が手前網 291の左側端部 の網枠 291bに向けて延設されている。そして、このブラケット 305の上端部には固定 プレート 306が、その一端が手前網 291の網枠 291bに当接するように突設して、基 部側がピン 307a及びナット 307bからなる固定具 307によって固定されている。つま り、ピン 307aの頭咅 B307cに固定プレート 306とシム 309挿人した状態でブラケット 3 05に揷入し、ナット 307bにより締付け固定するのである。  [0201] The lower end of the bracket 305 is fastened and fixed to one end of the frame of the handling room 21 by a bolt 304 at the lower left of the front net 291 and the upper end is a net frame 291b at the left end of the front net 291. It is extended toward. A fixing plate 306 protrudes from the upper end of the bracket 305 so that one end of the fixing plate 306 comes into contact with a mesh frame 291b of the front net 291. The base is fixed by a fixing tool 307 including a pin 307a and a nut 307b. Have been. In other words, the fixing plate 306 and the shim 309 are inserted into the head B307c of the pin 307a, and then the bracket 305 is inserted into the bracket 305 and tightened and fixed by the nut 307b.
[0202] このような構造において、手前網 291を奥網 290側へ押し込んで、前記ピン 292a 力奥糸罔 290との連結部 295に挿嵌され、同時に、糸罔枠 291bと折り曲げ咅 B291dとの 間に固定プレート 306が揷入され、後述する手前網押え 310によって押え付けられ て固定される。このとき、扱歯 22aの先端部の回転軌道 Tとの隙間において、その間 隔を狭めたい場合は、シム 309の枚数を増加することにより、固定プレート 306が網 枠 291bを押圧して扱胴 22側に近づける。また、この間隔を広めたい場合は、シム 30 9の枚数を減らすことにより、網枠 291bを外側にさせることができる。つまり、手前網 2 91が奥網 290との連結部 295を中心として回動し、前記隙間を調整することができる のである。なお、厚さの異なるシムを予め複数用意し、これらのシムを取り替えること によっても、同様にして前記隙間を調整することができる。但し、受網は手前網 291と 奥網 290とにより構成しているが、一枚の網で構成することも三枚以上に分割して構 成することちできる。 [0202] In such a structure, the front net 291 is pushed into the back net 290 side, and is inserted into the connecting portion 295 of the pin 292a and the back end 290, and at the same time, the yarn starting frame 291b and the bent 咅 B291d are inserted. The fixing plate 306 is inserted in between, and is pressed down and fixed by the near net presser 310 described later. At this time, in the gap between the tip of the toothing 22a and the rotation orbit T, When it is desired to reduce the gap, the number of the shims 309 is increased so that the fixing plate 306 presses the net frame 291b to approach the handling cylinder 22 side. If it is desired to increase the interval, the number of the shims 309 can be reduced so that the net frame 291b can be set to the outside. In other words, the front net 291 rotates around the connecting portion 295 with the back net 290, and the gap can be adjusted. The gap can be similarly adjusted by preparing a plurality of shims having different thicknesses in advance and replacing these shims. However, the receiving network is composed of the front network 291 and the rear network 290, but it can be composed of one network or divided into three or more networks.
[0203] このように、手前網 291とブラケット 305との間に介在する固定プレート 306を固定 する部分に位置調整部 300を形成し、該位置調整部 300に配置するシム 309の数を 増減させたり、その厚さを調整したりすることによって、手前網 291と扱歯 22aの先端 部の回転軌道 Tとの隙間(間隔)を調整することができるのである。こうして、手前網 2 91と扱歯 22aの先端部の回転軌道 Tとの間隔を調整可能とすることで、収穫する作 物の種類に応じた規定の間隔を確保することができる。これにより、前記隙間が所望 の間隔よりも狭い場合に発生する穀稈の穂切れを防止しつつ穂先部分のみを効率 的に脱粒することが可能となると共に、逆にこの間隔が広い場合に発生する扱ぎ残し を防止することが可能となり、脱穀精度の向上が図れる。  [0203] As described above, the position adjusting portion 300 is formed at a portion where the fixing plate 306 interposed between the front net 291 and the bracket 305 is fixed, and the number of shims 309 arranged on the position adjusting portion 300 is increased or decreased. In addition, the gap (interval) between the front net 291 and the rotation trajectory T of the distal end of the handling tooth 22a can be adjusted by adjusting the thickness of the front mesh 291 and the thickness of the front net 291. In this way, the distance between the front net 291 and the rotation trajectory T of the tip of the toothing 22a can be adjusted, so that a specified distance according to the type of crop to be harvested can be secured. This makes it possible to efficiently shed the ears only while preventing the grain stalks from being cut off when the gap is smaller than the desired interval, and conversely when the gap is wide. This makes it possible to prevent unhandled residue, thereby improving the threshing accuracy.
[0204] また、位置調整部 300は、ブラケット 305に取り付ける固定プレート 306を固定する ピン 307aにシム 309を介在させ、このシム 309の数を増減させたり、または、異なる 厚さのシム 309に替えたりするという簡単な構成となっているので、容易に手前網 29 1と扱歯 22aの先端部の回転軌道 Tとの間隔を調整することができる。  [0204] In addition, the position adjusting unit 300 includes a shim 309 interposed in a pin 307a for fixing the fixing plate 306 to be attached to the bracket 305, and the number of the shim 309 is increased or decreased, or the shim 309 having a different thickness is used. The distance between the front net 291 and the rotation trajectory T of the tip of the toothing 22a can be easily adjusted.
[0205] さらに、このような構造の位置調整部 300は、機体前後方向、即ち扱胴 22の前後 方向に複数設けることも可能である。この場合、前記ブラケット 305を手前網 291の前 後方向の長さの範囲内で任意の間隔に複数設け、それぞれの位置において位置調 整部 300を構成するのである。  [0205] Further, a plurality of position adjustment units 300 having such a structure can be provided in the longitudinal direction of the machine body, that is, in the longitudinal direction of the handling cylinder 22. In this case, a plurality of the brackets 305 are provided at arbitrary intervals within the range of the length of the front net 291 in the front-to-rear direction, and the position adjusting unit 300 is formed at each position.
[0206] このように位置調整部 300を機体前後方向に複数設けることにより、それぞれの位 置において別々に手前網 291の位置調整を行うことが可能となり、それぞれの位置 において手前網 291と扱歯 22aの回転軌道 Tとの間隔を調整することが可能となり、 収穫する作物の種類や穀稈の脱穀状態に応じて該間隔の微調整を行うことができる ので、穂切れや扱ぎ残しが防止でき、より脱穀精度の向上を図ることができる。 [0206] Providing a plurality of position adjustment units 300 in the longitudinal direction of the fuselage makes it possible to separately adjust the position of the near net 291 at each position. It is possible to adjust the interval with the rotation orbit T of 22a, Since the interval can be finely adjusted in accordance with the type of crop to be harvested and the threshing state of the cereal stem, cutting of ears and unhandled leaves can be prevented, and threshing accuracy can be further improved.
[0207] 続いて、手前網押え 130の構成について説明する。  Next, the configuration of the front net retainer 130 will be described.
図 47に示すように、受網 23の側方、フィードチェーン 9側には、手前網押え 310が 配設されている。手前網押え 310は、受網 23と略同じ曲率半径に形成され、受網 23 を形成する手前網 291の延長上に配置されている。また、この手前網押え 310は、フ イードチェーン 9を開閉可能に支持するフィードチェーンフレーム 190に固設されて 一体的に設けられており、フィードチェーンフレーム 190とともに開閉される構造とな つている。このような構成において、フィードチェーン 9が卷回されたフィードチェーン フレーム 190を機体側にロックするとともに、手前網 291のフィードチェーン 9側の側 端が反り返らないように押え付けるのである。  As shown in FIG. 47, a front net retainer 310 is provided on the side of the receiving net 23 and on the side of the feed chain 9. The front net retainer 310 is formed to have substantially the same radius of curvature as the receiving net 23, and is disposed on an extension of the front net 291 forming the receiving net 23. Further, the front net retainer 310 is fixed to and integrally provided with a feed chain frame 190 that supports the feed chain 9 so that the feed chain 9 can be opened and closed, and has a structure that is opened and closed together with the feed chain frame 190. In such a configuration, the feed chain frame 190 around which the feed chain 9 is wound is locked to the machine body side, and the side end of the near net 291 on the feed chain 9 side is pressed so as not to bend.
[0208] さらに、この手前網押え 310の内側(扱胴 22側)の側面には、上述の手前網 291の 突出部 291cに設けられる仕切 297と同方向(延長上)に複数の棒材等が突設されて おり、前記仕切 297と同様に、この棒材によって穀稈を上方へ浮き上がらせるとともに とともに扱歯 22a ' 22a ' · ·により下方に押え付けられるようになっており、穀稈に扱歯 22a - 22a - · ·を当接させることができるようになつている。  [0208] Further, on the inner side surface (on the side of the handling cylinder 22) of the front net retainer 310, a plurality of rods and the like are provided in the same direction (extension) as the partition 297 provided on the protruding portion 291c of the front net 291 described above. As in the case of the partition 297, the bar raises the cereal stem upward, and is pressed downward by the toothing 22a '22a'. The teeth 22a-22a-· · can be brought into contact with each other.
[0209] このような手前網押え 310は、扱胴 22に対して位置調整可能な構造となっている。  [0209] Such a front net retainer 310 has a structure capable of adjusting the position with respect to the handling cylinder 22.
つまり、手前網押え 310の扱胴 22側の面である内側面 310aと、扱胴 22の扱歯 22a の先端部の回転軌道 Tとの隙間(間隔) Sを調整可能に構成されているのである。以 下、この隙間調整の構造について、図 30及び図 47を用いて説明する。  In other words, the gap (interval) S between the inner side surface 310a of the front net retainer 310, which is the surface on the handle cylinder 22 side, and the rotation orbit T of the distal end of the handling tooth 22a of the handle cylinder 22 can be adjusted. is there. Hereinafter, the structure of the gap adjustment will be described with reference to FIGS.
[0210] フィードチェーンフレーム 190と一体的に設けられている手前網押え 130の側方、 フィードチェーン 9側の側面には、機体前後方向にかけて略等間隔に複数箇所 (本 実施例では 3箇所)に、該手前網押え 310をフィードチェーンフレーム 190に位置調 節可能に固定するための調節プレート 311a ' 311b ' 311 cが突設されている。  [0210] A plurality of locations (three locations in this embodiment) are provided on the side of the front net retainer 130 provided integrally with the feed chain frame 190 and on the side surface of the feed chain 9 at substantially equal intervals in the longitudinal direction of the machine. In addition, adjustment plates 311a ', 311b', and 311c for fixing the front net retainer 310 to the feed chain frame 190 so as to be adjustable are protruded.
[0211] これら調節プレート 31 la ' 31 lb ' 311cは、それぞれ上下平行に配置した上部ステ 一 312と下部ステー 313に固定されており、該上部ステー 312と下部ステー 313は、 フィードチェーンフレーム 190を構成する横フレーム 190aと斜フレーム 190bとの間 に架設されている前記補強部材 196a ' 196b ' 196cにそれぞれ上下二箇所固定さ れている。つまり、前記各補強部材 196には、それぞれ側面視コ字状の上部ステー 3 12及び下部ステー 313が溶接等によって固設されており、これら上部ステー 312及 び下部ステー 313に手前網押え 310の各調節プレート 311がボルト 314及び 315に よってそれぞれ位置調整可能に固設されているのである。 [0211] These adjustment plates 31 la '31 lb '311c are fixed to upper and lower stays 312 and 313, respectively, which are arranged vertically in parallel, and the upper and lower stays 312 and 313 are connected to the feed chain frame 190. The reinforcing members 196a, 196b, and 196c provided between the horizontal frame 190a and the inclined frame 190b are fixed to upper and lower portions, respectively. It is. That is, an upper stay 312 and a lower stay 313 each having a U-shape in a side view are fixed to the reinforcing members 196 by welding or the like, and the upper stay 312 and the lower stay 313 are provided with a front net retainer 310. The respective adjusting plates 311 are fixedly provided so as to be position-adjustable by bolts 314 and 315, respectively.
[0212] そして、各調節プレート 311において上固定部に介在する上部ステー 312には通 常の円形のボルト孔が穿設され、この上部ステー 312を介してボルト 314により調節 プレート 311の上部は位置決めされており、一方、各調節プレート 311において下固 定部に介在する下部ステー 313には、手前網押え 310の扱胴 22に対する方向に長 ぃ長孔 316が穿設され、この下部ステー 313を介してボルト 315により位置調整可能 に固定できる構造となっている。つまり、下部ステー 313に穿設される長孔 316は、上 固定部のボルト 314を中心として手前網押え 310を機体側方に回動した際のボルト 3 15の軌道に沿うような形状を有しており、手前網押え 310が回動可能な程度に上固 定部のボルト 314を締結した状態で、該ボルト 314を中心として手前網押え 310を回 動することで、上述した隙間 Sを調整することが可能な構造となっているのである。  In each adjustment plate 311, a regular circular bolt hole is formed in the upper stay 312 interposed in the upper fixing portion, and the upper portion of the adjustment plate 311 is positioned by the bolt 314 through the upper stay 312. On the other hand, the lower stay 313 interposed in the lower fixing portion of each adjustment plate 311 is provided with a long hole 316 extending in the direction of the handling cylinder 22 of the front net retainer 310, and this lower stay 313 is attached to the lower stay 313. It can be fixed so that the position can be adjusted by bolts 315. In other words, the elongated hole 316 formed in the lower stay 313 has a shape that follows the track of the bolt 315 when the front net retainer 310 is rotated to the side of the fuselage around the bolt 314 of the upper fixing portion. The bolt S 314 of the upper fixed portion is fastened to such an extent that the front net retainer 310 is rotatable, and by rotating the front net press 310 around the bolt 314, the above-described gap S is formed. It is a structure that can be adjusted.
[0213] このような構造によって、手前網押え 310の調節プレート 311a' 311b ' 311cそれ ぞれの位置において、前記隙間 S、即ち手前網押え 310の内側面 310aと、扱胴 22 の扱歯 22aの先端部の回転軌道 Tとの間隔が調整可能となっている。なお、手前網 押え 310に設けられる調節プレートの数や形状は本実施例に限定されるものではな レ、。また、手前網押え 310の上固定部の上部ステー 312側のボルト孔を長孔とし、下 固定部側を回動中心としたり、上部ステー 312及び下部ステー 313の両方に長孔を 穿設し、上下の固定部において手前網押え 310を位置調整可能な構造したりするこ とあできる。  With such a structure, the gap S, that is, the inner side surface 310a of the front net retainer 310 and the handling teeth 22a of the handling cylinder 22 are provided at the respective adjustment plates 311a ', 311b', and 311c of the front net holder 310. The distance between the tip and the rotation orbit T can be adjusted. The number and shape of the adjustment plates provided on the front net retainer 310 are not limited to the present embodiment. In addition, the bolt holes on the upper stay 312 side of the upper fixing portion of the front net retainer 310 are elongated holes, and the lower fixing portion side is the center of rotation, and long holes are formed in both the upper stay 312 and the lower stay 313. The position of the front net retainer 310 can be adjusted at the upper and lower fixing portions.
[0214] このように、手前網押え 310をフィードチェーンフレーム 190に対して位置調整可能 に固定できる構造とすることで、手前網押え 310の内側面 310aと、扱胴 22の扱歯 22 aの先端部の回転軌道 Tとの隙間 Sを調整することができ、収穫する作物の種類に応 じた規定の間隔を確保することができる。これにより、前記隙間 Sが所望の間隔よりも 狭い場合に発生する穀稈の穂切れを防止しつつ穂先部分のみを効率的に脱粒する ことが可能となると共に、逆に広い場合に発生する扱ぎ残しを防止することが可能と なり、脱穀精度の向上が図れる。 [0214] As described above, by adopting a structure in which the front net retainer 310 can be fixed to the feed chain frame 190 so that the position thereof can be adjusted, the inner side surface 310a of the front net retainer 310 and the teeth 22a of the handling cylinder 22 are formed. It is possible to adjust the gap S between the tip of the rotating orbit T and the rotation path T, and to secure a specified interval according to the type of crop to be harvested. This makes it possible to efficiently shed the ears only while preventing the grain stalks from being cut off when the gap S is smaller than the desired interval, and conversely, to handle the grain that occurs when the gap is wide. It is possible to prevent leftover Therefore, the threshing accuracy can be improved.
[0215] また、このような手前網押え 310の位置調整箇所を、機体前後方向、即ち扱胴 22 の前後方向に複数設けることにより、それぞれの位置において隙間 Sの間隔を調整 することが可能となり、収穫する作物の種類や穀稈の脱穀状態に応じて穀稈搬送経 路における隙間 Sの微調整を行うことができるので、穂切れや扱ぎ残しが防止でき、 より脱穀精度の向上を図ることができる。  [0215] Further, by providing a plurality of positions for adjusting the position of the front net retainer 310 in the front-rear direction of the machine body, that is, in the front-rear direction of the handling cylinder 22, it is possible to adjust the interval of the gap S at each position. In addition, the gap S in the culm conveying path can be finely adjusted according to the type of crop to be harvested and the threshing state of the culm, so that cutting of ears and unhandled leaves can be prevented, and threshing accuracy is further improved. be able to.
[0216] 続いて、前記排藁搬送装置 320について、図 48及び図 49を用レ、て説明する。  [0216] Next, the straw conveying device 320 will be described with reference to Figs.
排藁搬送装置 320は、前記穀稈搬送装置 170のフィードチェーン 9から搬送される 排藁を排藁搬送チェーン 10により機体後方に搬送し、その際に排藁が排藁搬送チ ヱーン 10から離れて落下する位置を変えることで、排藁カッター装置 321で細断して 圃場に排出する力、、または、切断せずにそのまま放出、或いは、結束装置で結束し て圃場に投下するかを変更するものである。  The straw conveying device 320 conveys the straw conveyed from the feed chain 9 of the grain culm conveying device 170 to the rear of the machine by the straw conveying chain 10, and at that time, the straw is separated from the straw conveying chain 10. Change the force to drop into the field by changing the dropping position by cutting with the straw cutter device 321 or changing the force to discharge to the field without cutting, or to release it to the field after binding with the tying device Is what you do.
[0217] 前記排藁搬送装置 320は、主に排藁搬送チェーン 10、排藁挟扼ガイド 330、前部 支持棒 331、 ノ ネ 332、レーノレ体 333、措動ローラ 334 · 335、後咅 β支持棒 336、 ノ ネ 337、リンク機構 338等から構成されている。  [0217] The straw conveying device 320 mainly includes the straw conveying chain 10, the straw trapping guide 330, the front support rod 331, the nose 332, the renole body 333, the action rollers 334 and 335, and the rear β. It is composed of a support rod 336, a non-stick 337, a link mechanism 338, and the like.
[0218] 排藁搬送チェーン 10は、フィードチェーン 9の後端側より、右後方へ向けて延設さ れている。該排藁チェーン 10には補助排藁搬送チェーン 325が平行に設けられ、排 藁の株元側を排藁搬送チェーン 10により保持し、かつ排藁の先端側を補助排藁搬 送チェーン 325で保持して、排藁を後方へ搬送するようにしている。そして、該排藁 搬送チェーン 10の下方に排藁挟扼ガイド 330が配置されている。  [0218] The straw transport chain 10 extends from the rear end of the feed chain 9 toward the right rear. An auxiliary straw transport chain 325 is provided in parallel with the straw chain 10, the base side of the straw is held by the straw transport chain 10, and the tip side of the straw is supported by the auxiliary straw transport chain 325. While holding the straw, the straw is transported backward. A straw trapping guide 330 is arranged below the straw transport chain 10.
[0219] 排藁挟扼ガイド 330は、主ガイド 340と摺動ガイド 341とから構成されており、主ガイ ド 340が左右斜め水平方向に横設されている。該主ガイド 340は、その一端 (入口側 、左側)が略「く」の字型に下方へ屈曲された屈曲部 340aを有する丸棒状(円筒状) の部材であり、その屈曲部 340aがフィードチェーン 9の終端側に向けて配置されて、 排藁搬送チェーン 10と主ガイド 340との間に穀稈を挟持しながら搬送を容易としてい る。  [0219] The straw trapping guide 330 is composed of a main guide 340 and a sliding guide 341. The main guide 340 is horizontally laid diagonally left and right. The main guide 340 is a round bar-shaped (cylindrical) member having a bent portion 340a having one end (inlet side, left side) bent downward in a substantially U-shape, and the bent portion 340a is fed. It is arranged toward the end side of the chain 9 to facilitate conveyance while holding the culm between the straw conveying chain 10 and the main guide 340.
[0220] また、主ガイド 340の屈曲部 340aの根元部には前部支持棒 331の一端(上端)が 回動可能に枢着され、他端が脱穀機枠 345に固設された側面視コ字状の取付部材 343の上下面に穿設された孔に貫装されて、該取付部材 343内の前部支持棒 331 に外嵌したパネ 332により主ガイド 340が排藁搬送チェーン 10に近接する方向(上 方)に付勢されている。 [0220] Further, one end (upper end) of a front support rod 331 is rotatably connected to the base of the bent portion 340a of the main guide 340, and the other end is fixed to the threshing machine frame 345 in a side view. U-shaped mounting member The main guide 340 is inserted through holes formed on the upper and lower surfaces of the straw 343 and is externally fitted to the front support rod 331 in the mounting member 343 so that the main guide 340 approaches the straw conveying chain 10 (upward). ).
[0221] レール体 333は断面視略逆 U字型の部材であり、主ガイド 340の胴体部下面に長 手方向を略平行にして固設され、下方から摺動ガイド 341を摺動可能に収容する。  [0221] The rail body 333 is a substantially U-shaped member in cross section, and is fixed to the lower surface of the main body of the main guide 340 so that the longitudinal direction thereof is substantially parallel, and the sliding guide 341 can slide from below. To accommodate.
[0222] 摺動ガイド 341は一端 (入口側、左側)が屈曲された略 L字型の丸棒状(円筒状)部 材である。摺動ガイド 341の屈曲部 341aは、始端側が下方に延設され、水平部分は レール体 333に収容されて、該レール体 333の下部に適宜間隔をあけて設けた摺動 ローラ 334.335上に載置され、該摺動ローラ 334 · 335によりレール体 333から脱落 せず、かつ長手方向に摺動可能に支持されている。  [0222] The sliding guide 341 is a substantially L-shaped round bar (cylindrical) member having one end (the inlet side, the left side) bent. The bent portion 341a of the sliding guide 341 has a starting end extending downward and a horizontal portion accommodated in a rail body 333 and mounted on sliding rollers 334.335 provided at appropriate intervals below the rail body 333. The sliding rollers 334 and 335 do not fall off the rail body 333 and are slidably supported in the longitudinal direction.
[0223] 後部支持棒 336は一端(上端)がレール体 333の後部(主ガイド 340の屈曲部 340 aから遠い方)に回動可能に枢着され、他端がコンバインの機体に固設されたコ字状 の取付部材 344の上下面に穿設された孔に貫装されて、該取付部材 344内の後部 支持棒 336に外嵌したバネ 337によりレール体 333 (主ガイド 340)が排藁搬送チヱ ーン 10に近接する方向(上方)に付勢されている。  [0223] The rear support rod 336 has one end (upper end) rotatably pivotally attached to the rear part of the rail body 333 (far from the bent portion 340a of the main guide 340), and the other end fixed to the combine body. The rail body 333 (main guide 340) is inserted through holes formed in the upper and lower surfaces of the U-shaped mounting member 344 and is externally fitted to a rear support rod 336 in the mounting member 344. It is urged in the direction (upward) to approach the straw transporting chain 10.
[0224] 以上のように構成することにより、排藁が排藁搬送チェーン 10により搬送されていな レ、ときには、主ガイド 340の胴体部と排藁搬送チェーン 10の長手方向(搬送方向)と が所定の間隔を空けて略平行となるようにバネ 332 · 337により支持されている。  [0224] With the above configuration, when the straw is not transported by the straw transport chain 10, sometimes the trunk portion of the main guide 340 and the longitudinal direction (transport direction) of the straw transport chain 10 are aligned. It is supported by springs 332 and 337 so as to be substantially parallel at a predetermined interval.
[0225] 一方、排藁搬送チェーン 10により搬送される排藁量が多くなると、バネ 332 · 337の 付勢力に抗して主ガイド 340は下方に押し下げられる。このとき、前部支持棒 331と 後部支持棒 336はそれぞれ主ガイド主ガイド 340とレール体 333に対して回動可能 に枢着されていることから、排藁量の変動に応じて主ガイド主ガイド 340の胴体部が 排藁搬送チェーン 10の長手方向に対して平行でない角度を取ることが可能であり、 排藁を確実に後方に搬送することが可能である。  [0225] On the other hand, when the amount of straw conveyed by the straw conveyance chain 10 increases, the main guide 340 is pushed downward against the urging force of the springs 332 and 337. At this time, the front support rod 331 and the rear support rod 336 are pivotally attached to the main guide main guide 340 and the rail body 333, respectively. The body of the guide 340 can be at an angle that is not parallel to the longitudinal direction of the straw transport chain 10, and the straw can be transported reliably to the rear.
[0226] ところで、図 50、図 51に示すように、前記主ガイド 340の前工程側を支持し支点と なる前部支持棒 331は脱穀機枠 345の外側に配置されているが、従来においては 前部支持棒は脱穀機枠の内側に配置されていたので、選別部における選別性能の 向上を図るために脱穀機枠内に配設されている吸引ファンの径を大きくしたり、配置 位置を変更したりすると、吸引ファンを覆うファンケーシングと前部支持棒とが干渉す るおそれがあり、吸引ファンの径を必要な大きさに変更できなかった。また、吸引ファ ンケーシングとの干渉を回避するように前部支持棒を配置しても、前部支持棒の配置 位置が限られるため、摺動ガイドの必要なストロークを確保することができないという 問題があった。 By the way, as shown in FIGS. 50 and 51, the front support rod 331 which supports the front process side of the main guide 340 and serves as a fulcrum is disposed outside the threshing machine frame 345. Since the front support rod was located inside the threshing machine frame, the diameter of the suction fan installed in the threshing machine frame was increased or increased in order to improve the sorting performance in the sorting section. If the position is changed, the fan casing that covers the suction fan may interfere with the front support rod, and the diameter of the suction fan cannot be changed to a required size. Also, even if the front support rods are arranged so as to avoid interference with the suction fan casing, the required position of the slide guides cannot be secured because the position of the front support rods is limited. There was a problem.
[0227] そこで本実施例では、脱穀機枠 345の内側に配置される吸引ファン 40に対して前 部支持棒 331を脱穀機枠 345の外側に配置しているのである。つまり、前記取付部 材 343を脱穀機枠 345の外側側面に締結部材により締結して、上述の如く取付部材 343に設けた孔に前部支持棒 331を貫装しているのである。  Therefore, in the present embodiment, the front support rod 331 is arranged outside the threshing machine frame 345 with respect to the suction fan 40 arranged inside the threshing machine frame 345. That is, the mounting member 343 is fastened to the outer side surface of the threshing machine frame 345 by the fastening member, and the front support rod 331 is inserted through the hole provided in the mounting member 343 as described above.
[0228] したがって、吸引ファン 40の径の大きさや配置位置に関らず吸引ファンケーシング 161と前部支持棒 331との干渉を避けることができるため、吸引ファン 40の径を必要 な大きさとすることができる。また、摺動ガイド 341に必要なストロークを確保すること が可能となる。  [0228] Accordingly, interference between the suction fan casing 161 and the front support rod 331 can be avoided irrespective of the size and arrangement of the diameter of the suction fan 40, and the diameter of the suction fan 40 is set to a required size. be able to. Further, it is possible to secure a stroke required for the sliding guide 341.
[0229] 続いて、摺動ガイド 341の摺動方法について説明する。該摺動ガイド 341はレール 体 333の下方に設けられたリンク機構 338等を介して、操縦部に設けた操作レバー の操作で摺動できるようにしてレ、る。  [0229] Next, a method of sliding the sliding guide 341 will be described. The sliding guide 341 can be slid by operating an operation lever provided on the control unit via a link mechanism 338 provided below the rail body 333.
[0230] リンク機構 338は、図 51、図 52に示すように、主に作動アーム 350、取付部材 351[0230] As shown in Figs. 51 and 52, the link mechanism 338 mainly includes the operating arm 350 and the mounting member 351.
、ピン 352、回動アーム 353、回動ボス 354、取付部材 355、回動アーム 356等力 構成されている。 , A pin 352, a rotating arm 353, a rotating boss 354, a mounting member 355, and a rotating arm 356.
[0231] 作動アーム 350は細長い板状の部材からなり、その両側の連結部に長孔が形成さ れて許容部が構成されている。つまり、作動アーム 350の一端 (後側)に係止孔 350a が穿設され、他端(前側)には長孔 350bが穿設されている。該係止孔 350aはやや 長いオーパル型の形状をしており、前記摺動ガイド 341の屈曲部 341aの先端部を 揷入して連結している(図 49参照)。このように摺動ガイド 341を作動アーム 350の係 止孔 350aに上下摺動自在に揷入することで、該摺動ガイド 341に連動して主ガイド 340も上下動するように構成している。これにより、排藁が搬送されて、主ガイド 340 及び摺動ガイド 341と、排藁搬送チェーン 10との間隔が広がったり狭くなつたりしても 、屈曲部 341aが大きな抵抗を受けることなく上下に摺動でき、切り替えレバーを操作 した後においても、容易に摺動できる。また、排藁の姿勢姿勢も乱れることなぐ排藁 を後方に円滑に搬送することができる。 [0231] The operating arm 350 is formed of an elongated plate-shaped member, and a long hole is formed in a connecting portion on both sides thereof to form an allowable portion. That is, the locking hole 350a is formed at one end (rear side) of the operation arm 350, and the elongated hole 350b is formed at the other end (front side). The locking hole 350a has a somewhat long opal shape, and the leading end of the bent portion 341a of the sliding guide 341 is inserted and connected (see FIG. 49). As described above, the sliding guide 341 is vertically slidably inserted into the locking hole 350a of the operating arm 350, so that the main guide 340 is vertically moved in conjunction with the sliding guide 341. . As a result, even if the gap between the main guide 340 and the sliding guide 341 and the straw transport chain 10 is widened or narrowed as the straw is conveyed, the bent portion 341a moves up and down without receiving a large resistance. Can slide and operate switching lever After that, it can be easily slid. In addition, the straw can be smoothly transported backward without disturbing the posture of the straw.
[0232] また、作動アーム 350の他端 (前側)に穿設された長孔 350bはピンを介して機体側 と連結している。つまり、該長孔 350bにピン 352が貫通されて、該ピン 352はコンパ インの機体に固設された取付部材 351に固設されている。こうして、切り替え操作時 には、作動アーム 350はピン 352に沿って摺動回動可能である力 取付部材 351か ら脱落しないようにしている。  [0232] Further, a long hole 350b formed in the other end (front side) of the operation arm 350 is connected to the machine body via a pin. That is, the pin 352 is penetrated through the elongated hole 350b, and the pin 352 is fixed to the mounting member 351 fixed to the body of the compine. Thus, at the time of the switching operation, the operating arm 350 is prevented from falling off from the force mounting member 351 that can slide and rotate along the pin 352.
[0233] 作動アーム 350の中途部には回動アーム 353の先端部(前部)が回動可能に枢着 されている。該回動アーム 353の基部(後部)は回動ボス 354に固設され、回動ボス 3 54はコンバインの機体に固設された取付部材 355の回動軸 355aに回動可能に枢 着されている。また、回動ボス 354には回動アーム 356の基部が固設され、回動ァー ム 356の先端部には操作ワイヤ 357の一端が取り付けられている。操作ワイヤ 357の 他端は運転室 14内に設けられた操作レバー(図示せず)に連結されている。また、回 動アーム 353の中途部とコンバインの機体との間にはバネ 358が介装されている。バ ネ 358は、平面視(図 52参照)で回動アーム 353および回動アーム 356が回動軸 35 5aを中心にして時計回りに (排藁放出側に)回動するように付勢している。  [0233] A distal end portion (front portion) of a rotating arm 353 is pivotally attached to a middle portion of the operating arm 350 so as to be rotatable. The base (rear portion) of the turning arm 353 is fixed to a turning boss 354, and the turning boss 354 is turnably connected to a turning shaft 355a of a mounting member 355 fixed to the body of the combine. ing. A base of a rotation arm 356 is fixed to the rotation boss 354, and one end of an operation wire 357 is attached to a tip of the rotation arm 356. The other end of the operation wire 357 is connected to an operation lever (not shown) provided in the cab 14. Further, a spring 358 is interposed between the middle part of the rotating arm 353 and the combine body. The spring 358 biases the rotating arms 353 and 356 to rotate clockwise (to the discharge side of the straw) about the rotating shaft 355a in plan view (see FIG. 52). ing.
[0234] 前記運転室 14内に設けられた図示せぬ操作レバーを「切断」側に操作すると、バ ネ 358に抗して操作ワイヤ 357が運転室 14側に引っ張られ、回動アーム 356および 回動アーム 353は回動軸 355aを中心に平面視(図 52参照)で反時計回りに回動さ れる。このとき、作動アーム 350はピン 352を略中心として平面視(図 52参照)で時計 回りに回動され、摺動ガイド 341を図 49に示す「排藁カッター (切断)位置」に摺動さ せるのである。このとき、摺動ガイド 341が直線運動するのに対して作動アーム 350 の後部は回動運動となる力 作動アーム 350とピン 352とは長孔 350bを介して枢着 されているため、回動時の作動アーム 350両端部(係止孔 350aと長孔 350bが穿設 されている端部)の軌跡は平面視で略長手方向の直線となって許容する。  [0234] When an operation lever (not shown) provided in the cab 14 is operated to the "cut" side, the operation wire 357 is pulled toward the cab 14 against the spring 358, and the rotating arm 356 and The rotation arm 353 is rotated counterclockwise about the rotation axis 355a in plan view (see FIG. 52). At this time, the operating arm 350 is rotated clockwise about the pin 352 in a plan view (see FIG. 52), and the sliding guide 341 is slid to the “straw cutter (cutting) position” shown in FIG. To make it happen. At this time, while the sliding guide 341 makes a linear motion, the rear portion of the operating arm 350 makes a rotational motion. Since the operating arm 350 and the pin 352 are pivotally connected via the elongated hole 350b, The trajectory of both ends of the operating arm 350 at the time (the end where the locking hole 350a and the long hole 350b are drilled) is allowed to be a straight line in a substantially longitudinal direction in plan view.
[0235] したがって、係止孔 350aに屈曲部 341aが嵌合された摺動ガイド 341は、レール体 333に沿ってレール体 333後方から突出した位置 (穀稈を結束後圃場に投下または 直接投下するときの位置)から、レール体 333内に収納された位置 (穀稈を排藁カツ ター装置 321で細断するときの位置)に滑らかに摺動する。また、操作レバーを逆方 向に回動して「放出位置」に回動すると、パネ 358の付勢力により回動アーム 353 · 3 56は平面視(図 52参照)で時計回りに回動して、作動アーム 350を反時計回りに回 動して、摺動ガイド 341を突出した位置 (右側)へ摺動して、排藁を排藁カッター装置 321へ導かないようにするのである。 [0235] Therefore, the slide guide 341 in which the bent portion 341a is fitted into the locking hole 350a is positioned at a position protruding from the rear of the rail body 333 along the rail body 333 (dropping the grain stalk into the field after uniting or directly dropping it. From the position where the stalks are stored in the rail Position at the time of chopping with the turret device 321). When the operating lever is rotated in the reverse direction to the “release position”, the rotating arms 353 and 356 rotate clockwise in plan view (see FIG. 52) by the urging force of the panel 358. Then, the operation arm 350 is rotated counterclockwise, and the sliding guide 341 is slid to the protruding position (right side) so that the straw is not guided to the straw cutter device 321.
[0236] 以上の如く構成することにより、モータ等のァクチユエータを用いることなぐ手動操 作で摺動ガイド 341を排藁を結束後圃場に投下または直接投下するときの位置と、 排藁を排藁カッター装置 321で細断するときの位置とに水平 (略左右)方向に摺動す ることができるようになり、この左右動と屈曲部 341aの上下摺動が略同時行うことが 可能となって、滑らかに摺動させることができ、切替操作時にコジ等が発生しに《な り、装置の信頼性が向上する。また、運転室 14側の操作を伝達するのは一本の操作 ワイヤ 357だけであり、作動量の調整が容易となる。  [0236] With the configuration described above, the position at which the slide guide 341 is dropped or directly dropped onto the field after binding the sliding guide 341 by manual operation without using an actuator such as a motor, It is now possible to slide horizontally (substantially left and right) with the position at which the cutter device 321 cuts the shredder, so that the left and right movement and the vertical sliding of the bent portion 341a can be performed substantially simultaneously. As a result, the sliding can be performed smoothly, and a squeezing or the like occurs during the switching operation, thereby improving the reliability of the device. Further, only one operation wire 357 transmits the operation on the driver's cab 14 side, which facilitates adjustment of the operation amount.
[0237] 次に、前記排藁搬送チェーン 10について、図 48、図 54乃至図 56を用いて説明す る。  Next, the straw transport chain 10 will be described with reference to FIG. 48 and FIGS. 54 to 56.
排藁搬送チェーン 10は複数のリンクプレート 361から構成されており、各リンクプレ ート 361は外側に突出する凸形状に形成されて、リンクプレート 361 · 361間に排藁 の株元側が保持される。また、補助排藁搬送チェーン 325を構成するリンクプレート には、タイン 325aが間欠的に設けられており、該タイン 325a ' 325a間に、排藁の先 端側が保持される。こうして、排藁搬送チェーン 10により搬送される排藁が、補助排 藁搬送チェーン 325によって一層確実に保持されながら、後方へと搬送されるように している。  The straw transport chain 10 is composed of a plurality of link plates 361, and each link plate 361 is formed in a convex shape protruding outward, and the base of the straw is held between the link plates 361. You. In addition, a tine 325a is intermittently provided on the link plate constituting the auxiliary straw conveying chain 325, and the leading end side of the straw is held between the tines 325a '325a. In this way, the straw that is transported by the straw transport chain 10 is transported backward while being more securely held by the auxiliary straw transport chain 325.
[0238] 排藁搬送チェーン 10は、前側の駆動スプロケット 362と、後側の従動ローラ 363と に卷回されている。また、駆動スプロケット 362および従動ローラ 363は、その軸方向 が水平方向である。したがって、排藁搬送チェーン 10は、鉛直面内で長円状の無限 軌道を走行する。排藁搬送チェーン 10と平行である補助排藁搬送チェーン 325に関 しても、同様である。  [0238] The straw transport chain 10 is wound around a front drive sprocket 362 and a rear driven roller 363. The axial direction of the driving sprocket 362 and the driven roller 363 is horizontal. Therefore, the straw transport chain 10 runs on an oval endless track in the vertical plane. The same applies to the auxiliary straw transport chain 325 which is parallel to the straw transport chain 10.
[0239] この排藁搬送チェーン 10の走行する鉛直面を、排藁搬送チェーン 10の走行面とし 、以下、該走行面を基準として、排藁搬送チェーン 10に関る方向を定義する。 [0240] 排藁搬送チェーン 10の駆動スプロケット 362には、脱穀部 20の扱胴 22を駆動する 扱胴駆動軸 322より、ベルト伝動機構 323と、駆動伝達機構が内装される伝動ケース 324を介して、動力が伝達される。また、補助排藁搬送チェーン 325にも、扱胴駆動 軸 322からの動力が、伝動ケース 324を介して伝達され、排藁搬送チェーン 10と補 助排藁搬送チェーン 325とが同期して駆動される。 [0239] The vertical plane on which the straw transport chain 10 travels is defined as a travel surface of the straw transport chain 10, and a direction relating to the straw transport chain 10 will be defined below with reference to the travel surface. [0240] The drive sprocket 362 of the straw transport chain 10 is connected to a handle cylinder drive shaft 322 that drives the handle cylinder 22 of the threshing unit 20 via a belt transmission mechanism 323 and a transmission case 324 in which a drive transmission mechanism is installed. Power is transmitted. The power from the drum drive shaft 322 is also transmitted to the auxiliary straw transport chain 325 via the transmission case 324, and the straw transport chain 10 and the auxiliary straw transport chain 325 are driven synchronously. You.
[0241] 図 54、図 55に示すように、従動ローラ 363は、ローラガイド 364により回動自在に 支持されている。該ローラガイド 364は、排藁搬送チェーン 10の走行面の左右に配 置される一対のガイド板 365 · 365を備えている。ガイド板 365 · 365間には、従動口 ーラ 363の回動支軸 366力 S設けられるとともに、ガイド板 365 · 365を連結して固定す る橋架部材 379 - 379 · · ·が設けられてレ、る。  [0241] As shown in Figs. 54 and 55, the driven roller 363 is rotatably supported by a roller guide 364. The roller guide 364 includes a pair of guide plates 365 arranged on the left and right sides of the running surface of the straw transport chain 10. Between the guide plates 365, 365, a rotation support shaft 366 force S of the driven opening roller 363 is provided, and a bridge member 379-379 for connecting and fixing the guide plates 365, 365 is provided. Let's do it.
[0242] 一方、駆動スプロケット 362は、排藁搬送チェーン 10をガイドするチェーンガイド 36 7に、回動自在に支持されている。  [0242] On the other hand, the driving sprocket 362 is rotatably supported by a chain guide 367 that guides the straw transport chain 10.
[0243] 図 56に示すように、チェーンガイド 367は、横断面視でコ字形状に形成されており 、その全体形状は、上下の平行部 367a ' 367bと、該平行部 367a ' 367bを連結する 連結部 367cとから構成されている。  [0243] As shown in Fig. 56, the chain guide 367 is formed in a U-shape in a cross-sectional view, and the overall shape is formed by connecting the upper and lower parallel portions 367a'367b and the parallel portions 367a'367b. And a connecting portion 367c.
[0244] 排藁搬送チェーン 10は、チェーンガイド 367の上下両端部に排藁搬送チェーン 10 のリンクプレート 361 · 361 · · ·の内面が接近するように設けられ、左右のリンクプレー ト 361 · 361を連結するローラピンをガイドしている。そして、排藁搬送チェーン 10が チェーンガイド 367に案内されて、蛇行することなく走行 (駆動)する。  [0244] The straw transport chain 10 is provided so that the inner surfaces of the link plates 361, 361, ... of the straw transport chain 10 approach the upper and lower ends of the chain guide 367, and the left and right link plates 361, 361 are provided. Are guided by the roller pins connecting the two. Then, the straw transport chain 10 is guided (guided) by the chain guide 367 and travels (drives) without meandering.
[0245] 図 54、図 55を用いて、排藁搬送チェーン 10のテンション装置 370について説明す る  [0245] The tension device 370 of the straw transport chain 10 will be described with reference to Figs. 54 and 55.
ローラガイド 364は、チェーンガイド 367にテンションバネ 368を介して支持されて おり、ローラガイド 364に支持される従動ローラ 363が、排藁搬送チェーン 10のテン シヨンローラとして機能するように構成されている。ここで、チェーンガイド 367に対し てローラガイド 364を支持するとともに、ローラガイド 364にテンションを付与する装置 、テンション装置 370である。  The roller guide 364 is supported by the chain guide 367 via a tension spring 368, and the driven roller 363 supported by the roller guide 364 functions as a tension roller of the straw transport chain 10. Here, a device that supports the roller guide 364 with respect to the chain guide 367 and applies tension to the roller guide 364 is a tension device 370.
[0246] テンション装置 370は、ローラガイド 364をチェーン張り方向で進退自在に支持する ガイド手段 371と、ローラガイド 364をチェーン張り側に付勢するテンション手段 372 とを備えている。ガイド手段 371およびテンション手段 372は、排藁搬送チェーン 10 の走行面の左右にそれぞれ設けられている。 [0246] The tension device 370 includes a guide means 371 for supporting the roller guide 364 so as to be able to advance and retreat in the chain tension direction, and a tension means 372 for urging the roller guide 364 toward the chain tension side. And The guide means 371 and the tension means 372 are provided on the left and right of the running surface of the straw transport chain 10, respectively.
[0247] なお、ここで、前記のチェーン張り方向とは、本実施の形態では、駆動スプロケット 3 62と従動ローラ 363とを結ぶ方向で、従動ローラ 363側のことを意味する。排藁搬送 チェーン 10は、駆動スプロケット 362と従動ローラ 363とのみに卷回されており、従動 ローラ 363を駆動スプロケット 362に対して離間する方向に移動させた場合にのみ、 排藁搬送チェーン 10のテンションが高められるためである。同様に、前記のチェーン 張り側とは、チェーン張り方向において、排藁搬送チェーン 10の外側のことを意味す る。 [0247] Here, in the present embodiment, the chain tension direction is a direction connecting the drive sprocket 362 and the driven roller 363, and means the side of the driven roller 363. The straw conveying chain 10 is wound only around the driving sprocket 362 and the driven roller 363, and only when the driven roller 363 is moved in a direction away from the driving sprocket 362, the straw conveying chain 10 This is because the tension is increased. Similarly, the above-mentioned chain tension side means the outside of the straw transport chain 10 in the chain tension direction.
[0248] まず、ガイド手段 371について説明する。  First, the guide means 371 will be described.
前記ガイド板 365には、チェーン張り方向に延出するガイド棒 369の先端が固設さ れている。また、チェーンガイド 367には、ガイド棒 369を揷通して摺動自在に支持す るパイプ状のガイド棒支持部材 373が、チェーン張り方向と平行に水平方向に支持 フレーム 374に固設されている。該ガイド棒支持部材 373は回動支軸 366と略同じ 高さに配置することで排藁搬送チェーン 10の略上下中央を支持することができて捩 れ等を防止できる。  The guide plate 365 is fixedly provided with the tip of a guide rod 369 extending in the chain tension direction. The chain guide 367 is provided with a pipe-shaped guide rod support member 373 that slidably supports the guide rod 369 through the guide rod 369, and is fixed to the support frame 374 in the horizontal direction in parallel with the chain tension direction. . By arranging the guide rod support member 373 at substantially the same height as the rotation support shaft 366, the guide rod support member 373 can support substantially the upper and lower centers of the straw transport chain 10 and can prevent twisting and the like.
[0249] そして、ローラガイド 364に固設されるガイド棒 369の他端力 チェーンガイド 367に 固設されるガイド棒支持部材 373に挿入され、該ガイド棒 369とガイド棒支持部材 37 3により、ガイド手段 371が構成されている。該ガイド手段 371により、ローラガイド 36 4はチェーンガイド 367に対して、チェーン張り方向で、進退自在に支持され、左右 一対設けられている。  [0249] Then, the other end force of the guide rod 369 fixed to the roller guide 364 is inserted into the guide rod support member 373 fixed to the chain guide 367, and by the guide rod 369 and the guide rod support member 373, Guide means 371 are configured. The roller guide 364 is supported by the guide means 371 so as to be able to advance and retreat in the chain tension direction with respect to the chain guide 367.
[0250] 次に、テンション手段 372について説明する。  Next, the tension means 372 will be described.
ガイド板 365には、チヱーン張り方向に延出するテンション棒 375の先端が固設さ れている。テンション棒 375は、チェーンガイド 367に固設される支持フレーム 374に チェーン張り方向と平行に水平方向に摺動自在に支持される。  The tip of a tension bar 375 extending in the chain tension direction is fixed to the guide plate 365. The tension bar 375 is supported by a support frame 374 fixed to the chain guide 367 so as to be slidable in the horizontal direction in parallel with the chain tension direction.
[0251] 図 55に示すように、支持フレーム 374は、一対の前後平行部 374a ' 374bと、両平 行部 374a ' 374bを連結する連結部 374cとからなるコ字形状の部材である。一対の 平行部 374a .374bのうち、駆動スプロケット 362側に位置する平行部 374aには、テ ンシヨン棒 375の外径と略同径の揷通孔が形成されており、該平行部 374aにテンシ ヨン棒 375が揷通自在に支持される。 As shown in FIG. 55, the support frame 374 is a U-shaped member including a pair of front-rear parallel portions 374a ′ 374b and a connecting portion 374c connecting the parallel portions 374a ′ 374b. Of the pair of parallel portions 374a and 374b, the parallel portion 374a located on the drive sprocket 362 side has A through hole having substantially the same diameter as the outer diameter of the tension bar 375 is formed, and the tension bar 375 is freely supported by the parallel portion 374a.
[0252] また、テンション棒 375の軸上には、螺子部 375aが形成されており、該螺子部 375 aに螺合するナット 376 · 377力 S設けられてレ、る。ナット 376 · 377はダブノレナットであり 、ナット 377はナット 376をテンション棒 375上で固定するための締結手段である。所 言胃、ロックナットとしてレヽる。また、ナット 376と平行咅 B374aとの間には、ヮッシャ 378を 介して、前記テンションバネ 368が介設されてレ、る。  [0252] A screw portion 375a is formed on the axis of the tension bar 375, and nuts 376 and 377 force S that are screwed to the screw portion 375a are provided. The nuts 376 and 377 are double nuts, and the nut 377 is a fastening means for fixing the nut 376 on the tension bar 375. Remarks The stomach is a lock nut. Further, the tension spring 368 is interposed between the nut 376 and the parallel plate B374a via a washer 378.
[0253] テンション手段 372は、以上で説明したテンション棒 375、テンション棒 375を揷通 自在に支持する平行部 374a、ナット 376、テンションバネ 368により構成され、左右 一対配置されている。そして、テンションバネ 368により、ナット 376と一体のローラガ イド 364がチェーン張り側に付勢され、排藁搬送チェーン 10にテンションが付与され る。そして、更に付勢力を大きくするときにはナット 376を回動して、ナット 377により口 ックするのである。  The tension means 372 includes the tension bar 375 described above, the parallel portion 374a that freely supports the tension bar 375, a nut 376, and a tension spring 368, and a pair of right and left is arranged. Then, the roller guide 364 integral with the nut 376 is urged toward the chain tension side by the tension spring 368, and tension is applied to the straw conveying chain 10. When the urging force is further increased, the nut 376 is rotated and the nut 377 is locked.
[0254] 以上で説明したように、排藁搬送チェーン 10のテンション装置 370には、排藁搬送 チェーン 10の走行面の左右に、チェーンガイド 367に対してローラガイド 364をチェ ーン張り方向で進退自在に支持するガイド手段 371が、それぞれ設けられている。テ ンシヨン装置 370においては、従動ローラ 363を回動自在に支持するローラガイド 36 4が、駆動スプロケット 362を回動自在に支持するチェーンガイド 367に、テンション バネ 368を介して支持される構成である。  [0254] As described above, the tension device 370 of the straw transport chain 10 includes the roller guide 364 with respect to the chain guide 367 on the left and right sides of the running surface of the straw transport chain 10 in the chain tension direction. Guide means 371 for supporting the retractable movement are provided respectively. In the tension device 370, a roller guide 364 rotatably supporting the driven roller 363 is supported by a chain guide 367 rotatably supporting the driving sprocket 362 via a tension spring 368. .
[0255] このため、ローラガイド 364が移動方向力 ガイド手段 371によりチェーン張り方向 に規制されており、前記テンションバネ 368の付勢力の影響で、ローラガイド 364およ び従動ローラ 363が、チェーン張り方向に対して、傾いてしまうことがなレ、。特に、本 実施の形態のように、前記走行面の左右にテンションバネ 368を設ける構成におい て、ローラガイド 364にカ卩えられる付勢力が左右で異なる場合であっても、ローラガイ ド 364がチェーン張り方向に対して傾くことがない。  [0255] For this reason, the roller guide 364 is regulated in the chain tension direction by the moving direction force guide means 371, and the roller guide 364 and the driven roller 363 are driven by the tension force of the tension spring 368. You can't incline the direction. Particularly, in the configuration in which the tension springs 368 are provided on the left and right of the running surface as in the present embodiment, even if the biasing force applied to the roller guide 364 is different between the left and right, the roller guide 364 is a chain. There is no inclination to the direction of tension.
[0256] したがって、ローラガイド 364に支持される従動ローラ 363が前記左右方向に傾い て、チェーンガイド 367に排藁搬送チェーン 10のリンクプレート 361 · 361 · · ·が常時 当接して摩耗する等の不具合の発生が防止される。 特に、前記走行面の左右にテンションパネ 368を設ける構成の場合は、左右のテン シヨンパネ 368の付勢力を均等にしなくても、排藁搬送チェーン 10とチェーンガイド 3 67との常時当接が防止されるため、テンション調整が容易である。 [0256] Therefore, the driven roller 363 supported by the roller guide 364 is tilted in the left-right direction, and the link plate 361, 361, ... of the straw transport chain 10 is constantly in contact with the chain guide 367 and is worn. The occurrence of defects is prevented. In particular, in the case of a configuration in which the tension panels 368 are provided on the left and right sides of the running surface, even if the biasing forces of the left and right tension panel 368 are not equalized, the constant contact between the straw transport chain 10 and the chain guide 367 is prevented. Therefore, tension adjustment is easy.
[0257] また、前記ガイド手段 371は、ローラガイド 364に固設されるガイド棒 369と、該ガイ ド棒 369を摺動自在に支持し、チェーンガイド 377に固設されるガイド棒支持部材 37 3とからなっている。 The guide means 371 supports the guide rod 369 fixed to the roller guide 364 and the guide rod 369 slidably, and the guide rod support member 37 fixed to the chain guide 377. It consists of three.
[0258] このため、ローラガイド 364がチェーンガイド 367に、チェーン張り方向で摺動自在 に支持される。したがって、テンションローラとしての従動ローラ 363を、以上のように 簡易な構造でチェーン張り方向で摺動とすることができ、前記テンション装置 370は 耐久性に優れると共に、その製造においてコストアップを招くこともない。  [0258] Therefore, the roller guide 364 is slidably supported by the chain guide 367 in the chain tension direction. Therefore, the driven roller 363 as the tension roller can be slid in the chain tension direction with the simple structure as described above, and the tension device 370 is excellent in durability and causes an increase in cost in the production thereof. Nor.
[0259] また、排藁搬送チェーン 10の走行面の左右にはそれぞれ、テンション手段 372が 設けられている。該テンション手段 372は、次のものから構成される。  [0259] Tension means 372 are provided on the left and right sides of the running surface of the straw transport chain 10, respectively. The tension means 372 is composed of the following.
[0260] まず、ローラガイド 364に固設されるテンション棒 375と、テンション棒 375を摺動自 在に支持し、チェーンガイド 367に固設されるテンション棒支持部材(前記平行部 37 4a)とである。  [0260] First, a tension rod 375 fixed to the roller guide 364 and a tension rod support member (the parallel portion 374a) that supports the tension rod 375 slidably and is fixed to the chain guide 367 It is.
[0261] 次に、該テンション棒 375の軸上に形成される螺子部 375aに螺合するナット 376 · 377と、該ナット 376とチェーンガイド 367との間に介設されるテンションノく才、368とで ある。  [0261] Next, nuts 376, 377 which are screwed into screw portions 375a formed on the shaft of the tension bar 375, and tension nuts provided between the nut 376 and the chain guide 367, 368.
[0262] このため、排藁搬送チェーン 10の走行面の左右で、ローラガイド 364がチェーンガ イド 367に、チェーン張り側へ付勢される。また、ナット 376 · 377を工具等により回転 させることにより、左右のテンションパネ 368による付勢力を調整可能である。したが つて、従動ローラ 363により排藁搬送チェーン 10に加えるテンションを、微調整するこ とが可能である。  [0262] For this reason, the roller guide 364 is urged by the chain guide 367 toward the chain tension side on the left and right sides of the running surface of the straw transport chain 10. Further, by rotating the nuts 376 and 377 with a tool or the like, the biasing force of the left and right tension panels 368 can be adjusted. Therefore, the tension applied to the straw transport chain 10 by the driven roller 363 can be finely adjusted.
[0263] 次に、排藁安全シャツタ 390について、図 1、図 2、図 48、図 57、図 58を用いて説 明する。  Next, the straw drainage shirt 390 will be described with reference to FIGS. 1, 2, 48, 57, and 58. FIG.
図 1、図 2、図 48に示すように、コンバインの後上部には、排藁処理部 11の上部を 開閉可能に覆う処理部カバー 380が設けられている。該処理部カバー 380は、図 47 に示すように、コンバインの機体フレーム 2上に立設される支持フレーム 381に、前後 方向の回動支軸 382 · 382回りで上下に回動可能に設けられている。 As shown in FIG. 1, FIG. 2, and FIG. 48, a processing section cover 380 that covers the upper part of the straw processing section 11 so as to be able to open and close is provided in the upper rear part of the combine. As shown in FIG. 47, the processing unit cover 380 is attached to a support frame 381 erected on the body frame 2 of the combine, and The rotation support shafts 382 are provided so as to be able to rotate up and down around 382.
[0264] そして、処理部カバー 380には、排藁搬送チェーン 10の始端部(前端部)の側方 位置に、排藁搬送チェーン 10の始端部側の開口部を開閉可能とする排藁安全シャ ッタ 390が設けられている。該排藁安全シャツタ 390は、フィードチェーン 9の後端部 上方に配置され、左右方向の回動支軸 391を介して、処理部カバー 380の左側面 に枢設されており、フィードチェーン 9により搬送される排藁を排藁搬送チェーン 10に 受け継ぐ時に、排藁の株元側が該排藁安全シャツタ 390を上方に押し上げて回動す るようにし、非搬送ときには閉じる構成としている。  [0264] The processing unit cover 380 is provided with a straw safety that enables the opening on the start end side of the straw transport chain 10 to be opened and closed at a position lateral to the start end (front end) of the straw transport chain 10. A shutter 390 is provided. The straw safety shirt 390 is disposed above the rear end of the feed chain 9, and is pivotally mounted on the left side of the processing unit cover 380 via a left-right rotation support shaft 391. When the delivered straw is transferred to the straw transport chain 10, the stock side of the straw pushes up the straw safety shirt 390 upward to rotate, and is closed when not transported.
[0265] ここで、排藁安全シャツタ 390には、排藁搬送チェーン 10によって搬送される排藁 を処理部カバー 380内に引き込むときに、その抵抗により排藁安全シャツタ 390を左 右方向に移動させようとする力が加えられる。具体的には次のような理由による。  [0265] Here, when the straw conveyed by the straw conveying chain 10 is drawn into the processing unit cover 380, the straw safety shirt 390 is moved in the left and right directions by the resistance. A force is applied to make it happen. Specifically, this is for the following reason.
[0266] まず、排藁安全シャツタ 390は前上部が 1点で枢支されているため、後部は左右方 向に大きな力が加えられると変形し易い。一方、排藁はフィードチェーン 9により左右 方向の姿勢で後方へ搬送されるが、排藁搬送チェーン 10に受け継がれると、排藁は 機体内部へ斜め方向に搬送される。この時、排藁の株元がフィードチェーン 9に挟持 されて、側方に突出しているため、突出した株元が排藁搬送チェーン 10により処理 部カバー 380内に引き込まれ、排藁安全シャツタ 390を上方に押し上げ回動すると 同時に、排藁安全シャツタ 390も内側に引き込もうとする。  [0266] First, the drainage safety shirt 390 is pivotally supported at one point in the upper front part, and therefore the rear part is easily deformed when a large force is applied in the left and right directions. On the other hand, the straw is conveyed backward by the feed chain 9 in the left-right posture, but when the straw is taken over by the straw conveyance chain 10, the straw is conveyed obliquely into the body. At this time, since the stem of the straw is sandwiched by the feed chain 9 and protrudes to the side, the protruding strain is drawn into the processing unit cover 380 by the straw transport chain 10, and the straw safety shirt 390 is provided. Is pushed upward, and at the same time, the straw safety shirt 390 attempts to be drawn inward.
[0267] つまり、排藁安全シャツタ 390には、排藁搬送チェーン 10に搬送される排藁により、 該排藁安全シャツタ 390を内側へ引き込むような力が加えられるので、従来では、排 藁安全シャツタ 390は株元に引っ掛かって変形したり、破損したりすることがあった。  [0267] In other words, since the straw conveyed to the straw conveying chain 10 applies a force to the straw safety shirt 390 to draw the straw safety shirt 390 inward, the conventional safety Snapta 390 was sometimes deformed or damaged by the stockholder.
[0268] そこで、本実施の形態のコンバインには、排藁安全シャツタ 390の外側への移動( 捩れ)を規制する手段が設けられている。該規制手段は、処理部カバー 380のロック レバー 383を利用している。  [0268] Therefore, the combine of the present embodiment is provided with a means for restricting movement (twist) of straw safety shirter 390 to the outside. The regulating means utilizes a lock lever 383 of the processing unit cover 380.
[0269] 図 57、図 58に示すように、処理部カバー 380の左側面から突出する処理部カバー 380のロックレバー 383が設けられている。該ロックレバー 383は、メンテナンス等の ために処理部カバー 380を開ける時に解除するロックするレバーであり、該ロックレバ 一 383を持ち上げるとロックが解除される。 [0270] ロックレバー 383はレバー杆 383bの先端を前方に曲げてグリップ 383aを形成し、 該グリップ 383aの前端は更に内側へ曲げて排藁安全シャツタ 390に接近するように 形成されている。該グリップ 383aは左側面視において、排藁安全シャツタ 390の後 部と重複すると共に、処理部カバー 380の左側に開口した入口 380aとも重複するよ うに配設している。 [0269] As shown in Figs. 57 and 58, a lock lever 383 of the processing unit cover 380 protruding from the left side surface of the processing unit cover 380 is provided. The lock lever 383 is a lever that is unlocked when the processing unit cover 380 is opened for maintenance or the like. When the lock lever 383 is lifted, the lock is released. [0270] The lock lever 383 is formed by bending the distal end of the lever rod 383b forward to form a grip 383a, and the front end of the grip 383a is further bent inward to approach the drainage safety shirt 390. The grip 383a overlaps with the rear part of the straw safety shirt 390 in the left side view and also overlaps with the entrance 380a opened on the left side of the processing unit cover 380.
[0271] 以上のように構成することにより、排藁安全シャツタ 390は、排藁搬送チェーン 10に より排藁が搬送されるときに引き込まれるが、処理部カバー 380の外面に沿って上方 へ回動するときに、前記グリップ 383aに当接して変形が防止されるのである。  With the above configuration, the straw safety shirt 390 is pulled in when the straw is transported by the straw transport chain 10, but is turned upward along the outer surface of the processing unit cover 380. When moving, it abuts on the grip 383a to prevent deformation.
[0272] このため、排藁搬送チェーン 10に搬送される排藁が排藁安全シャツタ 390に引つ 掛カ、つて、排藁安全シャツタ 390に左右方向の力が加わっても、排藁安全シャツタ 39 0の左右動が規制され、排藁安全シャツタ 390の変形や破損が防止される。  [0272] For this reason, even if the straw conveyed to the straw conveying chain 10 is pulled by the straw safety shirt 390, and the left and right force is applied to the straw safety shirt 390, the straw safety shirt The left and right movement of the 390 is regulated to prevent deformation and breakage of the straw safety shirt 390.
産業上の利用可能性  Industrial applicability
[0273] 自脱型の脱穀'選別装置を装備して、メ ijり取った穀稈を搬送しながら脱穀して選別 して穀粒を得て、排稈を排出する農作業車に利用できる。 [0273] Equipped with a self-removing type threshing 'sorting device, it can be used for an agricultural work vehicle that threshes and sorts while transporting the stalks collected to obtain grains and discharges the culms.

Claims

請求の範囲 The scope of the claims
[1] 脱穀部と選別部からなる脱穀装置において、脱穀部の扱胴下方、且つ選別部の揺 動選別装置上方であって、受網とその延長線上後方に配置される吸引ファンとの間 に篩分装置を設け、受網と篩分装置との間にガイド部材を設けたことを特徴とするコ ンノ イン。  [1] In a threshing device consisting of a threshing unit and a sorting unit, in the threshing unit below the threshing unit and above the oscillating sorting device of the sorting unit, between the receiving net and the suction fan arranged on the extension of the receiving net A sieving device, and a guide member between the receiving net and the sieving device.
[2] 前記篩分装置を、揺動体と揺動駆動部材とから構成し、該揺動体の側部から下方 へ突出する湾曲したガイド部材を設けたことを特徴とする請求項 1に記載のコンバイ ン。  2. The sieving apparatus according to claim 1, wherein the sieving device comprises an oscillating body and an oscillating driving member, and a curved guide member protruding downward from a side portion of the oscillating body is provided. Combiner.
[3] 脱穀部と選別部からなる脱穀装置において、揺動選別装置の後部下方であって、 二番コンベア上方に、揺動選別装置と一体的に後部流穀板を設けたことを特徴とす るコン/イン。  [3] A threshing device comprising a threshing unit and a sorting unit, wherein a rear flow plate is provided integrally with the swing sorting device below the rear part of the swing sorting device and above the second conveyor. Con / in.
[4] 脱穀部と選別部からなる脱穀装置において、二番コンベア上方のセカンドファンの 斜め上後方であって、揺動選別装置の左右の側板間の後下部に後部流穀板を設け たことを特徴とするコンバイン。  [4] In a threshing device consisting of a threshing unit and a sorting unit, a rear flow tray plate is provided diagonally above and behind the second fan above the second conveyor, and at the lower rear between the left and right side plates of the swinging sorting device. A combine.
[5] 脱穀部や選別部で発生した排藁くずや塵埃等を機体から排出するために脱穀装 置後部に吸引ファンを配置し、該吸引ファンの下方であって、二番コンベア上方にお ける前記吸引ファンの吸引風の作用しない域に後部流穀板を設けたことを特徴とす るコンノイン。  [5] A suction fan is provided at the rear of the threshing unit to discharge waste chips, dust, etc., generated in the threshing unit and the sorting unit from the machine, and below the suction fan and above the second conveyor. A back flow plate provided in a region where the suction air of the suction fan does not act.
[6] 脱穀部や選別部で発生した排藁くずや塵埃等を機体力 排出するために脱穀装 置後部に配置した吸引ファンのファンケーシングにおいて、該ファンケーシングの上 面に吸入孔を設け、吸入孔の周囲に上方を開放したガイド体を設けたことを特徴とす るコンノイン。  [6] In the fan casing of the suction fan arranged at the rear of the threshing unit to discharge the waste dust and dust generated in the threshing unit and the sorting unit to the machine strength, a suction hole is provided on the upper surface of the fan casing. A connoin characterized in that a guide body with an open top is provided around the suction hole.
[7] 脱穀部や選別部で発生した排藁くずや塵埃等を機体力 排出するために脱穀装 置後部に配置した吸引ファンのファンケーシングにおいて、該ファンケーシングの下 案内板を、前案内板と後案内板と、該前案内板と後案内板を連結する蝶番より構成 し、後案内板を斜め後下方へ延設し、該後案内板を蝶番を支点として前上方に回動 可能にしたことを特徴とするコンバイン。  [7] In the fan casing of the suction fan arranged at the rear of the threshing unit in order to discharge the waste chips and dust generated in the threshing unit and the sorting unit, the lower guide plate of the fan casing is replaced with the front guide plate. And a rear guide plate, and a hinge connecting the front guide plate and the rear guide plate.The rear guide plate extends obliquely rearward and downward, and the rear guide plate can be pivoted forward and upward with the hinge as a fulcrum. A combine characterized by the following.
PCT/JP2004/012077 2003-09-29 2004-08-23 Combine harvester WO2005036948A1 (en)

Priority Applications (3)

Application Number Priority Date Filing Date Title
KR1020067006105A KR101110976B1 (en) 2003-09-29 2004-08-23 Combine harvester
CN2004800281442A CN1859839B (en) 2003-09-29 2004-08-23 Combine harvester
JP2005514712A JP4528724B2 (en) 2003-09-29 2004-08-23 Combine

Applications Claiming Priority (2)

Application Number Priority Date Filing Date Title
JP2003338828 2003-09-29
JP2003-338828 2003-09-29

Publications (1)

Publication Number Publication Date
WO2005036948A1 true WO2005036948A1 (en) 2005-04-28

Family

ID=34463133

Family Applications (1)

Application Number Title Priority Date Filing Date
PCT/JP2004/012077 WO2005036948A1 (en) 2003-09-29 2004-08-23 Combine harvester

Country Status (4)

Country Link
JP (1) JP4528724B2 (en)
KR (1) KR101110976B1 (en)
CN (1) CN1859839B (en)
WO (1) WO2005036948A1 (en)

Families Citing this family (7)

* Cited by examiner, † Cited by third party
Publication number Priority date Publication date Assignee Title
CN103781346B (en) * 2011-07-20 2016-05-25 洋马株式会社 United reaper
JP2015198637A (en) * 2014-04-04 2015-11-12 株式会社クボタ Head-feeding combine harvester
CN110226415B (en) * 2014-08-05 2021-08-24 株式会社久保田 Combine harvester and threshing device mounted on the combine harvester
CN104686052B (en) * 2015-02-11 2017-01-25 韩洪乐 Hand pushing type semiautomatic harvester
DE102016012245B4 (en) 2016-10-14 2018-04-26 Grimme Landmaschinenfabrik Gmbh & Co. Kg Root crop harvester in the form of a potato harvester
CN107983635B (en) * 2017-12-31 2023-10-27 吉林大学 Reciprocating turning and throwing type wet sticky grain efficient vibration cleaning device
CN113475218B (en) * 2020-06-03 2022-11-11 苏州喜全软件科技有限公司 Cleaning device of single longitudinal axial flow combine harvester

Citations (2)

* Cited by examiner, † Cited by third party
Publication number Priority date Publication date Assignee Title
JPS5756453U (en) * 1980-09-20 1982-04-02
JPS59163349U (en) * 1983-04-18 1984-11-01 ヤンマー農機株式会社 threshing equipment

Family Cites Families (2)

* Cited by examiner, † Cited by third party
Publication number Priority date Publication date Assignee Title
DE3415708A1 (en) * 1984-04-27 1985-10-31 Biso Bitter Gmbh & Co Kg, 4520 Melle HARVESTER
CN2328170Y (en) * 1998-03-02 1999-07-14 杨自亮 'Fixed net' type full automatic double separating portable rice thresher for rice grain and straw

Patent Citations (2)

* Cited by examiner, † Cited by third party
Publication number Priority date Publication date Assignee Title
JPS5756453U (en) * 1980-09-20 1982-04-02
JPS59163349U (en) * 1983-04-18 1984-11-01 ヤンマー農機株式会社 threshing equipment

Also Published As

Publication number Publication date
JPWO2005036948A1 (en) 2007-11-22
CN1859839A (en) 2006-11-08
CN1859839B (en) 2010-05-12
KR20060110864A (en) 2006-10-25
JP4528724B2 (en) 2010-08-18
KR101110976B1 (en) 2012-03-13

Similar Documents

Publication Publication Date Title
CN110226415B (en) Combine harvester and threshing device mounted on the combine harvester
JP6113039B2 (en) Combine
RU2692639C2 (en) Agricultural elevator equipped with multiple transverse screws
JP6129043B2 (en) Normal combine
JP6324011B2 (en) Combine
WO2005036948A1 (en) Combine harvester
JP5537604B2 (en) Threshing part structure of threshing device
JP5022182B2 (en) Threshing part structure of threshing device
JP6129041B2 (en) Combine
JP4431349B2 (en) Combine conveyor
JP3914550B2 (en) Threshing device
JP2005102562A (en) Combine harvester
JP5357952B2 (en) Threshing part structure of threshing device
JP4528511B2 (en) Combine
JP4088228B2 (en) Combine
JP4532870B2 (en) Waste transport device
JP4049691B2 (en) Combine
JP6016491B2 (en) Normal combine threshing equipment
JP6129042B2 (en) Normal combine
JP2005102556A (en) Threshing part of combine harvester
JP6879893B2 (en) combine
JP2005102560A (en) Fan casing for combine harvester
JP5763457B2 (en) Combined transmission structure
JP2005102563A (en) Tensioner for waste straw conveying chain
WO2005020665A1 (en) Combine

Legal Events

Date Code Title Description
WWE Wipo information: entry into national phase

Ref document number: 200480028144.2

Country of ref document: CN

AK Designated states

Kind code of ref document: A1

Designated state(s): AE AG AL AM AT AU AZ BA BB BG BR BW BY BZ CA CH CN CO CR CU CZ DE DK DM DZ EC EE EG ES FI GB GD GE GH GM HR HU ID IL IN IS JP KE KG KP KR KZ LC LK LR LS LT LU LV MA MD MG MK MN MW MX MZ NA NI NO NZ OM PG PH PL PT RO RU SC SD SE SG SK SL SY TJ TM TN TR TT TZ UA UG US UZ VC VN YU ZA ZM ZW

AL Designated countries for regional patents

Kind code of ref document: A1

Designated state(s): BW GH GM KE LS MW MZ NA SD SL SZ TZ UG ZM ZW AM AZ BY KG KZ MD RU TJ TM AT BE BG CH CY CZ DE DK EE ES FI FR GB GR HU IE IT LU MC NL PL PT RO SE SI SK TR BF BJ CF CG CI CM GA GN GQ GW ML MR NE SN TD TG

121 Ep: the epo has been informed by wipo that ep was designated in this application
WWE Wipo information: entry into national phase

Ref document number: 2005514712

Country of ref document: JP

WWE Wipo information: entry into national phase

Ref document number: 1020067006105

Country of ref document: KR

WWP Wipo information: published in national office

Ref document number: 1020067006105

Country of ref document: KR

122 Ep: pct application non-entry in european phase